T-508 Cadet's Guide To Leadership Laboratory Curriculum
T-508 Cadet's Guide To Leadership Laboratory Curriculum
T-508 Cadet's Guide To Leadership Laboratory Curriculum
Cadet’s Guide to
Leadership Laboratory (LLAB) Curriculum
Academic Year 2017-2018
Contributors
Mr. James A. Damato, Field Leadership
Captain James D. Scott, Jr., Field Leadership
Documentation Support
Ms. Nicole Griffin, Documentation Specialist
Mrs. Chanel Wilson, Documentation Specialist
This publication has been reviewed and approved by competent personnel of the preparing
command in accordance with current directives on doctrine, policy, essentiality, propriety, and
quality. The views and opinions expressed or implied in this publication do not carry the official
sanction of the Air Education and Training Command or the Department of the Air Force.
Copyrighted materials used in this text have been reproduced by special arrangement with
the original publishers and/or authors. Such material is fully protected by the copyright laws
of the United States, and may not be further reproduced in whole or in part without the
expressed permission of the copyright owner.
Summary of Changes
This publication has been substantially updated and should be reviewed in its entirety. Some
changes include:
1) The term Field Training was changed to Leadership Evaluation and Development.
Subsequently, the abbreviation FT was changed to LEAD.
2) LLAB Objective 36, Introduction to the Professional Officer Course (POC), was
removed and placed at the end of LEAD.
3) A new Air Force Manual (AFMAN) 36-2643, Air Force Mentoring Program,
4 May 2017, is updated.
4) A new Air Force Guidance Memorandum (AFGM), AFGM 2017-01, for Air Force
Instruction (AFI) 36-2903, Dress & Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel,
9 February 2017, is updated.
The purpose of this text is to help you, cadre and/or POC cadet, develop a meaningful and stimulating
LLAB course for your detachment. Please keep in mind the structure of the course is up to you and
your Operations Flight Commander (OFC). You may present these lessons in any order that works
for you and is approved by your Detachment Commander and/or OFC. You are required to teach all
the lesson objectives, the only “suggested” minimum time requirement to be met is lesson objective
19: Esprit de Corps. As much as possible, you should use these lesson plans for ideas on how to
meet objectives using active, participative learning methods rather than just filling time with only
drill and briefings. You may modify the lesson plans as long as you present the lesson objectives
over the course of the entire academic year. The lesson plans provide you with guidance and
suggestions; it is up to the cadet wing to establish these programs.
If you have an activity you think could be used by other detachments, send it to us. It might make it
into the next edition of this Cadet’s Guide to LLAB Curriculum, and we’ll attribute the activity to
your detachment. Critiques, suggestions, and comments are welcome! Please address your
correspondence to:
Concept
LLAB is a dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet
the needs and expectations of prospective Air Force second lieutenants and complement the
AFROTC academic program. Most of the LLAB lesson objectives are cadet planned, organized, and
executed under the supervision of the Detachment Commander and Operations Flight Commander.
Classification of Cadets
Normally, cadets are classified as AS100, AS200, AS300, and AS400 cadets, corresponding to the
academic course in which they are enrolled. Though this classification system works well for most
LLAB cadets, it may not apply in all situations. Therefore, it may be more practical to classify and
assign LLAB cadets according to where they are with respect to LEAD attendance and
commissioning. For this reason, we have listed the mandatory LLAB objectives using the following
categories:
Initial Military Training (IMT) – Cadets who are part of the General Military Course (GMC) but
are not scheduled to attend LEAD, normally AS100 cadets
LEAD Preparation (LEADPrep) – GMC cadets scheduled to attend LEAD in the upcoming year,
normally AS200 or AS500 cadets
Intermediate Cadet Leaders (ICL) – Cadets returning from LEAD, normally AS300 cadets
Senior Cadet Leaders (SCL) – Cadets scheduled to be commissioned in the upcoming year,
normally AS400 cadets
Extended Cadet Leaders (ECL) – Cadets who have satisfactorily completed LEAD, at least two
years of LLAB and all AS academic requirements but still have 1-2 academic terms remaining;
normally known as AS700 cadets
* Where to assign cadets that do not fit into the above classification is the decision of the
Detachment Commander. Cadets should be assigned to the program that will benefit them most.
The purpose of the IMT LLAB is threefold. First, LLAB provides new cadets with basic skills and
knowledge needed to be a functional member of the cadet corps. Second, LLAB provides the IMT
cadet with information they can use to determine whether or not they wish to continue with the
AFROTC program and subsequently pursue an Air Force commission. Third, LLAB provides IMT
cadets with activities designed to build camaraderie and esprit de corps, as well as help them develop
leadership, followership, and teamwork skills.
To ensure standardization, the FTP curriculum provided here can be completed within normal LLAB
hours. Time outside of LLAB is not required to complete the mandatory training.
Following the suggested timelines for each lesson plan enables you to completely present all of these
objectives during your scheduled LLAB sessions.
Realizing that cadets may not have adequate time to practice and master the basic LEAD skills they
have learned at the regularly scheduled LLAB, they may be encouraged to practice on their own or
set up voluntary Professional Military Training (PMT) activities as long as they comply with the
intent and weekly time requirements in AFROTCI 36-2010, AFROTC Cadet Training Programs.
(Check AFROTCI 36-2010, paragraph 3.6.)
In coordination with AFROTC/DOT (LEAD Staff), the LEADPrep curriculum specifies a set of
skills all cadets must learn prior to attending LEAD. Every detachment is expected to teach the same
skill sets so valuable LEAD time isn't lost bringing a few cadets up to speed.
In the current recruiting environment, you may be required to train a wide range of cadets going to
LEAD. You may have cadets who have been in the AFROTC program for 2 years and others who
have only received one semester of LLAB before going to LEAD that summer. As a result, we have
divided essential LEAD objectives into three skill sets: basic military (includes three IMT objectives
for those not completing 2 years of LLAB), basic LEAD, and advanced LEAD skills. The desire and
the norm are to have every cadet master all three skill sets, but the reality is that some cadets may
fall short because of available training time. In these cases, follow the order of lessons designated in
the below skill sets.
Basic Military Skills. Each cadet going to LEAD must achieve the following objectives:
Basic LEAD Skills. Once basic military skills have been achieved, the next step is to develop skills
directly related to the LEAD environment:
Every cadet should benefit from the program, not just those in key leadership positions. Continual,
constructive feedback is necessary to ensure cadets develop their leadership abilities. For this reason,
every cadet corps must establish an evaluation/feedback system to ensure every cadet, including IMT
and FTP cadets, receive feedback on their performance at least once each term. (Lesson Objective
29, Feedback and Performance Evaluation, provides a step-by-step approach for developing and
delivering feedback.)
When assigning leadership positions to the cadets, non-AFROTC leadership positions, such as
Arnold Air Society commander, cadet government leaders, and community leadership should be
considered and credited provided the OFC ensures the position provides the same opportunity for
growth as that of an AFROTC cadet corps position. The Detachment Commander and OFC should
be judicious in awarding leadership credit for non-AFROTC cadet wing positions.
The SCL LLAB program is also designed to provide prospective officers with the basic active duty
“survival skills.” This part of LLAB is an extension of the AS400 academic curriculum; cadre should
ensure these LLAB sessions expand rather than duplicate AS400 curriculum. This phase of LLAB
is the responsibility of the Detachment Commander and is to be planned and led by cadre members.
To have the most impact, this training should be conducted during the term immediately preceding
commissioning. Ideally, during this semester, the ICLs run the cadet corps with minimum
supervision so SCLs can spend time in these survival skills sessions.
LLAB activities can take many forms to include briefings, seminars, guest speakers, base visits,
social gatherings, and/or informal get-togethers. Be creative and make it an enjoyable experience.
It is up to the discretion of the Detachment Commander and OFC what jobs, duties, or positions the
ECL holds during this timeframe.
LLAB Objectives
The following is a list of mandatory objectives that must be presented to the appropriate cadet classification.
LEAD I
Obj LLAB Lesson Objective IMT C SCL ECL
Prep L
1 Know the Air Force and AFROTC grade structure and insignia X
2 Know the Air Force and AFROTC chain of command X
3 Know the AFROTC Honor Code X
4 Apply proper courtesies and procedures associated with the US flag X
5 Apply individual and flight drill positions X
6 Apply basic individual flight drill movements X
7 Apply effective followership and teamwork skills X X
8 Know the environment of an Air Force officer X X
9 Apply correct guidon procedures during drill practice & official functions X
10 Apply advanced individual and flight drill movements X
11 Apply skills to be an effective flight commander X
12 Know road guard procedures X
13 Apply proper individual drill evaluation procedures X
14 Know proper dorm maintenance procedures and requirements X
15 Know the mental, physical, & administrative requirements of LEAD X
16 Apply proper open ranks inspection procedures X
17 Know key personnel parade procedures X
18 Know LEAD military decorum X
19 Apply learned information during esprit de corps activities X X X X X
20 Holm Center Training Manual (HCTM) Rescinded
21 Apply leadership & followership skills through the cadet mentoring program X X X X X
22 Know the principles of Air Force health and wellness X X X X X
23 Apply the proper Air Force customs and courtesies X X X X X
24 Apply proper Air Force dress and appearance standards X X X X X
25 Know the proper procedures and history behind the Air Force dining-in/out X X X X X
26 Know functions associated with reveille/retreat ceremonies and parade X X X X X
27 Apply AFROTC awards/decorations program in a formal awards ceremony X X X X X
28 Apply leadership/management skills in supervising cadet corps X X X
29 Apply proper feedback and performance evaluation skills X X X
30 Know the process for evaluating bullet statements X
31 Apply leadership/management/problem solving skills in special projects X
32 Know issues and topics in a commander’s call environment X X X X X
33 Demonstrate level of physical fitness through training and assessments X X X X X
34 Know the expeditionary requirements for LEAD X
35 Execute wargame utilizing the Air Force Employment Exercise (AFEX) X
36 Identify expectations of a new Professional Officer Course (POC) cadet X
Time Requirements
LLAB is designed as an informative and motivational experience for all cadets. For IMT cadets,
LLAB is a recruiting and retention tool; one that inspires cadets to continue to pursue the AFROTC
program and an Air Force commission. For the FTP cadets, it should mentally and physically
prepare them for LEAD. For the ICL, it provides the opportunity to further develop their leadership
and followership skills. For the SCL and ECL, LLAB provides the continued opportunity to hone
their leadership skill and prepare them for active duty. This curriculum reflects that design,
allowing cadets more time to participate in esprit de corps/problem-solving activities designed to
build leadership, followership, and teamwork and serve as recruiting and retention tools.
The only steadfast time requirement is Objective 19, Esprit de Corps Activities. Twenty-five
percent of the LLAB program for IMT cadets must be allotted to the achievement of Objective 19.
The lesson plan for Objective 19 describes activities your detachment can use to meet this time
requirement.
We have incorporated into the lesson plans a variety of options or activities to ensure you achieve
the objectives. Many of these activities have been tried at various detachments and have proven to
be effective. The cadet corps commander should work with the OFC to select which of the
activities the detachment will accomplish during a particular term. The selection of appropriate
activities is especially important for the hours dedicated to building the esprit de corps and
teamwork skills of the IMT (AS100) cadets. If the activities listed in the attached lesson plans are
deemed inappropriate or unattainable for your particular detachment, your Detachment
Commander can approve other events as long as the LLAB objectives are achieved and the intent
of the LLAB objective, as described in the lesson plan, is not violated.
You should not complete all objectives in one semester. When you use the activities in the lesson
plans and/or develop your own activities to present all the objectives, you should be able to prevent
completing all objectives during the first semester and then merely repeating them during the
second semester. The suggested hours in this plan are specifically set to be less than the maximum
LLAB times allowed by AFROTCI 36-2010 (2 hours/week for GMC and 3 hours/week for
Professional Officer Course (POC). This is to allow each detachment to have flexibility in making
sure all cadets are proficient in all areas. The overall layout of the LLAB plan is to enable flexibility
at the detachment level and give a good balance of objectives between semesters/trimesters.
NOTE: Every cadet who teaches a LLAB lesson objective must read the next section,
“Reading and Teaching a Lesson Plan”
Lesson Plans
For each objective, we have provided a lesson plan. The lesson plans are designed to help you
achieve the LLAB objectives. Read the lesson plans before deciding how to meet each objective;
each lesson plan explains the intent of the objective and provides example activities that can be
used to meet the objective.
The lesson plans are guides for you, the cadets to personalize—include individual creativity, a
personal approach to the lesson, and detachment limitations. The key is not to follow the lesson
plan to the letter but ensure you achieve the lesson objectives. See the final section in this preface
on how to read and teach the lesson plans.
If you’re viewing the electronic copy, you’ll be able to click on underlined sections in the instructor
notes to go directly to that portion of the teaching plan or to the relevant document on the webpage.
Just as the lesson objective times are flexible to allow detachments to adapt their LLAB programs
to individual needs, so are the lesson plans within these objectives. The lesson plans are not
concrete entities that must be followed verbatim. The lesson plans provided are basic – designed
so that many people in different locations, with different backgrounds and experiences can use
them. To make the most of the experience, it is suggested that you take the standard lesson plan
and you make it fit you – you personalize it. You are responsible to teach the material within the
lesson objective, but how you teach it is up to you and your OFC.
A few lessons have handouts and PowerPoint slides to go with them but for the most part, it is
your responsibility as the “instructor” for that LLAB to come up with interesting visual aids and
activities. When you give a briefing, whether it is to a general officer, to your boss or to your
subordinates, you are responsible for supplying the visual aids. This task will help you familiarize
yourself with PowerPoint along with increasing your creative thought processes dealing with
organization, time management, and the task at hand.
The first section gives overall information regarding the lesson. For example the following is
included for Objective 9. Some of this information is self-explanatory; like the lesson title and who
is instructing the lesson.
The “Teaching Method” refers to the manner in which you will present the lesson (this can change
if approved by the OFC). A Demonstration/Performance method means you will demonstrate what
you want the cadets to do and then let them perform it. Sometimes there will be some lecture
involved as well. Other methods are Informal Lecture (you lecture and cadets are free to ask
questions throughout); Guided Discussion (cadets do most of the talking but you as instructor make
sure they stay focused on the specific task—you can also ask questions for cadets to answer and
talk about); Case Study (teach a task and then have cadets read a scenario or watch a video clip
and discuss how it is relevant to your topic); Teaching Interview (pairing an instructor, usually
knowledgeable on the subject, with a recognized expert to ask dynamic questions in front of the
cadets); or Experiential (interactive teaching usually with games, role play situations, puzzles,
etc.). You will find that most times, you are going to have a combination of one or more of the
aforementioned methods to best utilize your talents and the information in the lesson.
The “Time Required” block is the minimum time for the entire year. Therefore, you should
determine with your OFC if you will teach the entire lesson in the first semester or split the time
between the two semesters. Usually this will be done by the Cadet Commander, Ops Group
Commander and the OFC before the school year starts.
“Interrelated Information” gives you an idea of where the information in the lesson plan came from
or where you can find additional/supporting information. It’s highly recommended you find the
information (usually the OFC will have access to it) and review it before teaching the lesson.
The “Visual Aids” section will tell you some of the visual aids you can use to enhance the lesson.
Again, this is an area where you should use your imagination to enhance the lesson. Things like
PowerPoint, dry erase boards, pictures, video clips, and equipment are just a few examples of
visual aids you are encouraged to use.
PART IA
This section includes the objectives and samples of behavior for the lesson. An objective is a broad
and general statement that conveys to the cadet what he/she is supposed to learn. This also tells
the instructor what needs to be taught in order for the cadet to learn the information. A sample of
behavior is a simple performance statement specifying an observable, measurable, and verifiable
behavior a cadet should be able to demonstrate at the end of instruction. This means it is a more
specific action that will lead to the overall understanding of the objective.
There are two types of objectives and samples of behavior: cognitive and affective. Cognitive deals
with the thinking aspect of learning. The cognitive objectives you teach will fall into the following
categories: knowledge (simple remembering of previously learned material in the same form it
was taught—regurgitation of facts); comprehension (ability to grasp the meaning of material,
express it in other terms or predict consequences or effects because of an action); and application
(using the information learned in concrete applications). The samples of behavior will follow the
same format; only more specific in nature.
PART IB
The final section of Part I includes the Strategy Statement, Lesson Outline and Suggested
Timelines for the lesson. The strategy statement serves an important function for you as the
instructor—it is your roadmap. You must read the strategy statement before you attempt to
personalize the lesson plan. It tells you why the curriculum developer arranged information in a
specific way or why certain things should be taught. It is an overview of the entire lesson and gives
you a “plan of attack” to teach the lesson. The lesson outline is another quick overview of how the
information will be presented. And finally, the suggested timeline is included to help you
determine how much time should be spent on each part of the lesson.
PART II
Part II of the lesson plan includes the actual information you will teach and is divided up into three
sections: Introduction, Body and Conclusion. Most of you will be familiar with this format as it is
similar to giving a briefing or writing a paper.
INTRODUCTION
The introduction is made up of three distinct sections: the attention step, motivation and overview.
This is your time as the instructor to capture the audience’s attention. If you complete your
introduction half-heartedly, you will lose half your audience from the start.
Teaching is tough, especially early in the morning, right after lunch or late in the afternoon. It will
be your responsibility to energize your cadets – to make them want to learn about the subject
matter. Without a doubt, the material being presented is only as energizing or as boring as the
person who is presenting it. Therefore, it is imperative that you spend some time to come up with
a hard hitting and applicable attention step. For example, a clip from The Patriot showing Mel
Gibson leading the charge against the British with the American flag in hand can be an outstanding
attention step to prepare the audience to learn about proper procedures and courtesies when dealing
with the flag.
After the clip (or other attention step) is over, next you need to motivate your audience. Tie in the
relevance of the clip you just showed and remind the cadets of why we take the time to honor the
flag and what the flag means to members of the military, families and this country. Don’t be afraid
to use some emotion in your attention step and motivation—it’s what inspires people. There are
suggested attention steps and motivations, but make sure to personalize this part of the lesson. It
is the first impression the cadets have of you as the instructor. Again, although it may seem obvious
to you why an FTP cadet should be “motivated” to learn proper flag or open ranks inspection
procedures, you still must incorporate some sort of motivation for the cadets.
The overview step serves as a way to let your audience know what you are going to be discussing
and learning during LLAB. It gives them a roadmap to follow your lesson.
BODY/PRESENTATION
Here is all the information to present. It is divided (and sometimes sub-divided) by main points.
These main points correspond to the lesson objective and the applicable samples of behavior. If
you want to add, delete or change information in the lesson, it’s important to make sure you cover
the information needed to teach the objective. Talk to your OFC for more questions regarding
changes.
CONCLUSION
Just as with the introduction, the conclusion consists of three sections: summary, re-motivation
and closure. The summary is a recapitulation of the main points you have talked about. Under no
circumstances should you introduce new material during the summary. The summary is a quick
review to help initiate the remembering process involved with short-term memory (and wake up
anyone who might have fallen asleep). Next is the re-motivation step and the closure. These are
extremely important to wrap up an effective lesson. Take the information you talked about in the
motivation and tie it in to the re-motivation and what the cadet’s learned. Finally, end with a good
closure. Never leave your cadets with the feeling that something is missing. Make sure the cadets
know the class has ended. A closing quote (related back to the topic) or final thoughts will suffice
for a good closure.
Now that you know the parts of a lesson plan, let’s look at personalizing the lesson plan.
Preparation
Good preparation is essential in any task you accomplish. Whether as a cadet or as an officer, you
will always be one step ahead of the game if you come prepared. In preparing to personalize your
lesson plan you will need to read the lesson once and then accomplish the following:
Lesson Objective and main points – review this information to be sure you are clear on the goals
of the lesson. This gives you your initial roadmap for the lesson.
Strategy statement – reread through the strategy statement to ensure you understand the intent of
the curriculum designer. Ask your OFC any questions to clarify the intent of both the designer and
what the detachment feels is needed.
Understand lesson plan and support material – Research the interrelated information, look up
information on the website, talk to other people. You must put some prep time into this lesson
before standing up and teaching it.
Determine changes to be made – determine which, if any, sections within the lesson plan to be
changed. Most often, you will adjust/change the attention step, motivation, visual aids, support
material, re-motivation and closure.
Personalization
After you feel confident that you have fully prepared yourself for the lesson, you need to start the
personalization phase. This is crucial to the success or failure of the lesson. How you present
yourself and the material can have a profound effect on others. The most important thing to
remember is to be genuine – be yourself. People have a great sense when it comes to picking out
fakes—especially if they have some prior knowledge of the person. Use your strengths and know
your weaknesses to create a plan of action that is right for you.
Personal experience can be a great motivator and source of information. Determine what kind of
experiences you have come across in the past and use these as examples to enhance the lesson. If
you are unfamiliar with the subject, your other option is to get additional content expertise. You
can do this by talking to your cadre members, other cadets or people around campus that may have
an applicable background. Use all the resources at your disposal and don’t be afraid to ask
questions. It is better to feel foolish by asking someone a question than to actually look foolish in
front of the audience when they ask the same question and you don’t know the answer.
Once you have put the final personalization touches on your lesson, next you need to validate it.
The best way to validate your personalized lesson plan is to practice delivering it and then
immediately refer back to the lesson strategy statement found in Part IB. If your personalized
lesson plan meets the intent of the strategy statement, you are right on track. From this point, you
need to continue practicing your lesson delivery until you are completely comfortable with it. Now
that you have you have the information in the lesson down, you have your timing right where you
want it, and your voice pitch and speed perfected, it is time to do a dry run. It is highly
recommended that you conduct your dry run in the very location you will actually present your
lesson objective in. During your dry run session, you should take the time to verify that your slide
presentation version is compatible with the software version on the computer you will be using. If
you will be using any type of projection device, you need to verify that the projector is functional
and has a working bulb. If you will be using video or audio clips in your lesson, you should verify
the functionality and sound quality your sound equipment.
Presentation
Once you’ve finished validating the lesson, you are ready to present it. When presenting the lesson,
make sure you are sincere, confident and enthusiastic. These are three key points to remember.
Sincerity is important to retain control of the class as well as keep their attention. If you are not
sincere while teaching, the cadets will not pay attention to you or the material. On the other hand,
if you take a topic that seems relatively simple or silly to you and teach it with sincerity, your
cadets are going to take it seriously. Along with sincerity is enthusiasm; if you’re not enthusiastic
about the subject, your cadets are not going to show enthusiasm to learn it. Enthusiasm helps to
keep learning fun but it can also build your confidence as an instructor. When you are enthusiastic,
your audience is enthusiastic and wants to learn/listen; this can then give you more confidence,
which gives your audience confidence in you, which boosts your confidence, and so on…
TIPS
Transitions – make sure to work on your transitions while speaking. Nothing is worse or harder to
follow than a choppy speaker.
Voice inflection – changes in tone, pitch and speed will help to make your briefing more exciting
to listen to. Make a conscious effort to avoid speaking in a monotone voice.
You have the ability to make or break this lesson—take the time it deserves.
Version 4
Objective 1
Overview: This lesson is complementary, in part, to AS100 Lesson 5, Military Customs and
Courtesies. The foremost difference is this objective includes detailed information about
AFROTC grade structure and insignia whereas the AS100 lesson does not. Objective 1 is
designed to be more hands-on and interactive than the academic class. As will be the case with
most of the objectives—the lesson plan provided is a guide for you to use.
Objective 1-1
Version 4
Objective 1-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember the Air Force and AFROTC grade structure and insignia.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond positively to the importance of knowing the Air Force and
AFROTC grade structure and insignia.
Affective Samples of Behavior: Actively discuss the Air Force and AFROTC grade structure
and insignia.
PART IB
Strategy: The material in Part II, particularly the grade and rank structure, is initially covered in
the AS100 academic class. Coordinate with the AS100 instructor as to when he/she plans to
teach that lesson and follow up with this lesson. For LLAB time, following the lesson plan here
will allow you to quickly review what was learned in the academic class and apply it by using
the quizzes. AFROTC rank structure is not covered in the academic class so it definitely needs
to be covered in LLAB. Then, conduct one of the activities listed.
To prepare, you'll need to make copies of the quizzes to help students get used to identifying
insignia and ranks rather than merely getting briefed on them. You can use the quizzes to ask the
new cadets for answers to the questions or it can be handed out to the cadets to accomplish on
their own and bring to LLAB for review. The answers are on the bottom of the page; remember
to take these off the handout if your cadets are accomplishing this as an assignment. You may
also make copies of the handouts. Some may be provided in the AS100 Student Reader.
PowerPoint slides with pictures of the different active duty ranks are provided in the Holm
Center T-508, Cadet’s Guide to Leadership Laboratory (LLAB) Curriculum Handbook, on the
Holmcenter.com website.
Objective 1-3
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: This lesson can best be accomplished during LLAB as a flight
activity. The flight commander should lead the discussion and activities on this topic. The
pages that follow are handouts to assist cadets in understanding chain of command and grade
structure. You may want to use the information for evaluation purposes in LLAB and for
quizzing the cadets during inspections. Many detachments have this information in a cadet-
produced cadet guide, which is an excellent way to disseminate this information. It is a good
idea to copy appropriate parts of AFI 36-2903 and distribute handouts to the cadets if it isn't
already in the cadet guide.
Lesson Outline:
A. Air Force enlisted grade structure by insignia and name.
B. Air Force officer grade structure by insignia and name.
C. AFROTC grade structure.
D. Additional Activities.
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 1-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) If you had a problem or concern within the cadet wing, whom would you take the
issue to?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) As a cadet in the AFROTC program, you need to understand and recognize the rank
structure not only in the AFROTC program, but also in the Air Force and other services.
OVERVIEW
During this lesson, we will discuss the following:
A. Air Force enlisted grade structure by insignia and name.
B. Air Force officer grade structure by insignia and name.
C. AFROTC grade structure.
D. Additional Activities
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Insignias are devices identifying the grade (rank) of military members. The Air
Force grade/rank system is broken down into two major categories: officer and enlisted grades.
Let’s first take a look at the enlisted grade/rank structure.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. General Information
a. The enlisted grades are subdivided into Airmen, noncommissioned officer (NCO),
and senior noncommissioned officer (SNCO) grades.
b. The grade insignia for the Air Force enlisted personnel (except Airman Basic—who
wears no rank) consists of a chevron of one or more stripes. The background of the
chevrons for Airmen and noncommissioned officers (NCOs) is blue and the stripes
are white with a white star in the center. The chevrons are worn on the uniform
garments in a specified manner.
c. The grade insignia worn on the ABUs differs only in color. The subdued chevron
consists of dark blue stripes on a green background with a dark blue star in the center
on the ABUs (differ in shade to match the uniform).
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Now give out handout with Quiz 1 and complete it at this time.
Objective 1-5
Version 4
a. There are four Airmen grades: Airman Basic (AB), Airman (Amn), Airman First
Class (A1C), and Senior Airman (SrA).
b. Pay grades for Airmen are: AB (E-1), Amn (E-2), A1C (E-3), and SrA (E-4). The
“E” indicates enlisted status. ** One easy way to remember the enlisted pay grade—
it’s always one more than the number of stripe(s) an individual wears.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Now give out handout with Quiz 2 and complete it at this time.
SSgt grade insignia is a chevron of four stripes with a star in the center.
TSgt grade insignia is a chevron of five stripes with a star in the center.
b. Pay grades for NCOs are: SSgt (E-5) and TSgt (E-6)
a. Senior noncommissioned officers (SNCO) are enlisted members serving in the grades
of Master Sergeant (MSgt), Senior Master Sergeant (SMSgt) and Chief Master
Sergeant (CMSgt).
MSgt grade insignia is a chevron of six stripes. There are five stripes like the TSgt
with an additional sixth stripe in an inverted “V” position above the other stripes.
SMSgt is a chevron of seven stripes with two of the stripes in an inverted “V”
position above the other stripes.
CMSgt grade insignia is a chevron of eight stripes with three of the stripes in an
inverted “V” position above the other stripes.
b. Pay grades for SNCOs are: MSgt (E-7), SMSgt (E-8), and CMSgt (E-9).
Objective 1-6
Version 4
a. First Sergeants wear a diamond device above the star on their chevrons. The diamond
device signifies the job position. First Sergeants may hold the rank of MSgt, SMSgt, or
CMSgt.
b. The grade of Command Chief Master Sergeant (CCM) signifies the highest-ranking
CMSgt in the MAJCOM, wing or comparable level. Command Chief stripes have a
solid star embroidered above the star already on the chevron.
c. The Chief Master Sergeant of the Air Force is the highest job held by an enlisted
person. The pay grade is E-9. The grade insignia is a chevron of eight stripes with a
wreath around the bottom and sides of the star. In November 2004, the Chief Master
Sergeant of the Air Force insignia was updated to include the Great Seal of the United
States with a star on either side. These additions were placed in the empty area
between the chevrons.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Now give out handout with Quiz 3 and Quiz 4 and complete it at this
time.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you’re familiar with the enlisted ranks, let’s get acquainted with the
officer grade structure.
1. General Information
a. The officer grades are subdivided into company grade officer (CGO), field grade
officer (FGO) and general officer (GO) grades.
c. Insignia for officers include bar(s) for CGOs, oak leaf or eagle for FGOs, and star(s)
for GOs. There are two colors used in officer rank (besides the ABU uniform): gold
and silver. ABUs have subdued rank replacing the silver with a navy blue color.
d. Sometimes in pay grades you will hear or see an “E” after the officer pay grade (ex:
O-1E). This signifies the individual had at least 4 years and 1 day of prior enlisted
active service (or reserve/guard equivalent time) in the US military (any branch). For
this service, these officers receive extra pay for their base pay and housing allowance.
Objective 1-7
Version 4
a. CGOs are those serving in the ranks of second lieutenant (2d Lt), first lieutenant (1st
Lt) and captain (Capt)
b. Pay grades for CGOs are 2d Lt (O-1), 1st Lt (O-2) and Capt (O-3). The “O”
designates Officer.
4. General Officers (GO): brigadier general, major general, lieutenant general, general
The following will describe the grade insignia and give the Air Force abbreviation for each
commissioned officer title. Note that other branches of service use their own form of abbreviation.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Now give out handout with Quiz 5 and complete it at this time.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) How does enlisted and officer rank differ from the rank worn by cadets in ROTC?
B. AFROTC grade structure. AFROTC grade structure is slightly different from the officer
grade structure. The GMC cadets are either Cadet Fourth Class or Cadet Third Class. GMC
cadets are usually freshmen and sophomores and usually attend the AS100 and AS200
academic class.
POC cadets are juniors and seniors. Their rank is a number of thin and thick stripes
perpendicular to their shoulders. POC cadets hold the same ranks similar to Air Force officer
ranks up to Colonel.
Objective 1-8
Version 4
C. Additional Activities
Review the materials in this lesson plan with the cadets by completing the quizzes. Then
perform one of these activities.
1. Jeopardy-style or flash card type game where you quickly show a random AF or AFROTC
rank to the cadets, and they guess which one they saw. You can use the power point slides
with pictures of ranks.
2. Skills review Group Leadership Problem (GLP) using the information from this lesson as
knowledge questions. See lesson plan for objective 19 for details on putting together a
campus-wide GLP.
3. Develop a bulletin board that will have enlarged pictures of the ranks and titles. Have the
flight of cadets rearrange the ranks in order from lowest to highest. You can use the
power point slides with pictures of ranks.
4. Pass out LLAB surveys at the end of each LLAB asking for feedback on how to improve
LLAB. As part of the survey, include a knowledge question on this lesson. The flights
that get the question right get points towards Honor Flight.
5. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. This must be coordinated
with the OFC prior to execution.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s quickly review what we learned today
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) As a cadet in the AFROTC program, you need to understand and recognize the rank
structure not only in the AFROTC program, but also in the Air Force and other services. This is
something you will use throughout your career as a cadet and officer. As a leader, you must
know and recognize other military members in order to render the correct customs and
courtesies.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) You are well on your way to becoming an expert at recognizing both the AFROTC
and active duty grade structure. I encourage you to continue studying the grade structure in
order to become very familiar with it and its importance within the military organization.
Objective 1-9
Version 4
QUIZ 1
a. blue.
b. blue/black.
c. white.
d. silver.
a. white.
b. snow white.
c. silver.
d. silver - white
Answers: 1. d 2. a 3. a 4. c
Objective 1-10
Version 4
QUIZ 2
INSTRUCTIONS: Match the pay grade of each Airman with the correct abbreviation.
1. E-3 a. AB
2. E-2 b. A1C
3. E-1 c. Amn
4. E-4 d. SrA
INSTRUCTIONS: Match each Airman title with the correct grade insignia description.
6. Airman b. No insignia.
Answers: 1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. d
Objective 1-11
Version 4
QUIZ 3
INSTRUCTIONS: Match the abbreviations for each grade title with the correct pay grade designation.
2. TSgt b. E-2
3. SMSgt c. E-3
4. SSgt d. E-4
5. MSgt e. E-5
6. CMSgt f. E-6
7. A1C g. E-7
8. AB h. E-8
9. SrA i. E-9
Answers: 1. b 2. f 3. h 4. e 5. g 6.i 7. c 8. a 9. d
Objective 1-12
Version 4
QUIZ 4
INSTRUCTIONS: Match the grade title with the description of the grade insignia.
5. Command Chief Master e. Chevron of eight stripes with the Great Seal
Sergeant of the United States.
6. Senior Master Sergeant f. Chevron of eight stripes with a star above the star
Answers: 1. a 2. c 3. e 4. d 5. f 6. b
Objective 1-13
Version 4
QUIZ 5
Answer:
Objective 1-14
Version 4
Objective 1-15
Version 4
Handouts
Chief Master
Sergeant Major of Sergeant Major of the Master Chief Petty
E-9 Sergeant of the Air
the Army Marine Corps Officer of the Navy
Force
Master Gunnery
Chief Master Master Chief Petty
E-9 Sergeant Major Sergeant or Sergeant
Sergeant Officer
Major
Sergeant First
E-7 Master Sergeant Gunnery Sergeant Chief Petty Officer
Class
E-3 Airman First Class Private First Class Lance Corporal Seaman
Objective 1-16
Version 4
Objective 1-17
Version 4
Objective 2
Overview: This lesson is designed to ensure cadets know their chain of command and understand
what a chain of command is. The cadet should not only know their chain of command, but
understand the rationale for having a chain of command, and how to use it. The lesson is designed
for active and participative learning by the IMT—tailor it as necessary to fit your detachment’s
needs!
Objective 2-1
Version 4
Objective 2-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember the Air Force and AFROTC Chain of Command.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the role of both the Air Force and AFROTC Chain of
Command for all members of the Air Force
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to ensure cadets know the chain of command. A problem
we have seen in the past is that a student may be able to tell you who is in their chain of
command, but they really do not understand the concept. Using this teaching plan, ensure you
spend some time discussing the concept of a chain of command. As you teach, ask the questions
provided so students must provide answers, making the material easier to understand rather than
them just memorizing it. This lesson can best be accomplished during LLAB as a flight activity.
The flight commander should lead the discussion on this topic and direct the activities.
In addition, rather than just give the students a list of the people in their chain of command;
remember to emphasize "active, participative" methods of learning. For this reason, you are
encouraged to not merely lecture. Per the lesson plan, once you are done with the discussion as
outlined, follow it with the included competition. During the competition, observe how the
teams and leaders interact. After the competition, ensure the teams got the right answers and
then spend a few minutes discussing how the group leaders did per the guidance given. While 30
minutes is the suggested minimum time requirement for this objective, this may take longer.
After you have completed the lesson, you may opt to prepare and do some of the additional
activities provided for this lesson objective.
Objective 2-3
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: You will need copies of the Chain of Command Handout for each
cadet you are teaching. You will also need to complete the form to use as the answer key. Do
not provide the cadets with a completed copy!
Lesson Outline:
A. Chain of Command Concept
B. Chain of Command Components
C. Additional Activities
Objective 2-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Use your chain of command. Welcome to the world of military lingo. You will
hear this phrase often in your Air Force career.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Today we are going to explain what this phrase means. When you have to take
something up the chain of command, you will know what to do. You need to know where you
are in the chain of command so that you will know who your bosses are and who to go to when
you have problems and questions.
OVERVIEW
(Suggested) First, we'll spend about 10 minutes discussing what the chain of command is and its
purpose. Then we'll spend about 20 minutes discussing who is in your chain of command and
doing an activity that will help you learn who is in your chain of command.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s begin by finding out just what a chain of command is and why it’s important
to you.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. Think about when a kid wants something. First they go to one parent. If that parent turns
them down, the child goes to the other parent. If that parent says yes, then the parents are
in conflict. Or, if both parents say no, the child may go over their heads to ask a
grandparent.
Question: How many uniformed personnel are in the entire Air Force?
Right answer: (Allow for guesses) Approximately 490, 758 as of the end of June 2017 per
the Air Force Personnel Center’s website with 318, 125 of those on active duty.
Without a chain of command, you can imagine one of the 318,000 people running around
trying to get one of the rem aining 317,999 people to say yes. Without it, no one
knows who has the authority to take care of what.
Objective 2-5
Version 4
Right, you go to a dentist. You go to the person who has the most expertise or is
assigned to handle that particular type of trouble.
3. As a cadet, everyone basically outranks you. You can look at virtually any officer and
may want to discuss all the issues and problems of your job. Why not just go straight to
the top and ask the President?
The chain of command prevents this; making sure higher-ranking people aren’t flooded
with problems and questions from lower ranks. The chain of command designates who is
in charge of you and has the expertise and ability to handle whatever problems and issues
you bring to them.
The basic reason for having the chain of command is to ensure that problems can be
solved and decisions made at the lowest level. Just think how that makes sense. Do you
really want the President of the United States handling the smallest problem of anyone
who is able to grab his attention, or do you want him to stay focused on bigger issues for
our nation? Do you really want to ask the President of the United States a question about
how to handle a budget issue in your office when that’s not his expertise? He’s president,
not a dentist, meaning he or other high-ranking officials might not have the knowledge or
expertise to handle your issues and problems.
When you hear the phrase, “take it up your chain of command,” that means you should
take your issue to the person who is directly above you in the chain of command. In
plain terms, that is your immediate supervisor.
Question: Here in the cadet corps, who do you think is directly above you?
Question: If you have a problem or question, would you go talk to the Cadet Wing
Commander or the Detachment Commander? Why not?
Question: Why is going over your supervisor’s head or not using the chain of command
such a bad thing?
Answer: You are not giving your supervisor the chance to do his/her job, which may
possibly make him/her look bad. Also, you would be burdening others with problems
that should ideally be handled at your level. If you’d gone to your supervisor first, you
might have found out that he/she could have handled it rather than bothering someone
else with it.
Objective 2-6
Version 4
Question: What are some examples you have seen of people going over their
supervisor’s head? What negative effects occurred?
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If you have examples or can get some from your cadre, tell the
flight about them at this time.
4. There are a couple of times you may break the chain of command.
Question: When do you think it is all right to break the chain of command?
Answer:
• When your immediate supervisor gives you permission.
• When you have a racial discrimination or sexual harassment complaint against the
supervisor or any similar issue you don’t feel comfortable discussing with him/her.
• When your supervisor is ordering you to do something illegal or unethical.
Question: If you ask your supervisor for permission for something, and the answer is
“no”, can you go to the next person in the chain of command to get them to ok it?
Answer: No. That person was assigned to you and given the authority to say yes or no to
you. Note that as always, you may want to know why or give your supervisor reasons
why you think they should agree with you, but ultimately, if the answer is no, that’s it. It
would be unprofessional to then try to go to other people in the chain of command with
the same request.
Question: Do you have any questions about the chain of command and how to use it
before we move on?
TRANSITION
(Suggested: Now you know what your chain of command is and how to use it. Let’s find out
who is actually in your chain of command. We will look at the chain of command from the
President of the United States all the way down to you as a cadet.)
B. Identify the chain of command from the President of the United States to you as a cadet.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Divide the class into groups; number of people per group is at your
discretion. Next, pass out copies of the “Chain of Command for AFROTC Cadet” handout in
this lesson plan. Appoint a leader for each group.
1. Leaders, you now have 15 minutes to lead your team to come up with the first and last
names of the people that belong in these blanks. The names must be spelled correctly.
2. You may not use the chain of command posted in the detachment. You may use any
book or Internet. You may leave this room. When you finish, turn in one sheet to me
that has your team's answers.
Objective 2-7
Version 4
3. If you finish before the 15 minutes have elapsed, you may submit your team’s sheet.
However, you have 15 minutes, and the team who gets the most first and last names
accurate wins no matter how soon they turn the sheet in before the 15 minutes elapses.
Are there any questions? Begin.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: After 15 minutes (or when all groups have submitted their team
sheet), use your answer key to see which team wins. Give one point for every accurate first
name and one point for every accurate last name. If the spelling is not correct, do not count
it; this will emphasize attention to detail (plus, you never want to misspell a supervisor’s
name anyway!). To keep it simple, don’t count rank. Announce the correct answer for each
blank. Direct the students to fill in their own sheets with the correct answers. Announce the
winning group.
4. Leadership Feedback: After the competition, if you have time, discuss a couple of
observations of the leaders. Remember, these are new cadets, so you should not expect
them to have gotten all the answers correct. Keep the feedback in the sandwich form (i.e.
say something positive; say something to work on; say something positive) instead of just
providing a list of things they could have done better to achieve the mission.
5. A particular thing to look for is how the leader organized and directed. For example: did
he/she start out by asking everyone at large if they knew any of the answers? Did he/she
assign the unanswered questions to different cadets in the groups? Did he/she direct them
well, telling them to go find the answers and report back in plenty enough time to put the
answers on the team sheet? Did the group just talk loud and all at once, or did the leader
keep them focused? Keep in mind that rather than telling the leader he/she didn't do a
good job in these respects, you can say, “here's how you could have done it better or
more efficiently.”
C. Additional Activities
1. Jeopardy-style or flash card-type game. Quickly show a random photo of someone in the
chain of command (or their position) to the cadets. The cadets should identify which one
they saw.
2. Skills review Group Leadership Problem (GLP). Use the information from this lesson as
knowledge questions. See lesson plan for objective 19 for details on putting together a
campus-wide GLP.
3. Develop a bulletin board that will have enlarged pictures of the individuals in the chain of
command. Every detachment should have a chain of command board with photos. Have
the flight of cadets rearrange the photos in order from lowest to highest. You can also do
this with their position titles.
Objective 2-8
Version 4
4. Pass out LLAB surveys at the end of each LLAB. Ask for feedback on how to improve
LLAB. As part of the survey, include a knowledge question on this lesson. The flights
that get the question correct earn points towards honor flight.
5. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. Coordinate with the OFC
prior to execution.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: So now that you’ve learned all about the chain of command, what's the point of
having a chain of command? Ultimately, it is to solve problems and make decisions at the
lowest level.)
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Chain of Command Concept
B. Chain of Command Components/Individuals
C. Additional Activities
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Today you learned what the chain of command is, why it’s essential, and how to
use it and not break it. You found out the names of all the people who are in your chain of
command from the President of the United States to me to you.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Just think, before long you won’t be at the bottom of the chain of command. When
you are ready and have proven you belong higher up in the chain of command, more names will
be put under yours!
Objective 2-9
Version 4
2. Secretary of Defense
9. Region Commander
16. You!!
Objective 2-10
Version 4
Objective 3
Overview: This lesson is designed to teach the Cadet Honor Code. It should be taught by a cadre
member, or a senior POC with cadre participation. Ideally, it should be one of the first lessons
presented to your new cadets. The lesson plan provided can be tailored from a 30 – 90 minute
lesson, depending on how you see fit. If you use the shorter lesson, the case studies and role-
playing scenarios could be used for a later LLAB session to re-emphasize the Honor Code.
Objective 3-1
Version 4
Objective 3-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of the Cadet Honor Code.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively participate in a discussion of the Cadet Honor Code.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to ensure cadets know the Cadet Honor Code. This lesson
should be presented to IMT (AS100) cadets as early as possible in their first term to emphasize
the importance of the Honor Code and living by it at all times. Cadets need to realize the benefits
of living by the Code. Recommend this lesson be taught either by cadre personnel or a well-
qualified cadet with a cadre member present.
Thirty minutes is the suggested minimum time requirement that must be spent on this objective.
The material in this lesson plan may take up to 1.5 hours to present. You can either pick the parts
you want to do during the 30 minutes, or spend more time on it as you see fit. Since you're only
required to present a 30-minute lesson, explaining the essentials of the Honor Code (points A-C)
is key to the lesson objective. You may opt to do any or all of the additional materials (points D-
F) or use them for rainy day sessions at other times rather than teaching this all in one LLAB
session.
The lesson plan provides additional material, including case studies, role-playing scenarios, and
an article, "My Turn." For the case studies, students review them and discuss whether or not an
Objective 3-3
Version 4
Honor Code or regulation violation has occurred. Each case presents a different slant on the
Honor Code. The essential teaching point is that Honor Code violations are different from
regulation violations; recognizing "which-is-which" is extremely important. The role-playing
scenarios are designed to help students feel comfortable when confronting Honor Code violators.
Finally, discussing the article, "My Turn," ties together the Core Values and the Honor Code.
Lesson Outline
A. The Intent and Purpose of the Honor Code
1. Intent of the Code
2. Purpose of the Code
B. The four elements of the Honor Code
1. Lying
2. Cheating
3. Stealing
4. Toleration
C. Procedures for Handling a Suspected Honor Code Violation
1. Approach violator
2. Alert first person available
D. Misuse of the Honor Code
E. Case Studies: We'll look at several cases and discuss which constitute Honor Code
violations and which are regulation violations.
F. Role Playing Scenarios: Practice approaching suspected Honor Code violators.
G. The article, "My Turn": Identify how the Honor Code relates to our Core Values, as
illustrated by the article.
Objective 3-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) "We will not lie, steal or cheat, nor tolerate among us anyone who does."
This is the Cadet Honor Code—can you live up to it? It's a code of honor you're expected to live
up to throughout your entire career—both on and off the job.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Let the cadets study a written version of the Honor Code (either from
slides or in book or written on board) for a minute or two. Once cadets have had an opportunity to
study the code, explain that vocalizing is thought to help internalize information and have cadets
repeat the code after you.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Why do we need an Honor Code? Trust and integrity are essential in the military.
Without trust and integrity our credibility as a peacekeeping force would erode. The Air Force
Honor Code establishes a standard of moral behavior we must accept. It provides the foundation
of a personal code of ethics, which will last a lifetime.
OVERVIEW
A. Intent and Purpose of the Honor Code
B. Four elements of the Honor Code
C. Procedures for Handling a Suspected Honor Code Violation
D. Misuse of the code
E. Case Studies
F. Role Playing Scenarios
G. The article, "My Turn”
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's see if we can memorize the Cadet Honor Code.
1. Intent: The Honor Code is intended to set a minimum standard of conduct for a cadet,
enlisted member or officer.
2. Purpose: To further develop Honor Code standards into a pattern of behavior, which will
guide your life as a student and as an officer.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) The Honor Code has four key elements: Lying, Stealing, Cheating, and Toleration.
Let's focus on each one of these individually.
Objective 3-5
Version 4
1. Lying - Statement of untruth meant to deceive or mislead. There are four variations to be
aware of related to lying:
In reality, the person has the correct rank and nametag, but knows the shirt is wrinkled
and not ironed as it should be. This is quibbling since the cadet was lying to imply all
actions were taken to have the uniform in proper condition.
b. Evasive Statement - Any oral or written statement leaving out important facts to
imply innocence.
In reality, he lost them over four months ago. This is an evasive statement since he was lying to
imply that he just lost them.
Pop-Offs and Mistakes - A pop off is generally an incorrect "yes," "no" answer, or a statement
made in haste. This is typically the result of pressure or inattention but must be corrected by the
cadet as soon as he/she realizes the error. Without correcting the false statement immediately, the
pop-off/mistake becomes a lie. We overlook this mistake if the one who answered incorrectly
tries to rectify the error within a reasonable time.
Example: “Cadet Flowers, did you review every paragraph of the Cadet Guide to Field Training
last night?”
Response: "Yes, Sir!"
If the cadet in this example realizes that in fact they only reviewed most of the paragraphs last
night, they may correct their statement and not be guilty of violating the Honor Code.
Tact - Sometimes the whole truth is embarrassing; a little social avoidance of the complete truth
in order to prevent the embarrassment of others is acceptable. If telling someone the whole truth
is embarrassing, you might use tact to prevent harm.
Examples:
"Cadet Carter, how does my hair look?" Response: "Your hair looks great." In reality you think
the person's hair looks really bad.
Objective 3-6
Version 4
The Detachment Commander has you and some cadets over for dinner and his wife asks you if
you like the meatloaf she prepared. Response: "It tastes great!" In reality, you're choking it down.
These are acceptable responses in society; they do not count as 'lying' since what was asked was
your OPINION, not an OFFICIAL STATEMENT.
Examples: cheat sheets, failure to observe exact time limits, or taking answers from another's
paper. When upperclassmen pass notes or information about a measurement to the lower
classmen, the upperclassmen are providing an unfair advantage to the lower classmen. This is
cheating.
Example: taking credit for a report that someone else has done, oral or written.
Objective 3-7
Version 4
Stealing – Depriving someone else of his/her property or use of his/her property without the
person's permission. Taking someone's property with no intention of returning it. If a cadet finds
property not belonging to him/her, he/she has an obligation to return the property to the rightful
owner or take it to a central collection point like the cadre or cadet lounge.
Toleration – Enduring without complaint. Toleration is different from the first three elements of
the Honor Code--the first three are internal, toleration is external. Since toleration requires that
you hold others accountable for the standards of the first three elements of the Honor Code, it is
by far the most difficult part of the Honor Code to live by.
Why would you tolerate someone whose actions have violated the Honor Code? Loyalty could
be a typical response. However, if the person is our friend, they would never ask us to put our
honor on the line.
Honor is a value (something internalized/you live by), loyalty to a person is a virtue (something
done because it is good/right). You should never compromise a value for a virtue. The only time
a value should be compromised is over another value (ex. love vs. honor). When this happens
(two values come in conflict), you must make the difficult, personal decision of which value
takes precedence.
Though the Honor Code states, "nor tolerate among us anyone who does", it is the actions of the
individual that are not tolerated. You do not condemn a person for his actions, but condemn the
actions. Any punitive steps to be taken against an individual should be determined through
procedures established by the unit commander. Steps could involve disenrollment or other lesser
penalties. Also, penalties for the same offense may become progressively more severe.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we’ve discussed the four elements of the Honor Code, let's learn how to
report a suspected Honor Code violation.
Indicate you've seen a possible breach of the Honor Code. If you don't receive a reasonable
explanation, both the observer and suspect should report the incident to the designated
Detachment Honor Representative. In some cases, you can consider letting the suspect know that
if they don't report themselves within a certain time period, you will do so yourself.
Objective 3-8
Version 4
A cadet who believes he/she may have committed an Honor Code violation should alert the first
person available that a violation might have occurred. Then, as soon as possible, notify the
designated Detachment Honor Rep with the time and circumstances of the possible violation.
Consequences
Admitting you’re wrong. Have the courage to admit you're wrong and accept the consequences
IMPORTANT NOTE: If you violate the Honor Code, but report yourself, the consequences are
potentially less severe than if someone else reports it.
Honor Board. If you violate the Honor Code and deny it but are later found guilty, the
consequences will potentially be worse than if you had admitted to it. For example, if you admit
to it, you might get probation. If you don't admit to it, and an Honor Board is conducted and
evidence strongly shows you committed the violation, you may be disenrolled from the ROTC
program altogether instead of just being put on probation.
If you genuinely made a mistake and didn't intentionally violate the Honor Code, have faith that
the Honor Board will determine this and understand. In this case, there would most likely be no
consequences other than to rectify the mistake.
Objective 3-9
Version 2
Do NOT misuse the Honor Code for any reason! Asking improper questions without probable
cause to determine if someone is lying, stealing or cheating is not a correct application of the
Honor Code.
Questions Without Purpose: "Are you a redneck?" This question has no purpose and does not
need to be answered at all; it's inappropriate and constitutes harassment.
Questions Without Cause: "Cadet Carter, did you drink last night?" Asking this question
without reason is an improper question.
Asking these types of questions without probable cause is using the Honor Code as a means of
policing. The Honor Code is a code people internalize and live by so when called upon they will
give a true and honorable response. Therefore, your trainers/educators will not and cannot use
the Honor Code as a weapon against someone. If we do, we are detracting from the importance
of the code and preventing people from trusting/believing the Honor Code's concept.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we understand how the Honor Code can be misused, let's ensure everyone
understands the difference between breaking a rule and violating the Honor Code by studying
some cases.
Case Study.
Three cadets were smoking in the dorm on open-base weekend at Field Training although the
supplement to the cadet guide forbids smoking inside the dorm. Is this a violation of the Honor
Code?
No, because the Honor Code involves lying, cheating, stealing, and tolerating, not failure to
follow the rules. Remember, these cadets are in a training/learning environment and rules are
sometimes violated, but breaking a rule is not violating the Honor Code. However, if those three
cadets were asked a question, with cause, about them smoking, they must answer honorably. For
example, if Captain Carter asks “Cadet Flowers, I smell smoke, were you smoking in this
room?” Any answer other than “Yes” would be a violation of the code.
Cadet Henry picks up "his" flight cap as he leaves the cadet lounge and joins his flight. When he
arrives back at his room, he puts "his" cap away. The following Thursday, service caps were
designated to be worn. During the day, a flightmate notices that Cadet Henry's flight cap has
someone else's name written on the inside. She notifies Cadre, the flight commander and the
Detachment Honor Rep that Cadet Henry has stolen property on display. Has an Honor Code
violation occurred? If so, how?
Objective 3-10
Version 2
Cadet Henry is not in violation of the Honor Code. He apparently made an honest mistake. He
should return the cap to the rightful owner as soon as possible.
The flightmate did not follow the procedures. She showed extremely poor judgment in
slandering Cadet Henry on the limited information she possessed. No trainee is in a position to
act as judge and jury in questions of Honor Code violations. Remember, the first step is to
approach the suspected violator, let them know what you've seen and give them a chance to
explain it.
Cadet Green, on the way to the bathroom, realizes he forgot his toothpaste. He stops at Cadet
Black's room and borrows his toothpaste without his knowledge. When he is finished, he returns
the toothpaste. Has an Honor Code violation occurred? If so, how?
Yes. Because Cadet Green did not have Cadet Black's permission to use his toothpaste, even
though the value of the item may be small, Cadet Green is in violation of the Honor Code by
stealing.
Lt Coale is applying for Undergraduate Pilot Training (UPT). His application forms request
information about any previous flying experience, either civilian or military. Lt Coale lacks
several hours to get his private pilot's license. He feels having his license will better his chances
for selection to UPT. The deadline for the application is tomorrow. Unfortunately he is not
scheduled to receive his private pilot's flight check until next weekend. On the application form,
he indicates he currently has his license because he knows the form will take several weeks to
process. Has Lt Coale violated the principles of the Honor Code?
Yes, Lt Coale has violated the principles of the Honor Code. Although this may seem minor, he
is in essence lying about his qualifications as a pilot.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: This may be highly debated by students as to whether this violates
the Honor Code. Let the students discuss this point, then point out how serious the principles
of the Honor Code can be taken. Then, tie this case into the importance of internalizing the
Air Force Core Value of Integrity. The Air Force cannot and will not tolerate officers who
falsify documents…Period!
Lt Coale should have indicated on the form the number of flying hours he currently has and
when he approximately expects to receive his license. Then any UPT board can make a decision
based on the correct information given.
The above scenario, with Lt Coale, is based on a true situation. The Lieutenant was denied
selection to UPT, given an Article 15, and fined one thousand dollars. If Lt Coale had checked
all the information on applying for UPT, he would have known there is an additional deadline
(after the mail-in deadline but before the selection board meets) for updating flying hours and the
pilot’s license block on the form.
Objective 3-11
Version 2
TRANSITION
(Suggested: We've made distinctions between an Honor Code and regulation violation. We've
also discussed the procedures for handling an Honor Code violation. Now that we know how,
let's practice actually approaching suspected Honor Code violators.)
Confronting is necessary. In fact, it can save you a lot of trouble down the road. Instead of
accusing someone of violating the Honor Code and reporting them and then spreading the word
that the person has no honor, confronting allows you to question the person and get to the bottom
of it. You might even find out they weren't violating the Honor Code after all.
So we got you to memorize the Honor Code. Then we explained what each element means. Then
we told you to not tolerate lying, stealing or cheating because then you'd be just as guilty. But
that doesn't really help you get prepared for what you have to do to confront someone when you
see or suspect a violation is occurring. Today we'll do that by having some of you play the roles
of a suspect and a witness. We'll see how the witnesses handle the confrontation and give them
tips on how to do it better. By the end of this lesson, you'll all be more comfortable and self-
assured in case you do have to confront someone.
OVERVIEW
First, we'll select a suspect and witness for each situation. We'll send them out of room to review
their roles. They'll do this separately, not revealing the information on their card to each other.
While they're reviewing their roles, I'll read the situation to the rest of you in the class without
the presence of role players. Then, we'll bring the role players in and have the suspect and
witness role play (up to 5 minutes). During this, all of you should observe and think about how
the witness could have done better to make the confrontation go smoother or be more effective.
After I call time (either at the 5 minute mark or sooner if it's clear the confrontation is over),
we'll all provide feedback to the role players and class. We'll continue doing this for as many of
the situations as time will allow.
Objective 3-12
Version 2
Cadet (name of witness role player) is in the college bookstore. As he walks past a person, he
realizes that person looks like he just shoved a small item into his pocket. The person did it very
furtively, making Cadet (name of witness role player) suspect it was an act of shoplifting though
he was unable to tell what the item was. When he glances at the person's face, he realizes it is a
fellow cadet.
Have students come in and act out the situation. When the situation is finished, go over the
following information.
INSTRUCTOR INFORMATION #1
In the feedback session, ask the students how they would have handled the situation differently if
they were the witness. If in their answers, they fail to bring out the following information, you'll
need to point it out using these questions:
Question: If you're not sure if someone is stealing or not, what should you do?
Answer: You should at least confront them meaning just ask them to explain their actions.
Remember, a confrontation is NOT a hostile accusation. Confronting just means quickly, quietly,
and POLITELY attempting to get answers and explanations. You have the obligation to do
something. This would be the wrong mindset: "What I saw looked suspicious, but since I don't
know for sure if it was stealing, I'm just going to mind my own business and not embarrass
myself by accusing him of stealing if it turns out he wasn't." On the flip side, you should not
immediately assume they're stealing, accuse them without asking their side of the story, and then
report it and spread the word that the cadet is a thief. You must be honest about what you think
you saw rather than erring on the side of becoming a super enforcer of the Honor Code.
Notice how confronting helps you decide if you think an Honor Code violation has occurred or
not. If you didn't confront someone, all you can do is vaguely report that you saw something
happening but weren't sure what.
Question: If their answer is satisfactory, no big deal. If it's not because it doesn't sound like a
reasonable explanation, what should you do next?
Answer: Report it to the appropriate person in the store and then in your cadet wing or to the
staff. They'll help you determine what actions to take next.
Question: If this situation occurred off campus, off base or outside the detachment, such as the
cadet was in civilian clothes in a civilian, non-school related grocery store, what would you do
differently?
Answer: Nothing. You still have the obligation to confront regardless of when or where. Honor
Code is a way of life, not just something you do while on duty.
Objective 3-13
Version 2
SUSPECT INFORMATION #1
You are in the college bookstore. In the aisle with some writing supplies, you furtively look
around then quickly slip a small package of pens into your pocket. Just then, Cadet (name of
witness role player) walks by you.
You are in the college bookstore. In the aisle with some writing supplies, you take out your
pocket watch, wondering if you have enough time to make it to your next class. You look at it
and realize you forgot to rewind it. As you place it back in your pocket, you look around
desperately to see if there's a clock that can tell you how many minutes you have left. Just then,
another cadet walks past you.
WITNESS INFORMATION #1
You are in the college bookstore. As you walk past a person, you realize that person looks like
he just shoved a small item into his pocket. The person did it very furtively, making you suspect
it was an act of shoplifting though you are unable to tell what the item is. When you glance at the
person's face, you realize he is a fellow cadet.
Objective 3-14
Version 2
Cadet (name of suspect role player) is a student employee of the campus recreation services. He
is serving as an umpire for an intramural softball game. Today, the detachment's intramural team
is playing against one of the fraternity intramural teams. It's a close game. Suddenly, Cadet
(name of witness role player) hits a line drive. He dashes around the bases. Just as he approaches
third base, he realizes that the fielding team is throwing the ball towards the third base man. He
sprints and slides into third base, but realizes he is a split second too late; he believes the third
base man already caught the ball. He stands up, dusts off and starts to walk back to the dugout.
Therefore he is surprised when he hears Cadet (name of suspect role player) call "Safe." When
he turns to look at Cadet (name of suspect role player), Cadet (name of suspect role player)
winks.
INSTRUCTOR INFORMATION #2
In the feedback session, ask the students how they would have handled the situation differently if
they were the witness. If in their answers, they fail to bring out the following information, you'll
need to point it out using these questions:
Question: Instead of confronting the umpire on the field, would you recommend waiting until
after the game to do the confrontation out of the public eye?
Answer: No. He/she should quietly resolve the issue right then and there since the outcome of
the game determines who goes to finals. This way, only that one score will be taken back instead
of having the game forfeited. This way, the detachment team still has a chance to make it to the
finals--fair and square.
Question: The umpire was trying to be loyal to his fellow cadets. He was trying to be a good
team player. He was motivated for what appears to be good reasons. When should you
compromise the Honor Code?
Answer: The values of not lying, cheating, stealing or tolerating takes higher precedence over all
other values and virtues. While loyalty and teamwork are normally commendable virtues, they
should never replace or substitute or take precedence over the Honor Code. You cannot justify or
rationalize breaking the Honor Code for any other reason. While this was "just" a game and just
a sports activity, this would still apply in other, higher levels of competitions as well.
Objective 3-15
Version 2
SUSPECT INFORMATION #2
You are a cadet, but you are also a student employee of the campus recreation services. Today
you are an umpire for an intramural softball game. Today, the detachment's intramural team is
playing against one of the fraternity intramural teams. It's a close game and will determine if the
detachment's team will get to go to finals. Suddenly, Cadet (name of witness role player) hits a
line drive. He dashes around the bases. Just as he approaches third base, the fielding team is
throwing the ball towards the third base man. He sprints and slides into third base. You see that
he is a split second too late; the third base man already caught the ball but you realize that it's so
close, the spectators and no one on the field could probably tell. Cadet (name of witness role
player) probably knows he's out because he stands up, dusts off and starts to walk back to the
dugout. That's when you call out "Safe." When he turns to look at you, you wink to let him know
you're on his side.
WITNESS INFORMATION #2
Cadet (name of suspect role player) is a student employee of the campus recreation services. He
is serving as an umpire for an intramural softball game. Today, the detachment's intramural team
is playing against one of the fraternity intramural teams for a last chance at making the finals. It's
a close game. Suddenly, you hit a line drive. You sprint around the bases. Just as you approach
third base, you realize that the fielding team is throwing the ball towards the third base man. You
sprint harder and slide into third base, but realize you are a split second too late; you believe the
third base man already caught the ball. You stand up, dust off and start to walk back to the
dugout. Therefore you are surprised when you hear Cadet (name of suspect role player) call
"Safe." When you turn to look at Cadet (name of suspect role player), Cadet (name of suspect
role player) winks. You suspect he's trying to do you a favor to help the detachment team.
Objective 3-16
Version 2
These cadets are roommates. They are both freshman and both have enrolled in the Air Force
ROTC program. They end up having a lot in common including taking some of the same classes
and become best friends. Near the end of the first semester, Cadet (name of suspect role player)
is struggling with a Chemistry class. His roommate is really good at it and constantly tries to
help. They even study together a lot, but it's clear that Cadet (name of suspect role player) doesn't
really understand the material and can't answer the sample test questions correctly. The night
before the test, Cadet (name of suspect role player) asks Cadet (name of witness role player) to
help him during the test by sitting close to him.
INSTRUCTOR INFORMATION #3
In the feedback session, ask the students how they would have handled the situation differently if
they were the witness. If in their answers, they fail to bring out the following information, you'll
need to point it out using these questions:
Question: Imagine if the witness agrees to sit close. He rationalizes that all he's doing is sitting
near, that the intent is not cheating and neither roommate uses the word cheating or mentions that
he's sitting close so the other roommate can see the answers on his paper. Is this an Honor Code
violation?
Answer: Sitting close would not necessarily be an Honor Code violation. But since it could be
perceived as helping the roommate cheat, the perceptions are what should be avoided.
Question: Suppose the witness says no, he will not sit close because he feels that he's being
asked to help his roommate cheat. Is the issue resolved, or does he still have the obligation to
report to the detachment that this cadet attempted to cheat?
Answer: If the request was, "Will you sit beside me", all the roommate has to do is respond,
"Perception is everything; I don't feel I should sit beside you even though it would just be for
moral support, but it could be perceived as trying to help you cheat, so I think it's best for me not
to sit next to you." No further action is needed. If the request was, "Will you sit beside me so I
can see the answers on your paper", the intent is clearly to cheat. If you feel that after the
confrontation, the roommate truly sees that he shouldn't have asked that, you might opt to not
report it to the detachment. This is going to be hard decision to make but is part of being an
adult.
Question: What if a POC cadet pulls you aside and tells you that you need to sit close to your
roommate during the test. What should you do and how would you handle it?
Answer: The Honor Code applies to everyone. You do not have to follow the orders of a higher
ranking cadet or officer if they force you to violate the Honor Code.
Question: What if you are in combat and the enemy asks you a question--are you then justified in
lying?
Objective 3-17
Version 2
Answer: When you go on active duty, you will receive Law of Armed Conflict training. This will
tell you what you can/can't do in combat situations. The general guidance is adhere to the Honor
Code in any normal interactions, be it fellow soldiers of NATO nations, in sports competitions
(even though the opposing team is "the enemy", this does not qualify as "combat" unless the
ROEs tell you to treat it as a true enemy), in the collegiate environment outside the detachment,
with subordinates and with superiors...
SUSPECT INFORMATION #3
You and Cadet (name of witness role player) are roommates. You are both freshman and both
have enrolled in the Air Force ROTC program. You end up having a lot in common including
taking some of the same classes and become best friends. Near the end of the first semester, you
are struggling with a Chemistry class. You've attended every class, every study session, but
you're just not getting it. Your roommate is really good at it and constantly tries to help. You
even study together a lot, but it's clear you won't do well on the test because you've been unable
to answer the sample test questions correctly. In this scene, it is the night before the test, and you
ask Cadet (name of witness role player) to help you during the test. All you ask him to do is sit
close to you.
During this scenario, if the witness says, "No, I won't sit close to you or help you cheat", follow
up by saying something like, "Please don't tell anyone in the detachment that I asked you to do
this".
WITNESS INFORMATION #3
You and Cadet (name of suspect role player) are roommates. You are both freshman and both
have enrolled in the Air Force ROTC program. You end up having a lot in common including
taking some of the same classes and become best friends. Near the end of the first semester, your
roommate is struggling with a Chemistry class. He has attended every class, every study session,
but he's just not getting it though he's put a lot more time and effort into it than you have. You
are really good in the Chemistry class, without even really having to try as hard, and you
constantly try to help your roommate. You even study together a lot, but it's clear he won't do
well on the test because he has been unable to answer most of the sample test questions correctly.
In this scene, it is the night before the test, and your roommate asks you to sit close to him during
the test.
Objective 3-18
Version 2
Cadet (name of witness role player) is with a group of friends at a club in the downtown area.
She notices Cadet (name of suspect role player) in the corner. As she approaches him, she
watches him talking to another student who has the reputation for selling the drug Ecstasy to
students. Before she gets there, she sees Cadet (name of suspect role player) take money out of
his pocket and exchange it for a small package. He puts the small package into his pocket just as
she arrives.
INSTRUCTOR INFORMATION #4
While this is not an Honor Code violation at this point, instruct the two role players to go ahead
and carry out the scene. End the scene when it's apparent the witness can’t do anything more.
Then ask the class how they would have handled it differently. For this one, it will be difficult to
figure out what to do and it's dependent on how the role players carry out the scene. For
example, if the suspect denies the transaction, that would then be lying and violate the Honor
Code so the witness could consider going to the detachment. Ultimately from this scenario, point
out that when you think rules are being broken, you can still approach the violator in the same
fashion as an Honor Code violation. What you do after that confrontation is case- dependent and
is very much up to the cadet's maturity and discretion.
SUSPECT INFORMATION #4
You are a freshman in college and are enrolled in the Air Force ROTC program. Tonight you're
in a club in the downtown area. You have just finished purchasing a small amount of the drug
Ecstasy. You put it in your pocket just as a fellow cadet walks up to you.
WITNESS INFORMATION #4
You are a freshman in college and are enrolled in the Air Force ROTC program. Tonight you're
with a group of friends at a club in the downtown area. You notice Cadet (name of suspect role
player) in the corner. As you approach him, you see him talking to another student who has the
reputation for selling the drug Ecstasy to students. Before you get there, you watch Cadet (name
of suspect role player) take money out of his pocket and exchange it for a small package. He puts
the small package into his pocket just as you arrive.
Objective 3-19
Version 2
My Turn
The Honor Principle
When I told a ‘white lie’ I broke the trust that is fundamental to service in the armed forces By
Andrea L. Houk
Welcome to Rio Bravo Grill! Can I get y’all a margarita?” With those words I began my stint as
a full-time waitress, apartment renter and bill payer in downtown Atlanta. It was the first time I
had ever truly been on my own, with no help from my parents except for the occasional sardonic
words of advice or chastisement. At that time I had no idea what I wanted to do with my life. I
had recently been forced to leave the United States Air Force Academy, and I didn’t know what
to do next. My life had always been planned around a career in the Air Force, and I had never
pictured myself as anything else. My leaving and subsequent return to the academy, as well as
my experiences during the time I was out, taught me a lot about myself, the world around me and
where I want to go from here.
I have had what might be called a charmed life. I have a family who loves me and has always
supported and encouraged me to do whatever I wanted. For the most part, I have accomplished
what I set out to do, graduating with highest honors from an award-winning private high school,
receiving an appointment to the Air Force Academy and now, I hope, becoming an air force
officer. However, in May of 1996, my junior year at the academy, I made quite possibly the most
egregious mistake of my life, and my charmed world began to crumble. I violated the Cadet
Honor Code.
“We will not lie, steal or cheat, nor tolerate among us anyone who does. Furthermore, I resolve
to do my duty and live honorably. So help me God.”
The Air Force Academy’s Honor Code is very strict. It is all-encompassing, covering not only
academic integrity but also honesty in all aspects of life. While many institutions of higher
learning have academic Honor Codes, none is as broad and rigorously enforced as the service
academies; it is something cadets and graduates take great pride in. I violated the Honor Code
with what might be called a “little white lie.” I said that I’d made a doctor’s appointment when I
had not. When I lied I broke the trust that binds everyone at the academy together. To me, that
little white lie is the symbol of a temptation that everyone faces: to compromise his or her
integrity for personal gain. One of the most important lessons I learned when I was living in the
civilian world was that holding oneself to such a high standard is not the norm, and temptations
come strong and often. Working in a restaurant for six months, every day I saw people lying for
something as simple as getting out of work or trying to avoid punishment. Once, $2,000 was
stolen from the restaurant safe. It wasn’t easy to maintain my integrity in that environment, but
by doing so I became much stronger and more independent.
My friends who are not in the military ask me why members of the armed forces see themselves
as better than the rest of society. I think that is a misperception that stems from the essential
sense of integrity that servicemen and women must have in order to do their jobs and do them
well.
Objective 3-20
Version 2
Integrity should be the pillar on which everything else in the military rests. Why should we be
held to such a high standard? Simply because if we aren’t, it would be impossible to “protect and
defend the Constitution” in good faith. I am hard pressed to believe that any American would
want a liar, thief or cheat to defend his or her home and family and way of life from those who
would try to destroy them. Integrity is fundamental. It should always come first and never under
any circumstances be compromised.
That essential truth is what we are taught at the Air Force Academy from the minute we step off
the bus in basic cadet training to the day we toss our hats in the air four years later. There is a
healthy and active Honor Education System, as well as a system to prosecute violators of the
code. Cadets, while overseen by officers, operate both systems.
In my case, I have just completed my final month of what the academy calls Honor Probation,
which I have been serving since I returned in August. It is a time meant to both teach and punish
Honor Code violators, with the emphasis placed on the teaching aspect. During my probation
period, I gave speeches to peers, kept a journal and met with a senior officer who acted as a
mentor to guide me through my time on probation. As I progressed, I began to feel that the world
needed to know what honor and integrity mean to those who serve at the Air Force Academy, in
the Air Force and in the armed forces, so I write this to attempt to convey those ideas. However,
I especially wanted to express what those character attributes meant to a single cadet who has
been through the experience of temporarily losing them.
In a time when the military is under close scrutiny and is often in the public eye for negative
incidents, it is easy to forget that the vast majority of servicemen and women hold themselves to
a higher standard of morals than the few who make headlines. The Air Force Academy is a place
that exists, to quote the mission, to “develop and inspire” our nation’s future leaders. It does.
And there is no place I would rather be.
When I left the academy in the fall of my senior year, I never expected to be back, and I was
devastated. This was my life, and with one mistake, I thought, I had thrown it away. Fortunately,
there is an automatic appeal process that allowed me, as a senior cadet, to appeal my case to the
highest level. The former Secretary of the Air Force, Sheila Widnall, overturned my dismissal. I
am grateful that she saw something in me that warranted the chance to try again and I hope I can
someday say that I was the type of leader, officer and person the air force believed I could be. I
have been given a great gift by being allowed to return and graduate. I plan to hold on to it,
cherish it and make the most of every opportunity I have. I hope I will have the chance to live up
to the expectations of those I have sworn to defend, for those expectations are the most important
of all.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) We have talked a lot about what the Honor Code is and how it can help or hurt your
status as a cadet and your career as an Air Force officer.
Objective 3-21
Version 2
SUMMARY
The Intent and Purpose of the Honor Code
Intent of the Code
Purpose of the Code
The four elements of the Honor Code
Lying
Cheating
Stealing
Toleration
Procedures for Handling a Suspected Honor Code Violation
Approach violator
Alert first person available
Misuse of the Honor Code
Case Studies: We'll look at several cases and discuss which constitute Honor Code
violations and which are regulation violations.
Role Playing Scenarios: Practice approaching suspected Honor Code violators.
The article, "My Turn": Identify how the Honor Code relates to our Core Values, as illustrated
by the article.
REMOTIVATION
Your code of ethics must be such that your behavior and motives do not create even the
appearance of impropriety. Your commitment to integrity will lead the way for others to follow.
As an Air Force officer, you have an important example to set, not just to your subordinates, but
also to the community.
The Honor Code is not a difficult standard to live by although initially it may require some self-
control and conscious effort. Maybe you've heard that it takes 30 days to make or break a habit.
For example, if you have a habit of chewing your nails, if you concentrate for 30 days, you'll
eventually be able to break that habit. Likewise, over time, abiding by the Honor Code will
become an ingrained habit and part of your natural behavior and will greatly enhance your
quality of life.
CLOSURE
AFI 36-3206, Administrative Discharge Procedures for Commissioned Officers, "An officer who
fails to meet and maintain standards consistent with that officer’s grade and experience is subject
to having that service end … the same applies to officers who do not maintain high standards of
professional and personal conduct.”
The fastest way to lose your job and/or the respect of your people is to disregard the Honor
Code. Living by the Honor Code, day-in and day-out, will ensure you are living up to the trust
and responsibility given to you upon becoming a cadet and ultimately an officer.
Objective 3-22
Version 4
Objective 4
Overview: This lesson is designed to teach the courtesies and procedures followed with the
United States flag. It corresponds to a lesson taught in the AS100 academic class. This LLAB
lesson is designed to be active and participatory—consider presenting as many scenarios as
possible to show the proper procedures to follow.
Objective 4 - 1
Version 4
Objective 4 - 2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember proper courtesies and procedures associated with the
United States flag.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of proper courtesies and procedures
associated with the United States flag.
Affective Samples of Behavior: Provide proper courtesies when dealing with the United States
flag.
PART IB
Strategy: If possible, arrange to have the cadet color guard post the colors and then play the
National Anthem for the start of this lesson. Cadets should know the proper procedures to follow
any time there is a ceremony, indoors or outdoors, involving the American flag. Ceremonies at
the detachments should follow guidelines detailed in AFMAN 36-2203, Drill and Ceremonies.
The Detachment Commander is the final authority for the type of ceremony planned by cadets.
The function of this lesson plan is to ensure cadets know the history, proper respect, and
procedures for the American flag. Much of this information is in the AS100 Aerospace Studies
Student Reader. This LLAB session should be more of an active, participative way to truly learn
the material since they may have already read about it. Follow this lesson plan so that the cadets
learn the material in an interactive fashion instead of just listening to you brief them. Resources
in the detachment should be sufficient to conduct this lesson, but if not, consider meeting your
Objective 4 - 3
Version 4
Appoint a leader for each group. This will give them an early chance to be in charge and for you
to observe them. It will also give them their first chance at public speaking in LLAB. At the end
of the time, spend a few minutes discussing how the leader did per the guidance given in the
lesson plan. Finally, the lesson plan has a verbal situation quiz for you to use at the end of the
lesson to make sure the cadets comprehend the material enough to actually apply it.
*The minimum time requirement for this objective is 30 minutes. This lesson plan may take up
to 1.25 hours. In addition to the lesson, you may consider doing some additional activities.
Lesson Outline
A. Lesson explanation/divide into groups
B. Group research time
C. Group presentation time
1. History of American flag
2. Courtesies rendered during American flag ceremonies conducted indoors/outdoors.
3. Proper display of American flag
4. Proper procedures for disposing of the American flag
D. Feedback
E. Quiz
F. Additional Activities
LLAB Timeline
Objective 4 - 4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Have cadet color guard post the colors and play the National Anthem.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) The flag represents the heritage of the union. It has flown victoriously over some of
the world's bloodiest battlegrounds. As military members, you have a special bond with the flag.
You provide the strength symbolized by the flag. You make freedom possible. It is important
that you know the history of our flag as well as the proper procedures to follow during
ceremonies involving it. Your proper respect and adherence to custom will be noticed and
emulated by others.
OVERVIEW
A. Lesson explanation/divide into groups
B. Group research time
C. Group presentation time
D. Feedback
E. Quiz
F. Additional Activities
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s begin
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. To start this lesson, I’m going to let you attempt to first find this information and brief the
rest of the cadets on it. After that, we will have a verbal situation quiz to make sure you’re
able to apply the information correctly.
2. Divide them into five groups (or as you see appropriate for your class/flight size). Give
each group one of the main points (1-history, 2-courtesies outside, 3-courtesies inside, 4-
proper display, 5-proper disposal).
4. Leaders, you now have 20 minutes to lead your group in getting information for the topic
you’ve been assigned. You must collect relevant information; you may leave this room to do
so. Within this time, you must also organize your team so at the end of the 20 minutes, your
team can then present the information during a 5-minute or less presentation. During the
Objective 4 - 5
Version 4
presentation, every member of your group must speak. After 5 minutes is up, your group
will be cut off whether they’re finished or not.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: It’s time to take your groups and get to work. You have 20 minutes, starting now.)
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If a team has the smarts and ingenuity to ask you to provide them
with the information from the lesson plan, reward them with the information contained in
this lesson plan! Only do this for the first team that asks. Remember that most of the
information is in the AS100 Aerospace Studies Student Reader. Do not give them this hint;
they should already know. If they don’t, then it’s good to see if they’re resourceful enough to
h k h fi
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Observe the teams in action, seeing how the team leader organizes
and especially how he/she allocates time. Does the team use all their time on research and
not have enough to figure out how they’re going to present? Note any trends in problems
with verbal communications skills you see the cadets commit.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now you’ve all done the research let's discuss the history and related information
concerning the American flag. Group 1, you have the floor.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Allow each group to do their 5-minute presentation based on the order
below. You will need to listen closely and, as they talk, compare the information they give to the
information contained in this lesson plan for each main point. When the group’s 5 minutes is up,
allow them to be seated. Then quickly cover any information that you have in this lesson plan that
they didn’t cover. If their information contradicts the information in this lesson plan, point that
out at this time as well.
a. The flag, properly called the "Stars and Stripes" or "Old Glory,” was officially
adopted by the Second Continental Congress in Philadelphia on 14 June 1777. Various
designs of the flag were in use prior to this date. The flag was changed in 1795 to 15
stars and 15 stripes with the admission of Vermont and Kentucky into the union. In
1818, the flag was returned to its original thirteen stripes. Stars were added frequently
thereafter as new states entered the union until 1960 when Hawaii was the last state to
Objective 4 - 6
Version 4
b. The Flag of the United States is one of the most enduring and sacred symbols of our
country. It represents the principles and ideals you have pledged to defend and for
which many have made the ultimate sacrifice. Airman should treat it with the same
respect due to the highest military and public officials. Nearly every military ceremony
and special event is opened with a tribute to the American flag. These following list
identifies a few examples of ceremonies and special events:
(3) Promotion ceremonies - Recognizes members who are promoted to the next
grade--a true example of a military custom.
(5) Retirement ceremonies - Recognition of members who are retiring from long
and honorable service to the country is one of the oldest traditions of military
service. Many Air Force bases have retirement parades once a month during warm
weather for retiring enlisted and officer personnel.
(6) The two daily ceremonies that you will be associated with are reveille and
retreat. Most ceremonies are conducted with the National Anthem. All military and
civilian personnel are required to render the proper courtesies.
(1) The US flag is symbolic of the United States and the principles for which it
stands. The National Anthem is a declaration of reverence and loyalty to the United
States with the flag as an emblem.
(2) On certain occasions, such as during inclement weather or when a band is not
present for a retreat ceremony, To the Colors is played instead of the National
Anthem. To the Colors is a bugle call sounded as a salute to the flag and it
symbolizes respect to the nation and the flag the same as the National Anthem
does.
Objective 4 - 7
Version 4
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let's focus on these different ceremonies.
2. Proper courtesies during ceremonies conducted outdoors involving the American flag.
a. General Guidelines: The US flag is never dipped; other flags may be dipped in salute,
but the US flag is always in an upright position and never allow the flag to touch
ground.
- Stand at attention
- Face the flag (or music, if flag is not visible)
- Render military salute (begins on first note of music and held until last note)
- Stand at attention
- Face the flag
- Render the military salute (begins as soon as flag is lowered)
- Stand at attention
- Face the flag (or music, if flag is not visible)
- Place right hand over heart
- Male - removes hat and holds in right hand places over heart
- Female - does not need to remove hat
c. An escorted flag
(1) In uniform and uncased (flying free) flag such as in parade, folded flag being
carried after retreat or flag draped coffin passes by you:
- Stand at attention
- Face front
- Render appropriate salute
* Rendered six paces before flag is even with you and held until flag has
passed six paces beyond you.
(2) In civilian clothes and uncased (flying free) flag such as in parade, folded flag
being carried after retreat or flag draped coffin passes by you:
Objective 4 - 8
Version 4
- Same as in uniform except remove hat and/or put right hand over heart.
**Always salute each US flag carried past you—not just the first one (if
multiples).
- Stand at attention,
- Face individual being honored,
- Salute until last note of music is played.
- Stand at attention,
- Remove hat (if wearing one),
- Face individual being honored until last note of music is played.
3. Proper courtesies during ceremonies conducted indoors involving the American flag.
(2) Face the flag (or music or to the front if flag not visible)
(3) Do not salute unless under arms (or in designated cover area—e.g. LLAB
indoor area)
Objective 4 - 9
Version 4
(4) Do not stand or salute while ceremonies are being broadcast over radio or
television
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now you know what procedures to follow when you encounter the flag. Let’s look
at how to display the flag.
- When flying with other flags, fly it higher than any other flag on display
Exception: Fly it even with all other national flags.
5. Proper disposal of the American flag (when the flag is worn out)
b. Then burn the two pieces (this ceremony must be conducted with reverence)
TRANSITION
(Suggested) There is a lot of information regarding the flag, its history and the proper customs
and courtesies surrounding the flag. Make sure you take the time to know this information
because it is an important part of our heritage in the military. Now, I would like to give you some
feedback about how you did in your groups and how the leaders of each group did in their tasks.
D. Feedback
1. Spend a few minutes going over quick observations you saw of how the leaders led the
group.
a. Remember to keep this feedback positive; if you have criticism, word it as, “here’s
something you could have done a little better.”
Provide this feedback to the entire group so they can all learn from it. Just be careful to
b. not criticize to the point of discouraging any cadet leader.
2. Then give them a couple of pointers on their briefing skills. Don't try to cover every
problem with their briefing; just address the trend problems you saw.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) At this time, we’re going to have a verbal quiz to see how much each of you
Objective 4 - 10
Version 4
E. Quiz
1. Directions: This quiz is just to check to make sure you actually know how to use all the
information you’ve learned today. I will read the situation out loud. If you know the answer
on how to act in this situation, raise your hand. When I call on you, you may answer.
2. Give Quiz
1. You’re standing outdoors, in uniform not in formation, and hear the first musical notes of
retreat. What two things must you do?
Answer: Face the flag and stand at parade rest during the tune “Retreat.” You don’t come to
attention or salute until you hear To the Colors or the National Anthem.
2. Describe the sequence of events that should take place when you’re at a parade, in
uniform, and the US flag is carried past you.
Answer: You should come to attention and present arms when the flag is six paces before
you; order arms when the flag is six paces past you. Do this every time the US flag is carried
past you.
3. During retreat, when not in formation, when should Order Arms be executed?
Answer: When the last note of the music has been played and the flag (if visible) has been
grasped.
4. You’re outdoors at a baseball game, dressed in civilian clothes, and wearing a hat. The
National Anthem is played. What’s the proper courtesy to be performed?
Answer: Come to attention, face the flag, remove your hat, (holding the hat in your right
hand), and place your right hand over your heart until the music is done.
5. You’re at an outdoor baseball game, wearing your Air Force uniform, and the National
Anthem is played. What do you do?
6. You’re attending an indoor sports event. You’re in uniform. What do you do when the
National Anthem is played?
Answer: Stand at attention and face the flag. Note: You do not place your right hand over
your heart; you would do that if you were in civilian clothes.
Objective 4 - 11
Version 4
7. You’re in uniform, riding as the only passenger in an Air Force staff car. The car
approaches a retreat ceremony that’s about to begin. The driver stops the car. What should
you do?
8. You’re arranging flags on a radial display. Where do you put the US flag?
9. You’re arranging flags on a radial display. You’ve already determined the proper
placement for the US flag. How do you arrange the remaining flags?
Answer: In order of precedence, from next highest, left to right, as viewed by the audience.
Answer: As an interment flag. Remember, the flag’s field is displayed over the heart of the
deceased.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s take a look at additional activities.
Retention of the material in this lesson may be accomplished through activities such as:
1. Your detachment may consider having a flag retirement ceremony to demonstrate the
proper disposal of the flag.
2. Skills review GLP using the information from this lesson as knowledge questions. See
lesson plan for Objective 20 for details on putting together a campus-wide GLP.
3. Pass out LLAB surveys at the end of each LLAB asking for feedback on how to improve
LLAB. As part of the survey, include a knowledge question on this lesson. The flights that
get the question correct earn points towards Honor Flight.
4. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. This activity must be
coordinated with the OFC prior to execution.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) I encourage you to continue researching the flag. If you leave here today with
questions regarding the flag there are many places you can go: the Internet, library, AS100 book,
AFMAN 36-2203, Drill and Ceremonies, and many others.
Objective 4 - 12
Version 4
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Lesson explanation/divide into groups
B. Group research time
C. Group presentation time
D. Feedback
E. Quiz
F. Additional Activities
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Cadets arrange ceremonies for recognizing the accomplishments of individuals,
attend field training where they extensively participate in flag ceremonies, and participate in the
civilian community. Therefore, you must stay informed on correct flag courtesies.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Remember, the flag and National Anthem are symbols of all the people of the
United States. It represents the country we take an oath to protect and defend. You, as cadets,
will have many opportunities to be a part of ceremonies requiring you to know correct flag
procedures. Learn them and be proud of your national heritage.
Objective 4 - 13
Version 4
Objective 5
Overview: This lesson is designed as a one-hour introduction to drill and ceremony, covering the
basics of drill, including the reasons and benefits of drill and ceremony, drill cadences and terms,
and four drill formations. No marching yet—the next lesson—Lesson 6—deals with flight
movement.
Objective 5-1
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the value of knowing individual and flight drill
positions.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively practice/perform individual and flight drill positions
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to be an introduction to drill and ceremonies so cadets have a
good foundation to continue drill training. Make sure students know to come to this LLAB
session with paper and pen to do part D of the lesson plan. You will need to have the visual aids
provided at the end of this lesson, on hand during this session. In addition, you may opt to use
the quiz in "5LLABDrillQuiz."
This lesson and the drill lessons that follow will provide a complete, easy-to-use package for the
instructor to use/follow when teaching drill. If practical, a drill performance evaluation should be
scheduled as part of LLAB testing and administration. It is important you convey to the cadets
the importance of drill and why we spend so much time with it. It is one activity that can instill
pride, teamwork and esprit de corps; and bond a flight together almost immediately. It also
requires concentration, attention to detail, and attentive listening skills to be proficient at drill
and ceremonies.
Objective 5-2
Version 4
Lesson Outline:
A. Reason/Benefits of Drill
B. Drill Cadence
C. Drill Terms and Definitions
D. Four Drill Formations
Objective 5-3
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Show clip from movie, “Stripes” (not provided) showing the men doing drill poorly
at first, then practicing all night long, then doing so well at the parade drill that they impress the
general. Another option is to have a unit of POC study the clip, practice the moves to imitate
exactly that scene of them performing well at the parade drill and then having the POC perform
it for the GMC. This would be an exciting way to introduce your cadets to drill and have them
associate it with a motivational activity rather than perceive it as a tedious activity.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Drill can give you a sense of self-confidence, pride in teamwork and give you an
opportunity to see your flight improve both on and off the drill pad. It will help you develop the
ability to work well with others and develop leadership skills. Last but not least, you will be
learning the skills that you will need to pass your drill evaluation at field training after your
AS200 year.
OVERVIEW
A. Reason/Benefits of Drill
B. Drill Cadence
C. Drill Terms and Definitions
D. Four Drill Formations
E. Practice Time
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's discuss the reason for and the benefits of drill and ceremonies in the
AFROTC program.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. Reason for drill and ceremonies. Part of your Leadership Laboratory experience is the
training you will receive in drill and ceremonies. Drill and ceremonies provide a means of
exercising control over a group in a leader-follower situation. As a follower, you will
develop your skills through practice under the guidance of your cadet leaders and drill
instructors. As you advance from mastering the basic skills to assuming positions of
command, you will find drill and ceremonies offer you the opportunity to develop your
capability to be an effective leader. Leadership education is the focus of LLAB. Although
drill is only one method of practicing leadership in LLAB, it offers some distinct advantages
for GMC cadets.
Objective 5-4
Version 4
a. Teamwork. The ability to work well with others to achieve a common goal.
d. Military Bearing. That special something (probably nothing more than a combination
of discipline and leadership) that produces an outward manifestation of professionalism,
confidence, and stability.
3. Perhaps most importantly, drill is the means of progressing from the simple basic facing
movements to the elaborate maneuvers of a full pass in review ceremony. The leadership
problems that arise during this process increase in complexity from the relatively simple
problems of the individual member, to the more difficult problems encountered by the Cadet
Corps Commander. In the process, you'll learn leadership skills that will prepare you for
additional cadet corps responsibilities and active duty as a lieutenant in the Air Force.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we've discussed the reason for doing drill, let's learn how to drill. We'll
start by discussing cadence.
B. Drill Cadence
1. Cadence is the uniform step and rhythm in marching; that is, the number of steps marched
per minute.
a. Commanders must match the rhythm of their commands with the cadence of their
unit. The interval that produces the best effect in a movement is the one that allows one
step between the preparatory command and the command of execution. In some
instances, you should lengthen the interval enough to permit proper understanding of
the movement to be executed and allow for supplementary commands when necessary.
Measure the interval exactly in the beat of the drill cadence.
b. The instructor counts cadence to acquaint students with cadence rhythm. When
trainees get out of step, the instructor either corrects them by counting cadence or halts
the element and then moves them off in step.
c. Counting cadence helps teach coordination and rhythm. Cadence is given in sets of
two as follows: HUT, TOOP, THREEP, FOURP; HUT, TOOP, THREEP, FOURP.
To help keep in step, unit members should keep the head up and watch the head and
shoulders of the person directly in front of them.
(1) When calling cadence, you don’t say it once and you don’t say it non-stop—you
say it twice so everyone can get in step. If the commander notices the flight getting
Objective 5-5
Version 4
(2) When you hear cadence, make sure your left heel lands on the ground at the
same time your flight commander says “Hut” and “Threep”. Your right heel should
be hitting the ground when you hear the “Toop” and “Fourp”. If not, adjust so that
you are in step with the cadence.
a. Slow time. The rate of marching at 60 steps per minute (used in funeral ceremonies).
b. Quick time. The rate of marching at 100 to 120 steps (12 or 24 inches in length) per
minute.
d. Double time. The rate of marching at 180 steps (30 inches in length) per minute.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Up to now, we have discussed the reason for and the benefits derived from drill, and
cadence during drill; now, let's discuss some common drill terms.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you go through each definition, use the visual aids attached at
the end of this lesson plan. Point out or mark in some fashion what each term means. For
example, don’t just say what an element is. Point it out on the visual aid. You can even form
the students up and then have the people in an element raise their hand. Whatever you do,
don’t just lecture this part of the lesson. Memorizing these terms will not be adequate.
You’ll probably hear these phrases often in drill so let’s familiarize you with what they stand for.
Dress—Alignment of elements side by side or in line maintaining proper interval.
Cover—Individuals aligning themselves directly behind the person to their immediate front
while maintaining proper distance.
1. Interval. The space between individuals placed side by side. A normal interval is an
arm’s length. A close interval is 4 inches.
2. Distance. The space from front to rear between units. The distance between individuals in
formation is 40 inches as measured from their chests to the backs of individuals directly in
front of them. Flight commanders, guides, and others whose positions in formation are 40
inches from a rank are themselves considered a rank.
3. Guide. The airman designated to regulate the direction and rate of march.
Objective 5-6
Version 4
4. Rank. A single line of persons placed side by side. (Photos below illustrate rank at
normal and close interval)
6. Element. The basic formation; that is, the smallest drill unit comprised of at least 3, but
usually 8 to 12 individuals, one of whom is designated the element leader.
7. Flank. The extreme right or left (troop’s right or left) side of a formation in line or in
column.
10. Pace. A step of 24 inches. This is the length of a full step in quick time.
11. Step. Distance measured from heel to heel between the feet of an individual marching.
Objective 5-7
Version 4
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you have a better understanding of the terms associated with drill
execution, let's take a look at the different drill formations.)
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you go through the different type of formations, give examples
of when the cadets will use each of the formations, especially at field training. For example:
“You’ll be in line formation when you form up and prepare for inspections.” You can also
use the visual aids of each formation as needed provided in this lesson plan.
Option 1: Have students take out a piece of paper (or get a student to write on a board)
and draw the different formations and then follow directions for each formation.
Option 2: Give each student a handout depicting the different formations (see below)
and have them fill in the blank as to which formation it is and then follow directions for
each formation.
a. Line Formation. (Refer to AFMAN 36-2203 for squadron, group and wing
formations)
EL FM FM FM FM
Flight facing
EL FM FM FM FM this direction
G EL FM FM FM FM
Flt/CC facing
FC this direction
Objective 5-8
Version 4
(1) Direct them to circle members of the flight, which everyone else will dress to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the right towards the base file—element leaders
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘cover’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to align themselves directly behind the person by
taking small choppy steps while maintaining proper distance.
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading person in each file, which
in this case would be the first element.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case would
be the element leaders.
(6) Direct them to show the change that happens when the flight starts marching in
this line formation. Verify that their drawing matches the diagram below.
EL FM FM FM FM FC
EL FM FM FM FM Marching in
this direction
EL FM
Objective 5-9
Version 4
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
EL EL
G
FC
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight which everyone else will dress to
Answer (1): Dress is to the right, to the base file—3rd element in this case
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘cover’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to align themselves directly behind the person by
taking small choppy steps while maintaining proper distance.
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case are the element leaders
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is the
third element.
Answer (5): At the rear one third of the flight at normal interval
Objective 5-10
Version 4
G EL FM FM FM FM
EL FM FM FM FM Flight facing
this direction
EL FM FM FM FM
FC
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—element leaders in this case
(2) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval
Answer (2): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case is the third element.
(3) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (3): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case would
be the element leaders
Answer (4): Rear one third of the flight, (extreme left flank), 40-inch distance from
the flight
Objective 5-11
Version 4
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
Marching this direction
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FC
EL EL EL
G
FC
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—3rd element in this case
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘cover’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to Cover directly behind the person in front of them
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case is the individual on the opposite side of the flight as the element
leaders
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is the
third element
E. Practice Time.
Objective 5-12
Version 4
2. Flight commanders should guide their flight through practice. Start by telling them to
form up in a line formation. Then point out a cadet and say, “Raise your hand if you are in
the same element as this cadet.” Go through all the formations and definitions in this
manner.
CONCLUSION
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: With approximately three minutes left at the end of this
Leadership Laboratory block of instruction, start the conclusion.
SUMMARY
A. Reason/Benefits of Drill
B. Drill Cadence
C. Drill Terms and Definitions
D. Four Drill Formations
E. Practice Time
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) The actual act of drilling is much more than learning how to do facing movements
or keeping in step. It is learning to work together as a team, to build camaraderie and pride in
your work, and hone your ability for attention to detail. Today you learned some basic
movements. Being proficient in these basic skills is essential for success in each step of learning
to drill as a flight.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) The next lesson will get you moving as a flight, something that also requires a great
deal of teamwork and motivation. It is your choice as a group if you are going to be successful in
this endeavor. Drill is not an individual task or competition—it is about teamwork and like all
teams, yours will only be as strong as your weakest link.
Objective 5-13
Version 4
Objective 6
Overview: This lesson is designed to build on Lesson 5 and introduce cadets to basic drill
positions and movements. To meet this objective, you must teach the cadets all positions and
movements listed in the lesson, and complete at least one of the activities provided. We
recommend having FTP cadets actively involved as trainers and flight leaders.
The IMT cadets will demonstrate a wide range of skill at drill movements early on—depending
on their background—some having marched for four years in JROTC and some having
absolutely no experience. Take care to ensure all cadets learn the positions and movements
listed in this lesson.
Objective 6-1
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply basic individual and flight drill movements.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of basic individual and flight drill
movements.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively perform basic individual and flight drill movements.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to introduce IMT/AS100 cadets to basic drill positions
and movements and build their understanding of drill. This lesson design can be taught in five
hours. Five hours isn’t enough for a cadet to become completely proficient, but keep in mind
that IMT/AS100 drill lessons are intended to provide theses cadets with basic drill knowledge.
IMT/AS100 cadets are not expected to be experts at drill; only provide them with the amount of
drill training you feel is required for them to participate in your parade, ceremonies and uniform
inspections. They will get plenty of practice and experience as AS200 cadets and at LEAD, so
they do not need much more than the recommended time requirements. Remember the basic
concept behind LLAB (see the preface)—drill is not the overwhelming emphasis for
IMT/AS100 cadets.
To meet this lesson objective, you must teach cadets all positions and movements listed in this
lesson plan. Then, you must complete at least one of the activities listed. Materials to execute
these activities are also included in this document: Drill Down, Tank, and Jodie Competition.
When you teach drill, use the demonstration/performance method—meaning you show them
(demonstrate)—every movement as you teach it and then allow them to practice (perform) each
movement.
Objective 6-2
Version 4
While they perform the movement, you evaluate them, checking to make sure they’re doing
it right and correcting them if they’re doing it wrong.
This lesson is not in the same format of the other lessons presented in this handbook. It is
designed as a step-by-step outline for teaching drill positions and movements. We begin with the
position of the flight commander and progress through to the more difficult flight drill
movements. We recommend AS200 cadets be involved as trainers/instructors for this lesson
and as flight leaders in the competitions. As usual, now that you’ve taught the cadets
something, you’ll want to conduct an activity using their new skill. After teaching the
movements using the demonstration/performance method, you should then conduct an activity.
Pick one of the activities listed. Notice that if you choose to conduct drill downs, tank or a Jodie
competition, these are described and materials are provided in the lesson plan.
You will not be able to complete this entire lesson objective during one LLAB period. It is
recommended that you break the lesson objective into manageable parts to be accomplished
during each LLAB period. We also recommend not having all of the lessons back to back but
spreading them out over the course of the entire year, working on the more basic commands
early in the semester and progressing to the more difficult ones.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Objective 6-3
Version 4
Line Formation:
The flight commander's position is six paces away and centered on the flight.
Column: A minimum of two ranks is required. May be even with or between persons
in the rear one third of the flight.
Inverted Column: When determining the rear one third, the element leaders will
be considered the end of the ranks. The guide will not be counted.
Inverted Line: The flight commander will be behind the flight, facing the same
direction as the flight, positioned in the rear one-third as already explained and
at a 40-inch distance.
Give "Right, HACE", delay two counts; pivot 45 degrees to the right on the ball of
the right foot, stepping out with the left foot and coordinated arm swing.
March to a position within the rear one-third of the flight so that your body is parallel
to and at normal interval from the flight.
Execute an in-place halt. This is done by placing the lead foot (in this case the right
foot), at an angle, which will position the body so that it is parallel to the flight. Stop
arm swing, bring the trailing foot so that the heels are together, on line, and the feet
form a 45-degree angle.
Give the command of "Left, HACE", delay two counts, pivot 45 degrees to the left on
the ball of the right foot and step off with the left foot. Maintain coordinated arm swing.
Using your peripheral vision, march to a position centered on and six paces from
the flight.
• Execute an in-place halt, centered and six paces facing away from the flight
• Execute an about face
• May not reposition
Objective 6-4
Version 3
Teach—Demonstrate—Perform—Evaluate
Line Formation: The guide’s position is abreast and to the right of the first element
leader at normal interval.
Column Formation: The guide’s position is in front of the farthest right of the
formation. For example, if there are three elements, the guide is in front of the third
element leader.
Then guide executes another right face in marching by pivoting 90 degrees to the right
on the ball of the right foot, simultaneously stepping out with the left foot and with
coordinated arm swing.
March to a position in front of the third element leader, halt and execute a left face.
March forward with coordinated arm swing and halt abreast of the first element leader.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: For all of the following commands, you will teach what the command
for the movement is, what the requirements are and then describe the position/movement. Then
you’ll demonstrate position/movement. Then you’ll have the flight assume the
position/movement—perform. As they perform the position/movement, move around and
make necessary corrections and provide feedback.
Position of Attention
Requirement: Halted/normal or close interval/any formation.
Description: To come to attention, bring the heels together smartly and on line. Place the heels
as near each other as the conformation of the body permits, and ensure the feet are turned out
equally, forming a 45-degree angle. Keep the legs straight without stiffening or locking the
knees. The body is erect with hips level, chest lifted, back arched, and shoulders square and
Objective 6-5
Version 3
even. Arms hang straight down alongside the body without stiffness, and the wrists are straight
with the forearms. Place thumbs, which are resting along the first joint of the forefinger, along
the seams of the trousers or sides of the skirt. Hands are cupped (but not clenched as a fist) with
palms facing the leg. The head is kept erect and held straight to the front with the chin drawn in
slightly so the axis of the head and neck is vertical; eyes are to the front, with the line of sight
parallel to the ground. The weight of the body rests equally on the heels and balls of both feet,
and silence and immobility are required.
Parade Rest
Objective 6-6
Version 3
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Brief cadets that henceforth, any time the preparatory command
"Flight" is given, they are to immediately snap to the position of parade rest
At Ease / Rest
Objective 6-7
Version 3
NOTE: This is a combined command, meaning the preparatory and execution commands are
not said separately. For example, in the command “Parade Rest”, you got prepared when you
heard the word “Parade” but there was a pause and then you executed the command only
when you heard the word “Rest.” So combined commands have no pause; execution happens
as soon as you hear the whole command.
Description: On the command of "At Ease," you may relax in a standing position, but you must
keep your right foot in place. In addition, your position in the formation will not change, and
silence will be maintained. On the command “Rest”, the same requirements for at ease apply,
but moderate speech (low conversational tone) is permitted. The only command you will receive
from either of these positions is "Flight, Tench Hut."
Requirements: Enough area to form a flight and enough personnel to form a flight.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Emphasize to the cadets that the guide is the first to fall in and
the remainder of the flight will position themselves off of the guide, not the flight
d
Description: On the command of “Fall In”, the guide takes a position facing the flight
commander and to the flight commanders left so the first element will fall in centered on and
three paces from the flight commander. Once halted at the position of attention, the guide
performs an automatic dress right dress. When the guide feels the presence of the first element
leader on his or her fingertips, the guide executes an automatic ready front. Once positioned,
the guide does not move.
The first element leader falls in directly to the left of the guide and, once halted, executes
an automatic dress right dress. The second, third, and fourth element leaders fall in behind the
first element leader, execute an automatic dress right dress, visually establish a 40-inch
distance, and align themselves directly behind the individual in front of them. The remaining
cadets fall into any open position to the left of the element leaders and execute an automatic
dress right dress to establish dress and cover.
To establish interval, the leading individual in each file obtains exact shoulder-to-fingertip
contact with the individual to his or her immediate right. As soon as dress, cover, interval,
and distance are established, each airman executes an automatic ready front on an
individual basis and remains at the position of attention.
Objective 6-8
Version 3
Once it is formed, the flight will be squared off prior to sizing. The left flank of the formation
will be squared off with extra cadets filling in from the fourth to the first element. For example,
if there is one extra cadet, he/she will be positioned in the fourth element; if there are two extra
cadets, one will be positioned in the third element and one will be positioned in the fourth
element; and so forth.
TRANSITION:
(Suggested: Before we can practice "Fall In", we need to know how to break formation.)
DESCRIPTION:
On the command "FALL OUT," flight members break ranks and remain in the immediate
area. Explain "DISMISSED" and how it is different: “Fall out” requires you to remain in
the general area, while “dismissed” allows you to leave the area.
At the command of "FALL IN," individuals will resume their former places at attention,
using procedures just learned.
DESCRIPTION:
Objective 6-9
Version 3
At the command of execution “DRESS”, the leading element forms as prescribed for forming
the flight, i.e. extending left arms, snapping head 45 degrees to the right. The difference
is that in the command “Fall In”, members individually drop their arms and look straight
ahead when they have gotten their own dress and cover. With the command “Dress Right
DRESS”, you don’t just put your arm down and look straight ahead until you hear
the command “Ready Front.”
At the command “Dress Left, DRESS”, the procedures are the same as dress right except
the head is turned to the left. Members of the rear elements extend their arms to obtain
their approximate interval but cover on the corresponding member of the preceding
elements.
When the flight is at close interval, it may be aligned by the command “At Close Interval,
Dress Right, DRESS.” Everything as explained earlier is the same except that close interval
is used. (DEMONSTRATE Close Interval.)
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that I have the flight dressed properly, I have to make sure the lines
are perfectly straight so let me explain what the flight commander does next.
He/she moves by the most direct route, takes the position on the flank of the flight
toward which the dress is made, one pace from and in prolongation of the front rank, and
faces down the line. From this position the flight commander verifies the alignment of the
front rank. If necessary, individuals are called to move forward or backward by name
or number. A military bearing is maintained and instead of weaving from side to side,
short side steps are taken to verify alignment. The flight commander then faces to left
(right) in marching, halts on the prolongation of each succeeding rank, executes right
(left) face, and aligns the rank. After verifying the alignment of the ranks, the flight
commander faces to the right (left) in marching, moves three paces beyond the front rank,
halts, faces to the left (right) and commands: Ready, FRONT. On the command of
execution “FRONT”, the flight members drop their left arm back to their side and at the
same time turn their head back to the front and assume the position of attention.
The flight commander takes the normal position by the most direct route in front of the
flight, executing a minimum of movements.
When in inverted column, the command to align the flight is “COVER.” At this command,
each individual stands directly behind the person in front and lines himself/herself to the
right (left). Individuals in the base file assume their distance.
Objective 6-10
Version 3
Count Off
COMMAND: Count, OFF.
DESCRIPTION:
When in line formation, at the command of execution "OFF", everyone in the flight except
the element leaders and guide turn their heads and eyes 45 degrees to the right. The element
leaders call out ONE. After the element leader calls out ONE, the next person to the left
of the element leader turns the head and eyes to the front and calls out TWO. The numbers
are counted in the cadence of quick time succession. All movements are made in a
precise manner.
In column formation, the element leaders turn their heads 45 degrees to the right in unison
at the command OFF, call out number ONE sharply over their right shoulders and then
turn their heads back to the front. Each succeeding cadet turns the head to the right, calling
out the subsequent number. Then the head is turned smartly back to the front. Each rank
sounds off with its number in unison.
For drill purposes, counting off is executed only from right to left in line and from front
to rear in column or mass. Flight commanders and guides do not count off in line, column
or mass.
DESCRIPTION:
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Set the stage, explaining that you will represent a cadet coming out
of ranks, and then a cadet going back to ranks. Actually take the place of a cadet in the flight,
give appropriate commands and demonstrate leaving and returning to ranks.
The cadet in charge will command, "Cadet (Last Name), (pause), Front and Center." Upon
hearing his/her name, the individual assumes the position of attention. At the command
of "Front and Center," the individual takes one step backward with the left foot and
coordinated arm swing; faces to the right or left whichever would be the shortest route.
Objective 6-11
Version 3
The closest flank is determined by center. If right of center, go right and if left of center,
go left. If the person is in the center then either direction is appropriate.
Once clearing the end of the flight, the cadet will flank toward the front being sure to
stop arm swing during the flanking movement.
Upon clearing the front of the formation, the cadet will proceed to the cadet in charge by
the most direct route. Appropriate 45-degree pivots will be used.
Execute an in-place halt one pace in front of and facing the flight
As soon as the flight leader returns the cadet's salute, the reporting cadet will drop his or
her salute.
Once the flight leader drops his/her salute, he/she will pivot 45-degrees on the ball of the
foot and step out with coordinated arm swing, in the direction of the vacant spot. The
shortest route must be taken.
The returning cadet will retrace the same steps in returning to ranks, making a 45-degree
pivot at the front of the formation and a flanking movement behind the element which
contains the vacant spot.
March to the vacant spot, halt, execute a facing movement (right or left), and take one
step with coordinated arm swing into the spot.
When the flight commander leaves, the reporting cadet will take one step forward with
coordinated arm swing, halt, and execute an about face.
At this time the reporting cadet becomes the flight leader and will reposition to the proper
position of six paces away and centered on the flight. Assume the position of the flight.
If the previous flight commander does not return to ranks, then the new flight commander
simply has the rank close gap before continuing by commanding “Cover.”
Objective 6-12
Version 3
DESCRIPTION:
Present Arms.
On the command of execution "HARMS," keeping the body at the position of attention,
raise the right hand smartly in the most direct manner up the front of the body and close
to the body without touching it. Extend and join the fingers placing the thumb along the
forefinger.
Continue to raise the salute until the tip of the middle finger touches one of three contact
points:
Outer corner of right eyebrow when not wearing eyeglasses or a brimmed hat.
Upper arm will be parallel to the ground and slightly forward of the shoulder line.
The forearm will be straight from fingertip to elbow. Palm will be flat and turned in slightly.
Order Arms.
On the command of execution, "HARMS," return the right hand smartly in one motion to
its normal position by the side by retracing the same movement. Make sure your fingers
return to a loose fist at the seam rather than remaining flat with fingers extended.
The head and rest of the body will remain at the position of attention throughout the
movement.
Objective 6-13
Version 3
DESCRIPTION:
Bring the opposite foot straight in smartly, so the heels are together and on line, toes
forming a 45-degree angle.
About Face
COMMANDS: About HACE.
DESCRIPTION:
This command makes the person turn around and face the opposite direction.
On the command of execution "HACE," lift the right foot from the hip, slightly off
the ground, and place the ball of the right foot approximately one-half shoe length behind
and slightly to the left of the left foot.
While keeping the upper portion of the body at the position of attention, arms pinned to
the sides, pivot 180 degrees to the right on the ball of the right foot and the heel of the left
foot. Now you should be back at the position of attention, heels together and on line, toes
forming a 45-degree angle.
DESCRIPTION:
At the command of execution "HARCH", the last element stands fast and
automatically executes dress right at normal interval.
Objective 6-14
Version 3
Each succeeding element in front of them takes one, two, or three paces forward, halts,
and automatically executes dress right. Each person covers on the person in front of him
or her.
The flight commander proceeds as in aligning the flight. If the flight is to be inspected, the
flight commander takes one step forward and faces to the right, in a position in front of the
guide.
To close ranks when at open ranks, the command is “Close Ranks, HARCH”. The front
element stands fast, the second element takes one pace forward and halts. Each succeeding
element takes two and three paces forward respectively and halts. Each person covers on
the person directly in front.
DESCRIPTION:
Forward March:
Arm swing will be coordinated. This means that when the left foot is out, the right arm will
be out and the left arm will be back just the opposite of the right foot. Swing the arms from
the shoulder straight ahead and back, keeping the arms straight but not stiff. Hands will
be cupped, thumbs placed on the forefinger, palms turned in. Swing the arms six inches
to the front measured from the back of the hand to the thigh and three inches to the rear,
measured from the thumb to the thigh.
Shoulders will be squared, with the head and eyes straight ahead.
Left foot hits the ground when the flight commander says “hut” and “three”; right
foot hits the ground when the flight commander says “two” and “four.”
Objective 6-15
Version 3
Flight Halt: This command may be given on either foot as long as the preparatory and
commands of execution are given on the same foot. For demonstration purposes today, I
will use the left foot.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command
of "Flight," continue to march.
The next time the heel of the left foot strikes the ground you will hear the command
of execution, "HALT." You will take one more 24-inch step with your right foot.
Stop the arm swing as the weight of the body comes forward on the ball of the right foot.
Bring the trailing foot in smartly by the most direct route, so that the heels are together,
on line, and toes form a 45-degree angle.
DESCRIPTION:
On the command of execution, "HARCH," be sure to keep your arms pinned, and with
your body at the position of attention, raise your right foot (or left foot for "Left Step")
from the hip just high enough to clear the ground. Place it 12 inches to the right ("Right
Step") or left ("Left Step") of the opposite foot. Then continue the motion by lifting the
opposite foot from the hip and place it so the heels are together and on line. Continue
taking 12-inch side steps until given the command "Flight, HALT." DCID must be
maintained.
Flight Halt.
Flight Leader.
Line formation: In order to remain six paces and centered, the flight leader will need to
move in the same direction as the flight. For example, if the flight leader gives the
command “right step, Harch”, the flight leader will need to execute left steps.
Objective 6-16
Version 3
Column, inverted column or inverted line: The flight leader performs the movement with
the flight and maintains relative position.
DESCRIPTION:
As the heel of the right foot strikes the ground, you will receive the preparatory command
of "To the Rear."
As the heel of the right foot strikes the ground again, you will hear the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time you will take a 12-inch step with the left foot, place it
in front of and in line with the right foot.
As the weight of the body comes forward, stop arm swing, keep your upper body at
the position of attention and pivot 180 degrees to the right on the balls of both feet.
Step out with a 12-inch step with the left foot and begin coordinated arm swing.
Resume 24-inch steps with the right foot.
The flight leader will delay three to five steps, depending on the size of the flight, and
pivot with the rear one-third of the flight.
DESCRIPTION:
At the command HARCH, raise the forearm to a horizontal position along the waistline,
close the fingers with knuckles out, and begin an easy run with coordinated arm swing
and with the step and cadence of double-time (180 36-inch steps per minute). The entire
flight stays in step; it's up to the flight commander to call cadence when he/she sees
the flight getting out of step.
Objective 6-17
Version 3
Talking is not permitted at double time although songs or what we call "Jodies" are often
used to keep everyone in step and help pass the time on a long run.
When marching at quick time, the command of execution can come as either foot strikes
the ground and you simply take one more step in quick time and then step off in double
time. (DEMONSTRATE)
To resume quick time from double time, the preparatory command is “Quick Time”,
with four steps between commands.
At the command of execution “HARCH”, given as either foot strikes the ground,
you advance two more steps in double time, resume quick time and drop the hands by the
side.
To halt from double time, the command is “Flight, HALT”, with four steps
between commands. Take two more double time steps and halt in two counts at quick
time.
The only commands that can be given when marching at double time are “INCLINE
TO THE RIGHT (LEFT)”, “Quick Time, HARCH”, and “Flight, HALT.”
DESCRIPTION:
When marching over rough, uneven terrain, the flight leader might put the flight in router
step or at ease. This allows flight members to watch where they put their feet while walking.
When at ease, cadence is not required but silence, prescribed interval and distance must
be maintained. In Route Step, neither silence nor cadence is required, but prescribed
interval and distance must be maintained.
At the preparatory command of “Route Step” or “At Ease”, mentally prepare yourself to
do the movement.
Route Step and At Ease HARCH can only be given from quick time.
Objective 6-18
Version 3
The only commands that can be given when marching at other than attention is “INCLINE
TO THE RIGHT (LEFT).” Otherwise the flight must be called to attention before other
commands may be given.
When called to ATTENTION at the Route Step or At Ease, you simply pick up the cadence
as called by the flight commander and you're back in regular formation at the quick time.
DESCRIPTION:
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground the entire flight will hear the
preparatory command of "Column Left."
At this time dress will temporarily shift to the left.
Continue to march.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground again, you will hear the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time:
The first element leader will take one more 24-inch step with the right foot. As the
weight of the body comes forward on the right foot, stop arm swing. Pivot 90 degrees
to the left on the ball of the right foot, stepping out with the left foot in a full 24-inch
step and coordinated arm swing. The next step will be a 12-inch step (half step) with the
right foot. You will maintain the half step until you hear the command “Forward,
Harch.”
The remainder of the first element will march up to the pivot point and execute
the movement in the same manner as the first element leader.
The second element leader will take 1 more 24-inch step; pivot 45 degrees to the left
on the ball of the right foot, maintaining coordinated arm swing. Take two more 24-
inch steps, pivot 45 degrees to the left on the ball of the right foot, and step out in a
24-inch step.
Objective 6-19
Version 3
Once the second element leader comes abreast of the first element leader, he/she
will go into the half step.
The remainder of the second element will march up to the pivot point, execute
the movement in the same manner as the second element leader, pivot, take two steps,
and pivot again.
They will continue to march until abreast of the person they normally march
beside (in first and third elements) and then go into the half step.
The third element leader will take one more 24-inch step and pivot 45 degrees to the
left on the ball of the right foot. He/she should then take four more 24-inch steps, pivot
again 45 degrees to the left on the ball of the right foot, and step out with a 24-inch step.
Once the third element leader comes abreast of the second element leader, he/she
will begin the half step.
The remainder of the third element will march up to the pivot point, execute the
movement in the same manner as the third element leader, pivot, take four more steps,
and pivot again.
Each individual will march until abreast of the person in the second element
they normally march beside and then will begin the half step.
Establish dress and interval.
The guide will pivot at the exact same time as the third element leader and in the exact
same manner. The guide will continue marching past the third element leader and pivot
45 degrees to the left on the ball of the right foot. He/she should then take enough steps
(not necessarily 24 inch steps) to get in front of the third element leader, pivot 45 degrees
to the right on the ball of the left foot, and begin the half step.
The flight leader will continue to march with the rear one-third of the flight, pivot
90 degrees to the left on the ball of the right foot, and step out in a 24-inch step.
Reestablish normal interval, rear one-third position, and begin the half step.
Once DCID has been reestablished, give the command, "Forward, HARCH."
Objective 6-20
Version 3
Forward March.
The only command you may receive while in the half step from a column movement
is forward march. Forward march is part of the movement; therefore, the movement is
not complete until forward march is given.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command
of "Forward." Continue to march.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground again, you will hear the command of execution,
"HARCH."
Take one more 12-inch step and then step out with the left foot in a full 24-inch step.
DESCRIPTION:
This command is a mirror of Column Left March (refer to previous section on Column
Left March of this lesson).
Forward March.
Once DCID has been reestablished, "Forward, HARCH" will be given by the flight
leader. Forward march is executed the same way as in column left march.
DESCRIPTION:
The preparatory command and command of execution, "Eyes, RIGHT", are given
on the right foot.
On the command of execution “RIGHT”, all persons except those on the right flank turn
their heads and eyes smartly 45 degrees to the right.
Objective 6-21
Version 3
To return their heads and eyes to the front, the command “Ready, FRONT” is given
as the left foot strikes the ground.
On the command FRONT, heads and eyes are turned smartly to the front.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you have the gist of all the basic flight movements, we’re going
to use them in a competition to give you more practice and see how you do under stress.
Objective 6-22
Version 3
ACTIVITIES
Retention of the material in this lesson may be accomplished through activities such as:
1. Conduct drill competitions and drill downs. Winners can receive points towards Honor
or Warrior Flight. Details on how to conduct a drill down competition are on page 22
of this lesson plan.
2. Allow the AS200 cadets to command IMT/AS100 flights during a game of tank.
Details on how to execute this competition are on page 23 of this lesson plan.
3. Hold a Jodie competition. Details on how to execute this competition are provided on
page 24 of this lesson plan.
4. Skills review GLP using the information from this lesson as demonstration tasks required
which are required to pass a station. See lesson plan for objective 19 for details on
putting together a campus-wide GLP.
5. Pass out LLAB surveys at the end of each LLAB asking for feedback on how to improve
LLAB. As part of the survey, include a knowledge question on this lesson. The flights
that get the question right get points towards Honor Flight.
6. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. This activity must be
coordinated with the OFC prior to execution.
Objective 6-23
Version 3
This can be done on a wing, squadron or flight level. A POC Cadet should act as Flight
Commander (Flt/CC) to ensure that when errors are committed, it’s the fault of the people
not marching; not the flight commander. You will need to post POC ‘evaluators’ all around
cadets participating in the drill down so they can detect errors. Flt/CC directs all GMC
cadets to assemble en masse in line formation, taller taps the cadets and then begins
calling all the commands listed on the drill down card. In between commands, Flt/CC
should pause long enough for POC evaluators to identify anyone who commits an error. The
POC evaluators will verbally indicate to that cadet that they’ve messed up by saying ‘Cadet
_ (if known), Error’ and pointing at that cadet. Cadets who have been identified in this manner
must step out of the formation and no longer participate. The drill down proceeds with the
next command. At the last command, whoever is still standing in formation didn’t commit
errors--so that person wins. If there are several members still in, you can count the number
from each flight to see who has the most that lasted until the end to determine the flight winner
instead of individual winner.
Objective 6-24
Version 3
Activity: Tank
This competition will get IMT/AS100 cadets used to following the commands. It will
simultaneously allow AS200 cadets to practice in the Flight Commander (Flight/CC) position
and test their ability to think on their feet.
POC Duties:
Direct Flt/CCs to halt flights when a point is being scored to prevent collisions.
Facilitate Flt/CC swap every three minutes.
Clock the time a flight is still (can be no longer than 15 seconds); assess point if time
is exceeded.
Set up cones around the drill pad to mark perimeter.
Direct two flights with equal number of flight members to form up on separate ends of the same
drill pad.
Assign one AS200 cadet to be the Flt/CC in charge of each flight; designate who the
succeeding Flt/CCs will be and the order they will take turns.
Explain the rules.
Tank Rules
When told to start, the Flt/CCs will begin giving their flights commands to move their flights
around the drill pad. The flights may not move outside the perimeters of the drill pad.
Additionally, the flights may not remain in one place (i.e. not marching longer than 15 seconds).
The objective is to evade the other flight but march your own flight into theirs so that, if you kept
marching, you would break into their formation. When a flight is approaching the other flight,
the Flt/CC will halt its flight to avoid running into the other flight; this is a score. The flight that
was going to be run into will quickly remove a member of its flight then resume marching
around the drill pad; that member of the flight must go outside of the drill pad but may remain
to observe. The winning Flt/CC team is the one who has the most flight members left in the
flight at the end of the time allowed. If a Flt/CC allows the flight to stand still for longer
than 15 seconds, that flight will be penalized a flight member. When directed by POC, Flt/CCs
will immediately give the command “Flight, Halt” for safety. After every three minutes, POC
supervising the competition will direct both Flt/CCs to halt their flights and then direct the next
Flt/CC to take charge and resume the competition.
Objective 6-25
Version 3
Activity: Jodie
Competition
For the competition, invite Cadet Wing Staff, cadre and even the University’s staff to attend
and act as judges. Give them copies of the Jodie Competition Evaluation Sheet.
You can use the Jodie Competition Evaluation Sheet and Score Tally Sheet on the next pages
or develop your own. Make sure you show the competing cadets the Evaluation Sheet before
the competition so they’ll know what they need to work on.
After the competition, gather the Evaluation Sheets from the judges, tally up the scores
and announce the winner.
Objective 6-26
Version 3
Objective 6-27
Version 3
Objective 6-28
Version 4
Objective 7
Overview: This lesson is the cadet’s introduction to the Expeditionary Leadership Problem
(ELP) Process and is designed to help cadets learn effective followership and teamwork skills.
You must present this lesson plan (or a similar tailored plan) before the first ELP. This includes
a guided discussion on followership and teamwork that is presented to the IMT cadets. After
that, cadets will participate in ELPs. The lesson provides two ELPs—feel free to design your
own or pick from the T-502 lesson plan (be sure you don’t duplicate ELPs used during academic
courses—a list is in this lesson).
Be sure to properly utilize each category of cadet—IMT, LEADP, ICL, SCL—in each ELP.
When presenting ELPs, make sure the cadets have adequate time to successfully complete the
ELP, as well as a debrief, in the amount of time allocated for LLAB. This initial planning is key
to the success of an ELP.
Objective 7 - 1
Version 4
Objective 7-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Each student will respond to the importance of effective
followership and teamwork skills.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to introduce cadets to the AFROTC ELP Process (plan,
execute, feedback). To meet this objective, you must follow the lesson plan for the first ELP the
cadets do. Two ELPs, The Low Wall and The Crossing, are included in this lesson plan, but you
may opt to do other ELPs, as well. Suggestions for other ELP activities are listed in the lesson
after the ELP Debrief main point. This lesson plan also includes material for ELP Debriefs.
Whatever ELP activities you use, keep in mind they should be designed to utilize the entire corps
in the execution phase. Each cadet category should have a different role and responsibility
during this exercise. In general, the roles are as follows:
LEADP/AS200: Team captains, team leaders, people who are in charge of ensuring the
tasks gets accomplished.
Objective 7-3
Version 4
ICL/AS300: Plan the ELP activities, enforce rules, evaluate the ELP results and provide
feedback to the team leaders and the team. If possible, have cadre members do some of the
evaluating since they should have experience.
SCL/ECL/AS400: Supervise the entire operation, ensuring the activities meet the above
objectives for each class.
Before you do the first ELP activity, you must conduct the guided discussion with the
IMT/AS100 cadets, covering the materials in this lesson plan. Though this seems like basic
stuff, it is not provided anywhere else in the IMT/AS100 curriculum, so this might be the first
time they’ll be exposed to information about teamwork and followership. Note that Lesson 12
taught in AS100 academic class is about teams but does not contain duplicate material.
Before the ELP, if the LEADP/AS200 cadets haven’t used the Leadership Competency
Evaluation (LCE) yet, the POC in charge of the LEADP/AS200 cadets needs to show the LCE
to those cadets and explain the categories and how a leader is evaluated using this form. Also
emphasize this is the same LCE that is used at Field Training. The LCE can be obtained from
the lesson plan master CD or from a cadre member.
During the ELP, the POC in charge needs to jot down observations using the respective
evaluation/feedback sheets (LCE for LEADP/AS200 cadets; the debrief material located at the
end of this lesson plan for IMT/AS100 cadets).
After the ELP is completed, the POC in charge of the LEADP/AS200 cadets will give that
cadet leader feedback using the LCE. Meanwhile, the POC in charge of the IMT/AS100 cadets
will take them separately and lead them through some debrief questions included at the end of
this lesson plan. Note you may not be able to cover all the issues in this debrief. Recommend
you pick one or two sections such as participation and influence to focus on after observing one
ELP. Then, after observing another ELP, you may choose other sections such as styles of
influence and task functions to debrief the cadets on.
After this lesson cadets will be familiar with the process. You are encouraged to use additiona l
ELPs over the course of the year to reinforce these principles. Ensure you use the LCE form
(Holm Center Form 2) to provide feedback to LEADP/AS200 team leaders and similar ly
debrief GMC team members as noted above after any ELP you do.
The two ELPs provided with this lesson plan (Low Wall; The Crossing) along with the guided
discussion and debrief may only require approximately 2 hours. You may need to conduct
additional ELPs to meet the recommended minimum time requirement of 3 hours for this
objective.
We have included two ELPs you may use that can be accomplished outside or inside if need be.
In addition, you may develop and use your own ELPs or use ELPs from the T-502. Note that if
you do two ELPs during this session, you'll need to schedule time for two debrief sessions, one
after each ELP. Don't do back-to-back ELPs and then only conduct one feedback session.
Remember, feedback is most effective if it's immediate! Consider using separate times for
Objective 7-4
Version 4
variation. For example, in one two-hour LLAB session, you could spend 30 minutes doing the
Honor Code lecture, 30 minutes doing motivational PT and 45 minutes doing one of these ELPs.
**Other activities such as those falling under lesson objective 19, participate in esprit de corps
activities, and other activities you do in LLAB may also build effective followership and
teamwork skills, but they do not meet this objective.
Lesson Outline:
A. Characteristics of Effective Teams
B. Principles of Effective Teams
C. Traits of Effective Followers
D. ELP
E. ELP Debrief
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: After the ELP Debrief in the lesson there are optional ELP activities
listed for you to utilize.
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 7-5
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Have students name teams they’ve been on including athletic, academic and job-
related teams. Have them say what the most significant thing they felt their team accomplished.
Then ask what they think was the source of the team’s success.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Think about a football team that wins the super bowl. A professional sports team
needs teamwork to be successful. Members of the team know their roles and responsibilities.
These members must trust in each other. Teams recognize specific talents of their members, and
make use of that (but keep everyone involved) when formulating strategy. No matter what the
role, every person is critical to accomplishing the goal. A sports team can be successful through
planning and practice in order to achieve the objective of winning the next game. In the militar y,
this objective can also be seen as accomplishing the mission. This lesson is designed to help you
understand the importance of teamwork required in AFROTC and the Air Force. This lesson will
also help you understand the importance of establishing good communication among the
members of your team.
OVERVIEW
A. Characteristics of Effective Teams
B. Principles of Effective Teams
C. Traits of Effective Followers
D. ELP
E. ELP Debrief
(Suggested) Virtually identical teams can be dramatically different in terms of success or failure.
What makes one team successful and another unsuccessful? Generally, it depends whether or not
the team possesses certain characteristics.
BODY
PRESENTATION
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you go through the following material, either try to come up with
examples of each point from your own personal history or ask the students to give an example from
teams they have been on. The idea is to discuss this material rather than just lecture them and giving
them definitions.
Objective 7-6
Version 4
1. A defined mission, task, objective or function. It’s essential for the team to have a
purpose. The team must have a clearly defined goal or purpose for all to understand.
2. Cooperation and communication among its members. Can you have one without the
other? No, these two must work hand-in-hand. Without cooperation, there is no
communication, and without communication, there is no cooperation. Individ ua l
members must know their roles and how they contribute for the team to accomplish its
mission, objective, task, or function.
3. Interdependence among its members. The team must be interdependent. Each member
of the team is dependent on every other member to accomplish the mission, objective,
task, or function. If the members are not interdependent and one person can do all the
work, then there is little need for a team effort.
1. No team exists without problems. But some teams, particularly those that have learned to
counter the negative team dynamics, seem to be especially good at preventing many
typical group problems. How close a team comes to this ideal depends, to a great extent,
on how well they adhere to the effective team principles.
2. Let’s examine some of the principles that will make a team effective. Many of these
principles also apply to effective leadership and followership.
a. Trust and Confidence. Trust is defined as total confidence in the integrity, ability,
and good character of another. It is one of the most important ingredients in building
strong teams. Trust is based on the mutual confidence resulting from honest efforts to
learn about and understand the capabilities each member brings to the team.
c. Cooperation. This aspect of teamwork can be at tension with competition. Both are
central human characteristics, but the nature of our profession puts a premium on
cooperation with each other to compete with the enemy. Cooperation requires team
players and the willingness to share credit with all team members.
d. Participation. Since every team member has a stake in the group’s achieveme nts,
everyone should participate in discussions and decisions, share commitment to the
project’s success, and contribute their talents.
Objective 7-7
Version 4
e. Respect for the Individual. This happens as we recognize everyone’s skills and
contributions. Rank and level of responsibility should not be the measure for respect.
Success comes when you understand and appreciate each person’s contributions to
the team.
f. Clearly Defined Roles. Teams operate most efficiently if they tap everyone’s talents
and if all members understand their duties and know who is responsible for what
issues and tasks. The team members should understand which roles belong to each
person and which roles are shared amongst team members; ideally, the team should
use each member’s talents and involve everyone in the team activities.
i. Clarity of Team Goals. Ideally, the team needs to agree on its mission, see it as
workable, have a clear vision and be able to progress steadily towards its goal. Be
clear about the larger project goals and the purpose of individual steps, meetings,
discussion, and decisions.
C. Traits of Effective Followers. No team can be successful without successful leaders and
effective followers. The following are the traits of effective followers you should strive to
emulate if you’re not the one in charge.
1. Make sound decisions. After you have taken a proactive approach to your job and are
confident in the responsibilities of the job, you will be looked at to make sound decisions.
Remember, we’re still talking about a followership role. The decisions you make will
affect those around you, but they are always looking at your example. Step up and use
the expertise you have, relate it to the process at hand and communicate what needs done.
2. Own the territory. A proactive follower critically considers policies and actively presents
suggestions up the chain-of-command that will directly contribute to unit success. Making
the flight better is a task that needs to be “owned” by the followers within the individ ua l
flight. You must be able to combine job knowledge and commitment into your actions.
Will this cause conflict? Yes, but with risk comes increased reward, both
Objective 7-8
Version 4
for your active participation and your commitment. Owning the responsibility of making
the flight better is not something only one person can have. If everyone in the flight takes
some ownership of problems, the typical cadet squadron will be a beehive of activity.
4. Versatile and Flexible. Beating your head against a brick wall isn’t the most efficient or
effective way to get to the other side of it. Often, a better approach is to take a step back
and reevaluate. A second look will usually reveal a better way around the wall (e.g., go
around it, climb over it, or dig a tunnel under it). Though one way to the other side may
be more practical than others, any of the three is less painful than trying to break through
the wall with your head. Apply this same principle when approaching an assigned task.
Take a few minutes to reevaluate a task before wasting time and energy trying to overcome
seemingly insurmountable obstacles.
5. Practice the Air Force Core Values. The Air Force Core Values are the bedrock to a
trusting environment. Lip service to them will do nothing but undermine the mission of
individual units and the entire Air Force. Applying these values in your everyday life is a
personal thing. You can’t force them on anyone, and you’ll eventually be able to spot a
fraud. Having a personal mission statement that you can refer to throughout your life will
help you incorporate these values into your lifestyle and increase your effectiveness as a
dynamic follower.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: You may substitute other ELPs or use the ones we have provided here.
Remind the students that as they perform the ELP, they should consciously apply the items discussed.
Purpose: Demonstrates the importance of planning, cooperation, and creative problem solving.
Preparation: Instructors should set up a rope that is stretched tight and suspended 3 – 3.5 feet
off the ground. The rope should be 15 – 20 feet long. Put all the cadets (per flight) on one
side of the rope, read the briefing to them, then start the clock to begin the exercise.
Briefing:
Objective 7-9
Version 4
Your goal is to get everyone to the other side without anyone touching the rope. The
rope represents an electrified fence.
Rule 3: You may not drape clothes on the rope in order to protect yourselves from the
electric current in the fence.
Rule 4: Before anyone actually starts to cross the fence, everyone in the group must form
a line and hold hands with those on either side of them. These links cannot be broken
until the exercise is completed (i.e. members must hold hands until the exercise is over).
Rule 5: If a group member touches the fence and the group catches the error, then only
the member who touched the fence has to start the crossing over.
INSTRUCTOR NOTES: Notice and point out this after the exercise is completed:
In terms of processing, Rule 4 places a premium on planning. Cadets do not have to link up until
they start to cross the fence, and they should rearrange themselves to make the crossing as easy as
possible. Nonetheless, many groups erroneously elect to link up with whoever is standing next to
them, which may make the crossing more difficult than it has to be.
Rule 5 demonstrates the importance of correcting one’s own errors. This rule is really a metaphor
for quality; it is better to detect problems before products are shipped than waiting for disgruntled
customers to tell you about faulty products. It is also better for teams to communicate and talk to
each other about problems before they lead to poor results.
Preparation: This exercise requires a 200+ ft length rope and blindfolds for all participants.
You can possibly borrow a rope from facilities management at your school or the fitness center;
purchasing it should not be necessary. You can have the students bring their own materials for
blindfolds rather than purchasing that as well. Knots should be tied into the rope every 20 ft or
so. This exercise is best conducted outside but can be done indoors. The rope should be placed
on the ground and strung around several obstacles, etc.
This exercise works best with 10-12 people. Larger groups can be split in two, with the two
groups starting at opposite ends of the main rope. You may wish to use flights or divide the
cadets up and have them doing something else and then rotate. Give the briefing. Then to begin
the exercise, have the cadets put their blindfolds on before seeing the rope. Have the cadets form
a line, so that the left hand of each participant is on the shoulder of the person in front of him or
her. The person in front of the line is then handed the rope. Because the participants are all
Objective 7-10
Version 4
blindfolded for this exercise, instructors should ensure that the rope “course” is free of potential
safety hazards such as fences, roots, low limbs of trees, ditches, etc. The course can be made
more challenging if another rope is tied to the main rope, with the secondary and main ropes
placed so that they form the top half of a “Y.” This often results in lively debate among team
members as to which branch to take or course of action to pursue.
Briefing:
Your goal is to have the entire group successfully arrive at the end of the rope. They may
not take their blindfolds off at any time, and they must rotate leaders whenever a knot in
the rope is encountered. Once the group encounters a knot, the person at the front of the
line hands the rope to the person behind him or her, and then moves to the rear of the
line. The new leader leads the group to the next knot, where the rotation process repeats
itself. This process of rotating leaders should continue until the end of the rope is
reached.
E. ELP Debrief
1. ELP Debrief for IMT/AS100 cadets and team members—use attached debrief sheet
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: For each part of this feedback session, first explain the concept, and
then ask the questions. Add your own observations of the group’s interactions only if you are
unable to elicit that information from the team members themselves by asking the pointed
questions.
2. ELP Debrief for LEADP/AS200 team leader—use the LCE (OTS Form 2)
**Other Activities**
Here are some variations on this lesson plan if you want to get creative.
2.Coordinate with local base or agency for use of ropes course or leadership reaction
course. Many campus organizations such as Resident Hall staffs and Student Government
Associations use leadership practicums so they may be able to give you leads on where to
go for these types of resources.
3. Cadets may wish to come up with their own ELP. This must be coordinated with the
OFC prior to execution. Safety must be paramount in any outdoor physical activity.
Objective 7-11
Version 4
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
During this lesson, we discussed the importance of working as a team, emphasizing:
A. Characteristics of Effective Teams
B. Principles of Effective Teams
C. Traits of Effective Followers
D. ELP
E. ELP Debrief
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Summarize any major lessons learned during the GLP debrief.
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) One person cannot be successful at all things, all of the time. Without the help of
others, you will not succeed as a cadet or an officer. Learning to work with others to accomplis h
the mission is essential for being a good leader and a good follower. Hopefully, this task showed
you the importance of working together as a group under the leadership of one individua l.
Through this task, you discovered the different strengths of individuals that can make your team
successful.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) By continuing to work to build these strengths, and the weaknesses, your team will
develop into a well-oiled machine. You will be able to accomplish so much more than on your
own…if you utilize the team.
Objective 7-12
Version 4
In all human interactions there are two major ingredients--content and process. The first
deals with the subject matter or the task the group is working. In most interactions, the focus of
attention is on the content. The second ingredient, process, is concerned with what is happening
between group members while the group is working. Group process or dynamics deals with such
items as influence, participation, styles of influence, leadership struggles, conflict, competitio n,
cooperation, etc. In most interactions, little attention is paid to process, even when it’s the major
cause of ineffective group action. Sensitivity to group processes will better enable us to diagnose
group problems early and deal with them more effectively. Awareness of this will enhance team
building, which will lead to effective group interaction and accomplishing team goals.
Below are some observation guidelines to help one process and analyze group behavior
with the intent of providing feedback and understanding how the group is functioning.
Participation
Concept: One indication of involvement is verbal participation. Look for differences in the
amount of participation among members.
Who are the high participators? Who are the low participators?
Do you see any shift in participation, e.g., highs become quiet; lows suddenly become
talkative. Do you see any possible reason for this in the group’s interaction?
How are the silent people treated? How is their silence interpreted? Consent?
Disagreement? Disinterest? Fear?, etc.
Who talks to whom? Do you see any reason for this in the group’s interactions?
Who keeps the ball rolling? Why? Do you see any reason for this in the group’s interactions?
Influence
Concept: Influence and participation are not the same. Some people may speak very little, yet
they capture the attention of the whole group. Others may talk a lot but are generally not listened
to by other members.
Which members are high in influence? That is, when they talk others seem to listen.
Which members are low in influence? Others do not listen to or follow them. Is there any
shifting in influence? Who shifts?
Do you see any rivalry in the groups? Is there a struggle for leadership? What effect does it
have on other group members?
Objective 7-13
Version 4
Styles of Influence
Autocratic: Does anyone attempt to impose his will or values on other group members or
try to push them to support his decisions? Who evaluates or passes judgment on other group
members? Do any members block action when it is not moving in the direction they desire?
Who pushes to “get the group organized”?
Peacemaker: Who eagerly supports other group members’ decisions? Does anyone
consistently try to avoid conflict or unpleasant feelings from being expressed by pouring oil
on the troubled waters? Is any member typically deferential toward other group members- -
gives them power? Do any members appear to avoid giving negative feedback, i.e., who will
level only when they have positive feedback to give?
Laissez Faire: Are any group members getting attention by their apparent lack of
involvement in the group? Does any group member go along with group decisions without
seeming to commit himself one way or the other? Who seems to be withdrawn and
uninvolved? Who does not initiate activity, participates mechanically and only in response to
another member’s question?
Democratic: Does anyone try to include everyone in a group decision or discussion? Who
expresses his feelings and opinions openly and directly without evaluating or judging others?
When feelings run high and tension mounts, which members attempt to deal with the conflic t
in a problem-solving way?
Decision-Making Procedures
Concept: Many kinds of decisions are made in groups without considering the effects of these
decisions on other members. Some people try to impose their own decisions on the group, while
others want all members to participate or share in the decisions that are made.
Does anyone make a decision and carry it out without checking with other group members
(self-authorized)? For example, he decides on a way to do the task and immediately begins
to do the task. What effect does this have on other group members?
Is there any evidence of a majority pushing a decision through over other member’s
objections? Do they call for a vote (majority support)?
Is there any attempt to get all members participating in a decision (consensus)? What effect
does this seem to have on the group?
Does anyone make any contributions that do not receive any kind of response or recognition?
What effect does this have on the member?
Objective 7-14
Version 4
Task Functions
Does anyone ask for or make suggestions as to the best way to proceed or to tackle a
problem?
Does anyone attempt to summarize what has been covered or what has been going on in the
group?
Is there any giving or asking for facts, ideas, opinions, feelings, feedback, or searching for
alternatives?
Who keeps the group on target? Who prevents topic-jumping or going off on tangents?
Maintenance Functions
Concept: These functions are important to the morale of the group. They maintain good and
harmonious working relationships among the members and create a group atmosphere, which
enables each member to contribute maximally. They ensure smooth and effective teamwork
within the group.
How well are members getting their ideas across? Are some members preoccupied and not
listening? Are there any attempts by group members to help others clarify their ideas?
How are ideas rejected? How do members react when their ideas are not accepted? Do
members attempt to support others when they reject their ideas?
Feelings
Concept: During any group discussion, feelings are frequently generated by the interactions
between members. These feelings, however, are seldom talked about. Observers may have to
make guesses based on tone of voice, facial expressions, gestures, and many other forms of
nonverbal cues.
What signs of feelings do you observe in group members: anger, irritation, frustration,
warmth, affection, excitement, boredom, defensiveness, competitiveness, etc.?
Do you see any attempts by group members to block the expression of feelings, particularly
negative feelings? How is this done? Does anyone do this consistently?
Objective 7-15
Version 5
Objective 8
Overview: This lesson is designed to provide the GMC cadets the opportunity to experience
what life in the Air Force is like (the “environment”) for an Air Force officer. Some suggestions
for exposing the cadets to this environment are base visits, guest speakers, joint projects,
community service projects and official ceremonies. In addition, many detachment-uniq ue
events meet this objective.
Objective 8-1
Version 5
Objective 8-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to give GMC cadets the opportunity to learn and experience
the environment of the Air Force officer, both on campus and at an Air Force base. This lesson
is your opportunity to show the cadets what the Air Force looks like. This can be done through
visits to Air Force installations or bringing in guest speakers. In addition, this lesson serves
as a "catch-all" lesson objective you can use to do those detachment unique activities that do not
fit into any of the other LLAB lesson objectives. For example, many detachments conduct events
such as POW/MIA ceremonies, Veteran's Day ceremonies, recruiting drives, community service
projects, etc. We have included a list of activities for you to consider doing to meet this objective.
While this is a mandatory objective for GMC and LEADP cadets, encourage all others to
participate.
Any guest speakers you have will fall under this objective unless they are specifically talking
about a topic in one of the other objectives—each guest speaker only meets one objective. Note
that if cadets participate in an activity outside normally scheduled LLAB hours to meet this
objective, you can allow them to not attend the normal scheduled LLAB for that week.
Objective 8-3
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
At this point in their college careers, most of the cadets are gathering information with which to
make career choices. You must ensure they receive every opportunity to gather this informatio n!
To satisfy this need for information, nearly any and all topics that focus on the Air Force are
acceptable. Cadre, guests, or cadets in a variety of mentoring opportunities can present these.
Well-planned base visits and field trips with specific objectives will provide cadets an
opportunity to observe the Air Force in operation.
BODY
PRESENTATION
ACTIVITIES
1. Base visits.
a. Detachment contact: Have cadets who attend the base visit take photos. They can
share the photos with cadets who couldn't attend.
a. Consider alumni, POWs, retirees, veterans, coaches, etc. to address their experience
or guidance on military/leadership related topics. You may want to provide them
with the topic you'd like them to discuss. If the guest speaker discusses a topic that
falls under an objective other than the original objective, their presentation will meet
that specific objective, not the original objective. In that case, you will still need to
make sure material in the lesson plan for that objective is covered. For example, if
they ramble over their general thoughts about the Honor Code, you will need to go
back later and cover any parts of that lesson plan the guest speaker didn't address.
b. Caution: Remember the goals for each AS class as outlined in the preface. If cadets
are constantly sitting during LLAB, listening to yet another guest speaker, they will
not be getting the time to apply what they've been learning which is what LLAB is
for. Use guest speakers sparingly!
c. A tendency is to pack the schedule with a lot of speakers because it doesn't take as
much planning and preparation as other LLAB activities and fills time easily.
Recommend picking no more than two powerful, motivational guest speakers for the
whole year.
Objective 8-4
Version 5
3. Show base videos from the Airman and Family Readiness Center.
4. Go to an air show.
6. Monthly brown bag lunch with detachment officers. Rotate cadets so they all cadets go
to lunch with detachment officers at least once.
Examples include Special Olympics, food banks, blood drives. If you have a large
detachment, consider doing multiple projects.
10. Host officers from local Air Force base for a Career Day during LLAB.
14. Campus Recruiting Event. Notice that you can do one recruiting event to meet objective
“participate in esprit de corps activities.” If you choose to do any more, they will count
here towards objective 8.
15. Code of Conduct Presentation. Caution: Per Air Force survival instructors, you may not
conduct code of conduct training or simulate POW conditions.
16. Panel Discussion. Invite members of university faculty and other student group
representatives to present points of view and answer questions on political and militar y
topics in current events. Recommend staging in a "Crossfire" or debate type dialogue.
17. Joint Activities. If you do any of the activities listed in objective 19 with other ROTC
branches, that activity would still meet objective 19. However, consider doing other
types of activities with other ROTC branches to get credit towards objective 8.
Examples: Joint service flag being raised at home football games, joint commissioning
ceremonies, Veteran and Memorial Day parades.
18. Activities that are traditional at the detachment that are not covered by other LLAB
Objectives/Lesson Plans may count towards this lesson objective.
Objective 9
Overview: This lesson provides an introduction and orientation to the guidon. Allow the
majority of training time for cadet practice, and try to incorporate guidon procedures in the future
when doing drill. Make sure all cadets have the opportunity to serve as guidon bearer, either in
this LLAB or in future drill activities.
Objective 9-1
Version 4
Objective 9-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply correct guidon procedures during cadet drill and ceremonies
practice and official functions.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of the guidon during drill and ceremonies
and official functions.
PART IB
If you present this lesson during the first semester, follow it with a quick review in the second
semester to reinforce their skills for LEAD. Spend the majority of the training time allowing
cadets to practice with the guidon and evaluating them to make sure they're doing it correctly.
Every cadet may not get a chance to become proficient in this one LLAB session. Rather than
hold more sessions to focus on guidon procedures, recommend you incorporate guidon
practice any time you do any drill. For example, during Individual Drill Evaluations (IDEs),
rotate the guidon bearer so that all have a chance to practice. Don't let the same person be the
guidon bearer every time even if they are the best or are the only one to volunteer.
Objective 9-3
Version 4
You can use the Guidon Tracker in this lesson plan to make sure flight members have had the
chance to practice and you have observed them. Also, Rules of Engagement for a Guide
Competition, Command Card, Evaluation Sheet and Score Tally Sheet are included in this lesson
plan. By keeping the rules and judging for this competition simple, you can make it a fast, easy
competition and even conduct it wing-wide. Since all the students have just learned the procedures
and received the same amount of minimum training, they won’t be perfect but should be equal in
how much time they’ve had to practice.
Lesson Outline
A. Guidon Procedures
1. General Information
2. Positioning of Guidon Bearer
B. Commands/Movements Associated With the Guidon
C. Practice
D. Guidon Competition
Suggested Timeline
Objective 9-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) During a pass and review ceremony (a military parade), there are many important
positions, but the one that always stands out is the guidon bearer. That one individual can make
the difference between an adequate ceremony and an outstanding ceremony. If you were chosen
the first day of LEAD to be the guidon bearer for your flight, would you be confident of your
abilities to perform?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) The guide is the visual signal for the rest of the flight. It allows those at a distance
to recognize who is coming. That is why it is so important that you perform the guide movements
correctly, because you will stand out from the rest of the flight.
OVERVIEW
During this lesson, we're going to discuss the Manual of the Guidon found in AFMAN 36-2203,
Drill and Ceremonies. It's not that difficult to learn because the movements are few. The real
trick is to perform the positions and commands with snap and precision.
Then we'll practice what we've learned for the remainder of the time.
BODY
PRESENTATION
A. Guidon Procedures
1. General Information
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Hold up and show the cadets a guidon so they understand what a
guidon looks like.
a. The guidon is carried at ceremonies and at other times when prescribed by the
commander. It's displayed at the flight or squadron headquarters when not carried.
The guidon bearer is a specially selected cadet designated by the flight or squadron
commander to carry the guidon.
Objective 9-5
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Point to the metal tip at the bottom of the guidon.
b. This part of the guidon is the ferrule. The ferrule prevents the wood from splitting.
c. Because the guidon is so visible, it becomes symbolic of the quality of the people in
the unit. So before we begin, we want you to be aware of what fish poling is so you
can avoid it.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Demonstrate fish poling while standing and while moving.
d. Fish poling establishes an undesirable image, making the unit look less than stellar, so
you'll want to represent your unit well when you are the guidon bearer, making sure
you don't fish pole whether standing in place or marching around.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you know what the guidon is, when it is carried, and who's responsible for
carrying it, let's discuss where the guidon bearer is positioned in the flight before we look at how
the guidon is carried.
a. A flight forms in at least two, but not more than four, elements in line formation. The
command is FALL IN. On this command, the guide takes a position facing the flight
commander and to the flight commander’s left so the first element will fall in centered
on and three paces from the flight commander. Once halted at the position of
attention, the guide performs an automatic dress right dress by extending the left arm
to shoulder height; remember, the guide does not turn his head 45 degrees to the right
since no one is to his right. When the guide feels the presence of the first element
leader on his or her fingertips, the guide executes an automatic ready front by dropping
the left hand to the side in the position of attention and goes to order guide. Once
positioned, the guide does not move.
c. When a flight in line formation is commanded to face to the right, the guide executes
right face with the flight. Then in addition, the guide marches to a position in front of
the right file, halts, and executes a left face. This is done because usually, when a line
formation is given a "Right, FACE", they are then put in the column formation with
the expectation they are going to be marching forward in the column formation. In
column, the guidon bearer should be at the front right, so the guidon bearer must
execute the extra steps and left face to get there.
d. If the flight is halted in column formation, then given a face command to put them in
line formation, the guide will reverse these steps to resume the front position of the
line formation.
Objective 9-6
Version 4
e. When a flight marching in column is commanded to flank to the left or right or march
to the rear, the guide executes the movement. The relative position of the guide does
not change within the flight except when the flight is halted in line in such a manner
that the guide is not abreast of the front rank. The guide then moves to a position
abreast of the front rank.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Follow the directions in AFMAN 36-2203, covering the Manual
of the Guidon to assist you in presenting this part of the lesson.
1. Order Guidon. Order guidon is the position of attention. The guidon bearer holds
the guidon in a vertical position and keeps the ferrule on the ground beside the right
shoe. The guidon bearer holds the staff in the right hand in a “V” formed by the
thumb and by the fingers extended and joined. The right hand and arm are kept
behind the staff and the staff rests against the hollow of the shoulder.
Objective 9-7
Version 4
3. Going from Order Guidon to Carry Guidon (From on the ground to 6 inches off the
ground). Grasp the staff with the left hand while at the same time loosening the grip of
the right hand on the staff. Raise the guidon vertically with the left hand letting the staff
slide upward through the right hand until the ferrule is 6 inches from the ground. Then
re-grasp the staff with the right hand and cut the left hand away smartly to the left side.
4. Going from Carry Guidon to Order Guidon (From 6 inches off the ground to on the
ground). Let the staff slide through the right hand until the ferrule is on the ground, in
line and touching the toe of the right shoe. Then re-grasp the staff as if at the carry
position.
5. Parade Rest. Executed by sliding the hand up the staff and inclining the staff of the
guidon forward, at arm's length, with the hand at belt level. (See picture on page 9-9)
6. Double Time. Hold the guidon diagonally across the body. Grasp the staff with the right
hand at the position used to carry the guidon; the right forearm should be horizontal and
the elbow near the body. Grasp the staff with the left hand opposite the junction of the
neck and left shoulder. (See picture on page 9-9)
7. Column Movements and Turns. Execute the movement on the command of execution
and then move 45 degrees to the position in front of the leading rank.
Objective 9-8
Version 4
Parade Rest
Double Time
Objective 9-9
Version 4
8. Present Arms. At the preparatory command Present, raise the guidon vertically until
the right arm is fully extended. At the same time, the left hand is brought smartly across
the chest to guide the staff.
At the command of execution ARMS, lower the guidon straight to the front with the right
arm extended and the staff resting in the pit of the arm. Then cut the left hand away
smartly to the left side.
a. On the preparatory command Order, raise the staff to the vertical position and at the
same time bring the left arm smartly across the chest to let the left hand guide the
staff.
b. On the command of execution ARMS, loosen the grip of the left hand on the staff
and with the right hand lower the guidon. The hand is used to steady the staff until
the ferrule is either approximately 6 inches from the ground (for the carry guidon
position when you know you're going to be moving with the next command) or on the
ground (for the order guidon position when you aren't expecting to be moving with
the next command) and then the left hand is cut away smartly.
10. Eyes Right. Notice, for "Eyes, RIGHT", you do the exact same motions you did for
"Present, ARMS." The difference is that you are usually marching when you receive the
"Eyes, RIGHT" command and that you will turn your head 45 degrees to the right upon
hearing "RIGHT."
a. At the preparatory command Eyes, given as the right foot hits the ground, raise the
guidon vertically until the right arm is fully extended. At the same time, the left
hand is brought smartly across the chest to guide the staff.
b. At the command of execution RIGHT, given as the right foot hits the ground, lower
the guidon straight to the front with the right arm extended and the staff resting in
the pit of the arm. Then cut the left hand away smartly to the left side.
c. At the command RIGHT of "Eyes RIGHT," turn your head and eyes in the same
manner prescribed for other individuals in the formation i.e. 45 degrees to right in a
crisp, precise motion.
Objective 9-10
Version 4
a. At the preparatory command Ready; raise the guidon vertically until the right arm is
fully extended. At the same time, the left hand is brought smartly across the chest to
guide the staff.
b. At the command of execution FRONT, return to the position of carry and smartly
turn head and eyes to the front.
a. Order Guidon. Execute the salute with the left hand in a two-count movement.
(1) On the first count, the left arm is moved horizontally across the body with the
forearm and wrist straight, fingers and thumb extended and joined with palm
down. The first joint of the forefinger touches the staff.
(2) On the second count the left hand is cut smartly away to the side.
b. Carry Guidon. Executed in the same manner as 12.a., except the ferrule is
approximately 6 inches from the ground.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we’ve learned the different positions of the guidon, let’s practice.
C. Practice.
Every cadet may not get a chance to practice and perform all these movements in this one LLAB
session. Therefore, recommend you keep track all year of which students need to practice and
have you observe.
Objective 9-11
Version 4
Guide Tracker
List names of cadets in your flight. Once you have observed them in the position of guide at
least once, put a check beside the name. Or use the following tracker to accurately track when
cadets performed the position and use the “Prepared for LEAD ” block to track whether or
not a cadet needs more time at the guidon position.
Objective 9-12
Version 4
D. Guidon Competition
Before concluding the lesson, let the cadets compete against each other.
a. This can be a flight level competition; in interests of time, you may just ask for
volunteers to compete. For squadron or wing level, recommend each flight pick one
person to be their competitor to represent them at squadron or wing competition.
b. Select a flight member to act as flight commander. POC will act as evaluator of
guidon.
d. The flight commander will then begin calling the commands on the Guide
Competition Command Card (see next page).
e. As guide and flight execute movements, the evaluator will watch the guide. Use the
Guide Competition Evaluation Sheet. Any time the guide makes an error (be it
timing, fish poling, positioning, etc.), put a tic mark beside the command listed on the
card.
Example:
When command for Right FACE is given, if guide fails to lift the guidon on the preparatory
command ‘Right’ and then turns left instead of right—put two tic marks beside Right FACE for
the two errors:
Right FACE
Objective 9-13
Version 4
Flight Commander will read 2, 3 and 4 out loud since they are not commands.
1. Fall in
2. “Guide, put the guidon in the order guidon position”
3. “Guide, put the guidon in the carry guidon position”
4. “Guide, render a salute.”
5. Right Face
6. Forward March
7. Column Left March
8. Forward March
9. Double Time March
10. Quick Time March
11. Eyes Right
12. Ready Front
13. Flight Halt
14. Cover
15. Left Face
16. Present Arms
17. Order Arms
Objective 9-14
Version 4
Instructions: If you see the guidon bearer not perform a movement correctly or mess up
in any way, put a tic mark beside the command the guidon bearer made the error.
1. Fall in
2. “Guide, put the guidon in the order guidon position” (i.e. ferrule is on ground)
3. “Guide, put the guidon in the carry guidon position” (i.e. ferrule 6 inches off ground)
5. Right Face
6. Forward March
8. Forward March
14. Cover
Objective 9-15
Version 4
Objective 9-16
Version 4
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Guidon Procedures
1. General Information
2. Positioning of Guidon Bearer
B. Commands/Movements Associated with the Guidon
C. Practice
D. Guidon Competition
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) This lesson is important because you've learned one of the most important drill
positions. Guidon bearers are very critical when a unit is marching from place to place and also
when the unit is in a pass and review ceremony (military parade). Keep practicing, because you
may be assigned this position at camp and you'll want to shine.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) A cadet went to LEAD. In his first meeting with his Flight Commander, the FC asked,
"What position do you want to have while you're here?" The cadet answered, "Anything but
guidon bearer." Of course, that cadet was immediately made the guidon bearer. While the
guidon bearer may be the target for demerits at LEAD, don't forget the tradition behind
being the one to carry your unit's colors. Besides, you'll also reap the benefit of increased upper
body strength as you hold it during the national anthem or try to keep it from fish poling when
marching.
Objective 9-17
Version 4
Objective 10
Overview: This lesson provides introduction to advanced drill movements. To meet this
objective, you must teach cadets all of the movements listed in the lesson:
Objective 10-1
Version 4
Objective 10-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply the principles of advanced individual and flight drill
movements in LLAB.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of knowing advanced drill movements.
PART IB
Strategy: To meet this objective, you will need to teach cadets all movements listed here.
Before you teach this lesson, review the description of each movement. Compare it to how you
perform the movement to ensure you do not relay an inaccurate movement, a bad habit, or
perhaps an incorrect way you were taught to perform the movement.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you go through the different types of formations, give examples
of when the cadets will use each of the formations, especially at LEAD. For example: “You’ll
be in line formation when you form up and prepare for inspections.” You can also use the visual
aids of each formation as needed provided in this lesson plan.
Objective 10-3
Version 4
A. Review of movements
Option 1: Have students take out a piece of paper (or get a student to write on a board)
and draw the different formations and then follow directions for each formation.
Option 2: Give each student a handout depicting the different formations (seen below)
and then have them fill in the blank as to which formation it is and then follow directions
for each formation.
Tell them they have to draw a flight in formation using the following criteria:
a. Line Formation. (Ref: AFMAN 36-2203 for Squadron, Group & Wing formations)
EL FM FM FM FM
EL FM FM FM FM Flight facing
this direction
G EL FM FM FM FM
FC Flt/CC facing
this direction
(1) Direct them to circle members of the flight, which everyone else will dress to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the right towards the base file—element leaders
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘COVER’ is called, who takes action?”
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading person in each file,
which in this case would be the first element.
Objective 10-4
Version 4
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the element leaders; the members
who make up the base file.
(6) Direct them to show the change that happens when the flight starts marching in
this line formation. Check to see they change their drawing to match below.
EL FM FM FM FM
FC Marching in
EL FM FM FM FM this direction
G EL FM FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FC Marching in
FM FM FM
this direction
FM FM FM
EL EL EL
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight which everyone else will dress to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the right, to the base file—3rd element in this case.
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘COVER’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to Cover directly behind the person in front of
them. NOTE: The guidon bearer does not move. ‘COVER’ can only be called
in Column Formation and Inverted Column Formation.
Objective 10-5
Version 4
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case are the element leaders.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the third element.
Answer (5): At the rear one third of the flight at normal interval
G EL FM FM FM FM
Flight facing
EL FM FM FM FM this direction
EL FM FM FM FM
FC
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—element leaders in this case.
(2) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case is the 3rd element.
(3) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the element leader.
Answer (5): Rear one third of the flight, (extreme left flank), 40-inch distance
from the flight.
Objective 10-6
Version 4
FM FM
FM FM
FC Flight facing
FM FM
this direction
FM FM
EL EL EL
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—3rd element in this case
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘COVER’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to Cover directly behind the person in front of
them. Remember, cover is more than just cover; it includes dress, cover, interval,
and distance … DCID.
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case is the individual on the opposite side of the flight as the
element leaders.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the third element.
Objective 10-7
Version 4
B. Teaching method
1. Take the list of movements you are going to teach in this lesson (listed on page 2). For
each movement, do these steps:
a. Say the command for the movement. Have cadets verbally practice the command.
b. Explain the requirements for the movement, including when you can give the
command. For example, you can’t give the command, “Change Step, March” from at
rest. It can only be given when cadets are marching. You need to emphasize these
commands because the cadets will need to know them to execute Individual Drill
Evaluations (IDEs).
c. Next, show the movement. Demonstrate it fluidly so they see what the end product
should look like. Break it down by the numbers to show each part of the movement.
e. While they practice each movement, look at each one of the cadets carefully and make
corrections as needed. Don't let them practice without feedback from you!
f. While this lesson can be simple, the lesson plan also includes a description, with
details, for each movement. For cadets who are struggling with a particular
movement, reading the movement description may help the cadet better understand
the movement instead of just seeing it demonstrated.
This lesson is designed for 3 hours of instruction and will not be completed during one LLAB
period. Recommend you break the lesson into manageable parts to be accomplished during
multiple LLAB periods.
Once you have taught them and they have practiced all the movements, have them do drill
downs, tank and/or jodie competition; lesson objective 6 contains description and materials for
these activities. They will find learning these advanced drill movements will increase their skill
in the competition activities from when they first did these competitions using only the basic drill
movements. For the drilldown, you will need to replace some of the basic drill movements on
the drill cards with the advanced movements learned in these advanced drill movement sessions.
Objective 10-8
Version 4
Extend March
Counter March
Objective 10-9
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Have POC demonstrate some of the moves as a flight doing it very poorly at first
and then as a crisp, sharp team.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) When you go to LEAD (FT), you will be required to understand how to accomplis h
these advanced drill movements and for those of you attending 4-week FT, you will be expected
to already be proficient in this area. As a member of the team, both at FT and here, you want to
ensure you are not the weakest link when it comes to looking good and working well, as a
flight.
OVERVIEW
Today we are going to expound on the drill lessons you’ve learned before. This is your
introduction to advanced individual and flight movement.
BODY
PRESENTATION
6. DESCRIPTION:
As the heel of the right foot strikes the ground, you will receive the preparatory command of
"Change Step." Continue to march.
As the heel of the right foot strikes the ground again, you will hear the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time, take one more 24-inch step with the left foot.
Bring right foot forward and place it so the ball of the right foot is alongside the heel of the
left foot and stop arm swing. Step off with left foot, resuming coordinated arm swing.
Objective 10-10
Version 4
3. DEMONSTRATION
6. DESCRIPTION:
As the heel of the right foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command of
execution, "Right Flank." At this time, take one more 24-inch step with the left foot.
The next time the heal of the right foot strikes the ground, you will hear the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time, take one more 24-inch step with the left foot.
As the weight of the body comes forward onto the ball of the left foot, stop arm swing. Keep
the upper portion of the body at the position of attention, pivot 90 degrees to the right on the
ball of the left foot, step out with the right foot in a 24-inch step, and resume coordinated arm
swing.
3. DEMONSTRATION
6. DESCRIPTION:
The preparatory command and command of execution are given on the left foot.
Pivot 90 degrees to the left on the ball of the right foot and step out with the left foot
resuming coordinated arm swing.
Objective 10-11
Version 2
1. COMMANDS:
Mark Time, MARCH
Forward, MARCH
Flight, HALT
3. DEMONSTRATION
6. DESCRIPTION: Looks like you are marching in place, so your legs are lifting, but you are
not moving forward.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command of
"Mark Time." Continue to march.
The next time the heel of the left foot strikes the ground you will receive the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time you will take one more step with the right foot. You
will then begin marching in place with the left foot, alternating first the left foot and then
the right.
Each foot will be lifted so the balls of both feet clear the ground by 4 inches.
On the preparatory command of "Mark Time," you will mentally prepare to do the
movement.
On the command of execution, "HARCH," you will simultaneously begin arm swing and
begin marching in place by first lifting the left foot and then the right foot.
Objective 10-12
Version 2
Forward March
As the heel of the left foot (left foot only) strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory
command of "Forward." Continue to march in place.
The next time the heel of the left foot strikes the ground; you will hear the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time, take one more step in place with the right foot and
then step out a full 24-inch step with the left foot, maintaining coordinated arm swing.
This command may be given on either foot as long as the preparatory and command of
execution are given on the same foot. (For demonstration purposes, use the left foot.)
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command of
"Flight," continue to march.
The next time the heel of the left foot strikes the ground you will hear the command of
execution, "HALT." You will take one more 24-inch step with your right foot.
As the weight of the body comes forward on the ball of the right foot, stop arm swing.
Bring the trailing foot in smartly by the most direct route, so that the heels are together,
on line, and toes form a 45-degree angle.
1. COMMANDS:
Half Step, MARCH
Forward, MARCH
Flight HALT
3. DEMONSTRATION: Direct cadets to watch your feet as you show them the movement.
6. DESCRIPTION: Unlike “Mark Time, March,” you are moving forward in this one, but you
are taking small steps.
Objective 10-13
Version 2
Half step may be given on either foot. (Specify the left foot for teaching purposes).
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will receive the preparatory command
of "Half Step." You will continue to march.
As the level of the left foot strikes the ground again, you will receive the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time, you will take one more 24-inch step with the right
foot and begin a half step of 12 inches with the next left foot.
Place the heel of the foot down first--no scraping or scooting the foot.
Forward March
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will receive the preparatory command
of "Forward." Continue to march.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground again, you will receive the command of
execution, "HARCH." At this time, you will take one more 12-inch step with the right
foot and then begin marching in a normal 24-inch step, leading with your left foot.
Flight Halt
3. DEMONSTRATION
Objective 10-14
Version 2
6. DESCRIPTION:
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground, you will hear the preparatory command of
"Column Half Left." Dress momentarily shifts to the left.
As the heel of the left foot strikes the ground again, you will hear the command of execution,
"HARCH."
All three element leaders will take one more 24-inch step, pivot 45 degrees to the left on
the ball of the right foot, maintaining coordinated arm swing, and step out in a full
24-inch step. The first element leader (left flank of the formation) will go into a half step,
and the second and third element leaders will continue to march in 24-inch steps until
abreast of the first element leader. Once abreast, they will begin the half step. As soon
as all three-element leaders are in the half step and have reestablished dress and interva l,
they will all three step out in 24-inch steps without command.
Dress goes back to the right when the 24-inch step is resumed.
The succeeding ranks will continue to march until they reach the pivot point established
by the first rank. Each rank will pivot on the same ground and in the same manner as the
rank in front of them. Once the pivot is made, persons in the second and third element
will conform to the step of the left flank or the person in the first element.
Normally all individuals in the first element will go into the half step.
When the half step is used, the 24-inch step will be resumed without command.
The guide will execute the movement in the same manner and at the same time as the
third element leader. The guide will then reposition by taking appropriate 45-degree
pivots.
The flight leader will pivot with the rear one-third of the flight.
3. DEMONSTRATION
Objective 10-15
Version 2
6. DESCRIPTION:
The preparatory command and the command of execution will come as the heel of the right
foot strikes the ground.
The element leaders will take one more 24-inch step and then pivot 45 degrees to the right on
the ball of the left foot. They should maintain coordinated arm swing and step out in a
24-inch step.
The third element leader (right flank) will go into a half step.
The second and first element leaders will continue in 24-inch steps until abreast of the
third element leader and then they too will begin the half step.
Once dress and interval are reestablished, all three will step out in a 24-inch step at the
same time without command.
The remaining ranks will march up and pivot in the same manner. Conform to step of the
person in the right flank.
The guide will execute the movement in the same manner and at the same time as the
third element leader. The guide will then reposition by taking appropriate 45-degree
pivots.
The flight leader will pivot with the rear one-third of the flight.
6. DESCRIPTION:
The guide, third element leader, and third element will stand fast.
Objective 10-16
Version 2
The second element leader and second element will take two full 12-inch side steps to the
right with no arm swing. This movement is a called Side Step. When executing a Side
Step, members must keep the legs straight and stiff. The first element leader, the first
element, and the flight leader will take four full 12-inch side steps to the right with no
arm swing. Flight leader must maintain normal interval.
Establish DCID.
6. DESCRIPTION:
The guide, third element leader, and third element will stand fast.
The second element leader and second element will take two full 12-inch side steps to the
left with no arm swing.
The first element leader, the first element, and the flight leader will take four full 12-inch
side steps to the left with no arm swing.
Objective 10-17
Version 2
6. DESCRIPTION:
When marching, the command of "Close, HARCH" is given on the right foot when the base
element is on the right and on the left foot when the base element is on the left. (For
instruction purposes, we will assume the base element is on the right.)
The base element and guidon bearer take up the half step.
The other elements obtain close interval by executing a 45-degree right pivot and take
one and three steps respectively toward the base element and then take a 45-degree pivot
to the left.
The original direction of march is resumed, and the half step taken up when close interval
is obtained.
At the command “Forward, HARCH,” all elements resume the 30-inch step.
6. DESCRIPTION:
On the command of execution (again with base element on the right) "HARCH":
Objective 10-18
Version 2
The base element and guidon bearer take up the half step.
The other elements obtain normal interval by executing a 45-degree left pivot and take
one and three steps respectively away from the base element and then take a 45-degree
pivot to the right.
The original direction of march is resumed and the half step is taken up when normal
interval is obtained.
At the command “Forward, HARCH,” all elements resume the 30-inch step.
COLUMN OF FILES
1. COMMANDS:
Preparatory:
Flight Commander: Column of Files from the Right (Left)
Element Leader of the right (left) element: Forward
Other Element Leaders: Standfast
Execution:
Flight Commander: MARCH
Element Leader of the right (left) element: No command, just start marching forward
Other Element Leaders: No command, stand still. When it is time for your element to move
forward, give “Forward, HARCH” command.
3. DEMONSTRATION
6. DESCRIPTION: To form a single file and re-form. (Use when entering a building)
This is not a precise movement but is practiced in drill so that, when necessary, the movement
is executed smoothly and without delay. These movements are executed only from the halt.
To form a single file when in a column of two or more elements, the command is “Column of
Files from the Right (Left), Forward, HARCH.”
At the preparatory command, the guide takes a position in front of the file that will move
first. The element leader of the right (left) element turns his/her head 45 degrees to the right
(left) and command “Forward”; the remaining element leaders turn their heads 45 degrees to
Objective 10-19
Version 2
the right (left) and command “STAND FAST.” Each keeps the head to the right (left) until
the leading element steps off. At the command “HARCH,” the leading element steps off.
The element leaders of the remaining elements command “Forward, HARCH,” and then they
incline to the right (left) to cause their elements to follow the leading elements in successive
order.
To form a column of two or more files when in a single file, the command is “Column of
Twos (Fours) to the Left (Right), HARCH.” At the preparatory command, the leading
element leader commands “STAND FAST”; the element leaders behind the leading element
command “Column Half Left (Right).” On the command “HARCH,” the leading element
stands fast, and the remaining elements step off to column half left (right) simultaneously and
incline to form to the left (right) of the leading element. Each element is halted by its
element leader so as to be abreast of the element to its right or left.
In conjunction with forming single files, column movements may be executed at the same
time. The commands are “Column of Files From the Right (Left), Column Right (Left)
HARCH.” At the preparatory command, the guide takes a position in front of the file that
will move first. The element leader of the right (left) element commands “Column Right
(Left)”; the remaining element leaders command “STAND FAST.” At the command
“HARCH,” the element leader and the guide execute a facing movement in marching to the
right (left) and the element leader continues marching in the new direction with 30-inch
steps. The guide pivots 45 degrees to a position 40 inches in front of the element leader. The
element leaders are base for this movement. The remaining individuals in the base file march
forward on the command of execution, pivot on the same ground as their element leader and
maintain the 40-inch distance. The element leaders of the remaining elements command
“Column Right (Left), HARCH,” to cause their elements to follow the leading elements in
successive order.
The commands “Column of Files from the Left, Column Right, MARCH” and “Column of
Files from the Right, Column Left, MARCH” are not given.
When in column of fours at a halt, to form a column of twos the command is “Column of
Twos from the Right (Left), Forward, HARCH.” At the preparatory command, the 4th (2d)
element leader turns the head 45 degrees right (left) and commands “STAND FAST”; each
keeps the head to the right (left) until the element steps off. At the command “HARCH,” the
two leading elements step off and the two remaining elements incline in behind the two
leading elements at the command “Forward, HARCH” by the 2d (4th) element leader.
Distance between elements is three paces.
When in a column of twos at a halt, to form a column of fours the command is “Column of
Fours to the Left (Right), HARCH.” At the preparatory command, the 4th (2d) element
leader commands “Stand Fast”; the 2d (4th) element leader commands “Column Half Left
(Right).” At the command “HARCH,” the leading elements stand fast, the remaining
Objective 10-20
Version 2
elements step off to column half left (right) and incline to form to the left (right) of the
leading elements.
COUNTER MARCH
2. REQUIREMENTS: Executed from the halt or while marching in column formation only.
3. DEMONSTRATION
6. DESCRIPTION:
On the command HARCH (given on the left foot), execute the following:
The first element leader takes four 24-inch steps forward and executes a 90-degree pivot to
the right (suspending arm swing during the pivot), marches across the front of the flight just
beyond the third element and executes another 90-degree pivot to the right. Each succeeding
member marches to the approximate pivot points established by the person in front of him or
her and performs the same procedure.
The second element leader takes two, 24-inch steps forward and executes a 90-degree pivot
to the right with suspended arm swing. He/she continues to march and execute another
90-degree pivot to the right between the second and third elements. Each succeeding member
marches to the pivot points established by the person in front of him /her and performs
the same procedure.
The third element leader takes one 24-inch step forward, executes two 90-degree pivots to
the left and marches between the remainder of the second and third elements. Each succeeding
member marches to the approximate pivot points established by the person in front of him
or her and performs the same procedure. The guide performs the movement in approximate ly
the same manner as the third element leader, staying in front of the third element leader
in the most practical manner.
Objective 10-21
Version 2
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
Today we reviewed individual and advanced drill movements.
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) It is your responsibility to ensure you are up to speed on how to perform these
movements. They are required for LEAD and will be used throughout your time here as a cadet.
You will have more opportunities within LLAB to enhance your performance of advanced
drill movements. Take advantage of this time to guarantee you have a good understanding of
these skills.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) There are many different aspects to drill. It is not something “to do.” It helps to
develop teams, practice attention to detail, build camaraderie within a group and give you a sense
of pride in mastering a skill. Take this time to work at bringing your flight together as a solid,
cohesive team—who looks good out on the drill pad.
Objective 10-22
Version 4
Objective 11
Overview: One of the most challenging aspects of LEAD is serving as Flight Commander.
This lesson covers the basics of flight command, including the giving of commands and the
positioning and movement of the flight.
Objective 11-1
Version 4
Objective 11–2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply the skills needed to be an effective flight commander.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of being an effective flight commander.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively perform correct procedures dealing with being a flight
commander.
PART IB
Strategy: Follow the lesson plan to meet this objective. For the first main point about voice,
teach the material then let the cadets practice. For the second main point, you are teaching them
the different formations but they won’t need to practice at this point. So you may consider
conducting this portion of the lesson in a classroom. Then, when you get to the third main point,
they can put it all together by practicing giving the commands and keeping themselves in the
flight commander position. Print out a copy of the list of commands. You will provide these to
the cadets during the times to practice voice characteristics and then to practice in section three.
This will be the precursor to the first Individual Drill Evaluation (IDE).
This will be a huge part of LEAD. The sooner cadets become proficient at drill and
ceremonies the more confident they will become in their abilities to successfully complete
LEAD. If they are selected to be the Flight Commander, they will be expected to take charge
and get the flight (through forming, sizing and marching the flight with proper road guard
procedures) to their required destinations.
Objective 11–3
Version 4
Suggested Timeline:
Attention Step 1
Motivation, Overview 2
Main Point 1 10
Main Point 2 10
Main Point 3 10
Cadet Practice 55
Conclusion 2
Objective 11–4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) When you go to LEAD, you’ll get a bed and a locker and must follow very
detailed rules on how the bed must be made and your clothes must be folded. Essentially, the
Air Force uses these items to see if you can and will follow detailed instructions on these minor
items; this is how you prove yourself before the Air Force puts you in charge of a squadron,
group, wing, or expensive equipment like multi- million dollar airplanes and satellites.
Additionally, when you are at LEAD, you’ll get to prove you can be put in charge of people
and do well. This is done by putting you in charge of the flight and making you
responsible for getting them where they need to be (on time), getting tasks accomplished and
making decisions that affect the entire group.)
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Drill gives you a sense of self-confidence. It will help you develop the ability to
work well with others and will help you develop leadership skills. As the flight commander, you
will be the person in charge. You will learn skills you will need to pass your drill evaluation at
LEAD. Learn your roles and responsibilities now, and you will be successful at LEAD.
OVERVIEW
During this lesson, we will discuss the following:
A. Voice Commands of a Flight Commander
B. Flight Commander Positions
C. Flight Commander Movements
D. Practice Time
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's discuss the voice commands required of a Flight Commander.
These are the three things you need to learn about giving commands.
• Then learn the voice characteristics meaning how your voice should sound when you’re
giving these commands.
Objective 11–5
Version 4
(2) Most oral commands have two parts known as a Preparatory Command and a
Command of Execution.
(b) Execution. This identifies or tells when the movement is to be carried out.
2. Voice Characteristics are very important in giving oral drill commands. The way the
command is given affects the way the movement is executed. If you use a southern drawl
and slowly say the commands, then your unit may look sluggish as the members follow
your commands. If you use a very quick, crisp voice when giving commands, your unit
will execute the movements accordingly. Here are the five voice characteristics of good
oral commands:
Objective 11–6
Version 4
c. Distinctiveness. Correct use of the tongue, lips, and teeth to form the separate
sounds of a word and to group those sounds to form words
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Now that they have the definitions, they still need examples. Get
each student to give the following commands. You will then ask the other cadets to critique
one another’s commands, specifying which of the five characteristics--loudness, projection,
distinctiveness, inflection, snap—are lacking.
a. Always give a command at the position of attention. If you are holding a card/piece
of paper with the commands, do not look down at it while giving the command.
Instead, briefly glance down at your card while marching, then look back
ahead/towards the flight, and call the command from the position of attention.
c. The flight commander positions himself/herself at the rear of the flight when in
column and inverted column formation.
d. When halted in line formation, the flight commander is centered and three paces
away.
Objective 11–7
Version 4
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we've discussed drill commands, voice characteristics and the rules for
giving commands, let’s now discuss Flight Commander positions.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you go through the different type of formations, give examples of
when the cadets will use each of the formations especially at LEAD. For example:
“You’ll be in line formation when you form up and prepare for inspections.”
1. Have cadets take a piece of paper or get a student to write on a board or draw in dirt. Tell
them they have to draw a flight.
a. Line Formation. (Ref: AFMAN 36-2203 for Squadron, Group & Wing formations)
EL FM FM FM FM Flight facing
this direction
EL FM FM FM FM
G EL FM FM FM FM
FC Flt/CC facing
this direction
(1) Direct them to circle members of the flight, which everyone else will dress to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the right towards the base file—element leaders
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘cover’ is called, who takes action?”
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading person in each file,
which in this case would be the first element.
Objective 11–8
Version 4
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the element leaders.
(6) Direct them to show the change that happens when the flight starts marching in
this line formation. Check to see they change their drawing to match below.
EL FM FM FM FM
FC Marching in
EL FM FM FM FM this direction
G EL FM FM FM FM
FM FM FM FC Marching in
this direction
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
EL EL EL
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight which everyone else will dress to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the right, to the base file—3rd element in this case.
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘Cover’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to cover directly behind the person in front of
them with the exception of the guidon bearer.
Objective 11–9
Version 4
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case are the element leaders.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the third element.
Answer (5): At the rear one third of the flight at normal interval.
G EL FM FM FM FM Flight facing
this direction
EL FM FM FM FM
EL FM FM FM FM
FC
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—element leaders in this case.
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘Cover’ is called, who takes action?”
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case is the 3rd element.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the element leader.
Objective 11–10
Version 4
Answer (5): Rear one third of the flight, (extreme left flank), 40-inch distance
from the flight.
FM FM FM FC Flight marching
in this direction
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
EL EL EL
(1) Direct them to circle the members of the flight, which everyone else will dress
to.
Answer (1): Dress is to the left, to the base file—3rd element in this case.
(2) Ask question, “When the command ‘cover’ is called, who takes action?”
Answer (2): It’s everyone's job to Cover directly behind the person in front of
them.
(3) Direct them to put a rectangle around part of the flight that establishes interval.
Answer (3): Interval is the responsibility of the leading individual in each file,
which in this case are the individuals on the opposite side of the flight as the
element leaders.
(4) Ask question, “Who in the flight determines the distance between individuals?”
Answer (4): Distance is the responsibility of the base file, which in this case is
the third element.
Objective 11–11
Version 4
1. General Rules
c. While holding a card/piece of paper with the commands—do not look down at it
while giving the command. Instead, briefly glance down at your card, then look back
ahead/towards the flight, and call the command.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Reference the diagrams of each formation earlier in this lesson
plan. In each diagram, discuss the flight commander’s positioning. Focus on how the
flight commander will need to adjust while marching and giving commands to maintain
these positions.
a. The flight commander positions himself/herself at the rear of the flight when in
inverted, column, and inverted column formation. When halted in line formation, the
flight commander is centered and three paces away.
c. While marching in line formation, the flight commander should be centered and
approximately 3 paces from the flight.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) At this time, you have the opportunity to practice the procedures we just covered in
your flights. Your flight commander will answer any questions you may have concerning drill
and drill instruction.
D. Practice Time
Each cadet (or however time allows) will now lead the flight in the position of flight
commander through these commands (same one as practiced voice characteristics on):
Objective 11–12
Version 4
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
During this last lesson, we have discussed the following:
A. Voice Commands of a Flight Commander
B. Flight Commander Positions
C. Flight Commander Movements
D. Practice Time
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) To be an effective leader, you must have a good understanding of what you are
doing, why you are doing it and how to implement your plan of action. The position of flight
commander allows you do to this in a contained environment. The parallels between drilling a
flight and being an officer in charge of an office are endless.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Take advantage of this time to hone your leadership skills in an academic
environment, so that when you are at LEAD, here as a POC or in the AF as an officer, you
will be ready to succeed.
Objective 11–13
Version 4
Line Formation
EL FM FM FM FM
EL FM FM FM FM
G EL FM FM FM FM
FC Flight facing
this direction
Flt/CC facing
this direction
Objective 11–14
Version 4
Column Formation
FM FM FM
FM FM FM FC
Marching in
FM FM FM this direction
FM FM FM
EL EL EL
Objective 11–15
Version 4
G EL FM FM FM FM
FC EL FM FM FM FM
EL FM FM FM FM
Flight facing
this direction
Objective 11–16
Version 4
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
FM FM FM
Marching in
FM FM FM FC this direction
EL EL EL
Objective 11–17
Version 4
Objective 11–18
Version 5
Objective 12
Overview: This lesson covers the basic road guard procedures. Allow the majority of training
time for cadet practice, and try to incorporate road guard procedures in the future when doing
drill. Make sure all cadets have the opportunity to serve as road guards, either in this LLAB
or in future drill activities.
Objective 12 - 1
Version 5
Objective 12 - 2
Version 5
PART
I
PART
IA
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to give the LEADP/AS200 cadets the opportunity to
practice moving a flight of cadets from place to place. This activity will help them prepare
for the responsibilities they will have at LEAD. Consider inviting POC to demonstrate road
guard procedures while you teach the flight. Once you've explained and showed them how to
do the road guard procedures, allow them to practice, rotating flight commander and road
guard positions. You may want to allow the cadets to march from location to location on
campus as you assign them routes. If it's not feasible to allow cadets the opportunity to
march around on campus, you may want to design an area to simulate different obstacles
flights will encounter when moving from place to place. You can use traffic cones to design
your course. After they've practiced, conduct the competition between flights. To make the
competition valid, all flights should have the same amount of time to practice before the
competition.
Objective 12 - 3
Version 5
As always, they may not all get a chance to practice in the positions of flight commander
and road guards during this LLAB session. It will then be left up to their own internal
motivation as a flight to decide to practice on their own later.
Lesson Outline:
A. Importance of Road Guards
B. Road Guard Procedures
C. Demonstrate Procedures
D. Practice Time
E. Road Guard
Competition Suggested
Timeline:
ACTIVITY TIME
Attention 1 min
Motivation, Overview 2 min
Teach/Demonstrate 25 min
Practice/Competition 60 min
Conclusion 2 min
Objective 12 - 4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) You are in charge of a flight of cadets and lead them across an intersection where a
car almost strikes several cadets in the flight.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) You certainly don’t want this to happen. To avoid this, you need to learn how
to take a large group of people in flight formation safely through an intersection. So today,
we'll teach you the use and role of road guards in the flight.
OVERVIEW
A. Importance of Road Guards
B. Road Guard Procedures
C. Demonstrate Procedures
D. Practice Time
E. Road Guard Competition
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let's begin by discussing why road guards are important.
1. Purpose: Ensure the safe, orderly crossing of an intersection by the flight. The road
guards leave the flight prior to its arrival at the intersection and with caution enter
the intersection and then stop any oncoming traffic. Once the entire flight is safely
across the intersection, they return to the flight and continue marching with them.
2. Primary function: SAFETY! They should have the proper equipment with them to
ensure they are clearly visible to all oncoming traffic. During dusk or dark hours,
they should be equipped with a flashlight. If possible, road guards should be
equipped with a brightly colored orange vest to identify them as road guards and
present a clearly visible person to traffic.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Realizing safety is the primary function of the road guard; let’s now look at
the proper procedures to use.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Refer to the current LEAD Manual to teach the proper road guard
procedures.
Objective 12 - 5
Version 5
NOTE TO CADETS: How you move when you perform these procedures will depend on
what you're wearing. If cadets are wearing Physical Training Gear (PTG), flight
commanders and road guards should be double timing into and out of positions. If cadets
are wearing blues, flight commanders and road guards should be moving at adjutant's
pace (i.e. walking extremely briskly). If wearing ABUs, they will at a minimum use
adjutant's pace; it is case-dependent on whether you will double time when wearing
ABUs. So throughout these procedures, I will say 'double-time' but realize that may not
always be the case.
Show flight this diagram to illustrate what positions of road guards and flight
commander look like.
Traffic
RG
Flt
Road Traffic
Objective 12 - 6
Version 5
Quiz on Information
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Start the quiz by saying, “Now you tell me the steps for
Flt/CC. What's the first thing the Flt/CC does?” They should respond, "Give the
command, 'Flight, Halt.” If not, prompt them accordingly. Then ask “What's the next
step?” and on until you've gotten them to verbally state each step. This will help
them internalize their learning when they have to think and state what the next step is
b. General
rather Review.
than only have listened to you tell them the steps.
This can be done while teaching the procedures or afterwards. The point is to not just
tell them how it's done but give them a visual example. Preferably, have some POC
cadets demonstrate each step. If that's not feasible, position the flight members and walk
them through each step.
1. Set up a course. It can be a marching route through campus the flights will use
requiring safe intersection crossings. Or, it can be your drill pad with cones set up
to represent intersections. Recommend having four intersections to cross.
2. Direct flight to pick four flight commanders; each one will guide the flight through one
of the intersections. Also, direct the flight commanders to pick out four sets of road
guards; each set will perform road guard duties through one of the intersections.
3. After the flight marches through the intersection and road guards have returned to
the flight, the flight commander will halt the flight. That flight commander will then
put the next flight commander in charge. That new flight commander will place his
road guards accordingly and then march the flight on to the next intersection, execute
the intersection crossing, again have the next flight commander take charge, and so on
until the last intersection is crossed.
4. At each intersection, real or mock, post a POC to evaluate the flight. The POC
evaluator will use the evaluation sheet (see "Road Guard Competition Evaluation
Sheet"). The evaluator will observe the flight. Mark each step on the evaluation sheet
that the flight does not complete correctly. As each flight passes through, tally up
the number of errors. At the end of the competition, the evaluators from each
intersection will tally the score (see "Road Guard Competition Score Tally Sheet)
from all intersections for each flight. The flight with the lowest score wins.
Objective 12 - 7
Version 5
5. POC Flight Commanders should time how long it takes their flight to cover the
entire course (i.e. all 4 intersections); if there is a tie in points, the flight who did the
course in the shortest amount of time could be the winner.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If you need to adjust the evaluation sheet or the score tally sheet, you
can access the soft copy of the Excel spreadsheet, "Obj 12 Road Guard Comp Eval.xls". The
evaluation sheet is in worksheet 1; the score tally sheet is in worksheet 2.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Importance of Road Guards
B. Road Guard Procedures
C. Demonstrate Procedures
D. Practice Time
E. Road Guard Competition
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) You now know how to guide your flight safely through intersections.
Knowing these procedures cold will help you perform well at LEAD.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) You'll often hear that in the Air Force, every job is important. Although 'Road
Guard' does not seem particularly glamorous compared to a job like 'Wing Commander,'
realize how critical the job really is. As you perform road guard duty, think of yourself
as a 'Road Warrior,' as the only one standing between your team members and an
18-wheeler.
Objective 12 - 8
Version 5
Cadet Flt/CC moves forward, posts in front of the flight at the roadway edge,
3 salutes and asks for permission to enter the roadway.
Cadet Flt/CC ensures traffic is clear, then posts himself/herself in the middle
4 of the road and executes an immediate about face (to face their flight).
Cadet Flt/CC ensures that posted road guards are facing traffic at parade rest
7 with right arm up, palm flat with fingers pointed upward.
Cadet Flt/CC calls cadence (in sets of two as follows: "Hut, Toop, Threep,
9 Fourp; Hut, Toop, Threep, Fourp)
10 Cadet Flt/CC moves out of the path of the flight
When the flight is entirely out of the road, the Cadet Flt/CC halts the flight.
13 ("Flight, Halt, Cover.")
Cadet Flt/CC remains in intersection to halt existing traffic while road guards
15 return to the flight.
Objective 12 - 9
Version 5
18 Cadet Flt/CC does not give further commands until rejoining flight.
19 Cadet Flt/CC is the first into and the last to leave the intersection.
If the step is not done correctly, mark an "X" in the box beside the step. The
lower the score, the better the flight performed
Objective 12 - 10
Version 5
*The # of Xs is the score. The lower the score, the better. So rank '1' has lowest score.
Objective 12 - 11
Version 4
Objective 13
Overview: This lesson covers the FDE. The FDE remains an important cadet leadership
component—showcasing leadership, confidence and problem solving skills—and an important
part of LEAD. As with other drill lessons, allow the majority of training time for cadet
practice, and make sure all cadets have the opportunity to serve as flight commanders, either in
this LLAB or in future drill activities.
Objective 13-1
Version 4
Objective 13-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply proper flight drill evaluation (FDE) procedures.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of knowing proper FDE procedures.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to give the LEADP/AS200 cadets the opportunity to practice
the skills required to perform a Flight Drill Evaluation (FDE). This activity will help them
prepare for the responsibilities they will have at LEAD. One important aspect of the flight
commander position is successfully completing the flight drill evaluation. This aspect of
LEAD is one of the most important in demonstrating leadership, confidence, and problem
solving skills. Every cadet at will perform an FDE. This lesson provides LEADP/AS200 cadets
the opportunity to practice those drill and ceremony skills at the detachment and build their
confidence in performing this task. They will also develop their ability to think on their feet as
they decide on which commands to use.
During LLAB time, teach them FDE procedures using this lesson plan. Then allow them to
practice. You will then conduct a short FDE competition. You will find the competition ROEs,
eval sheet and score tally sheet in the lesson plan. Remember, your obligation in this objective is
to expose students to the procedure and, if possible, ensure all LEADP/AS200 cadets have
practiced the FDE once before going to LEAD. Your responsibility is not to make them
fully proficient; that burden is on them. Their motivation, not your motivation or you requiring
them to practice more, should determine whether they become good or not and score high at
LEAD. However, if they initiate extra practice and request your help in spending extra time
observing, evaluating and giving pointers, you may certainly agree to do so.
Objective 13-3
Version 4
Note that four example drill evaluation forms are in this lesson plan. Have enough copies of at
least one of them for each cadet you'll be teaching during this session. They need to clearly
know how they will be evaluated. To create more forms, simply type in different combinations
of commands on the forms, renumber (Card #5, #6, etc.) and print.
Lesson Outline:
A. Procedures
B. Drill Evaluation Form
C. Practice Time
D. Competition
Suggested Timeline:
ACTIVITY 2 B TIME
0 B Attention Step 5 min
Conclusion 2 min
Objective 13-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Tell students to pair up. Direct one student in each pair to form a ring with their
thumb and index finger. Tell these students to form as strong a ring as possible, and then ask the
other students in the pair to insert his or her fingers in the ring and pull the ring apart. Reverse
the roles and repeat the sequence. Now direct the first students to form the ring again, but this
time they are to visualize their finger and thumb forming a continuous, unbreakable steel ring.
Have them concentrate on this image for 15 seconds, and then direct the other student to try to
pry apart the ring. Reverse roles and repeat the sequence. Usually students will report that it is
much more difficult to break the ring the second time.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Some psychologists promote a tool called 'visualization'. Like acupuncture and
chiropractic, some believe it works, some don't. Today, in this finger ring exercise, some of you
found that it works. Likewise, there are parallels between the steel ring image and the power of
a leader’s vision.
An important part of being successful at LEAD is to have a vision or goal of what you want
to accomplish at LEAD. So now, imagine you are in charge of a flight of cadets and a staff
member has just given you your drill evaluation card. You now have 3 minutes to
successfully complete all of the commands.
When you are the leader, marching a flight around in a Fight Drill Evaluation (FDE), visualize
yourself being strong, decisive, confident and doing a good job. You'll find yourself walking
taller, your voice will sound pronouncedly sure of yourself instead of hesitant, and your
commands will come out with snap.
Having confidence is 99 percent of the battle. In today's lesson, you will acquire the other 1
percent of what you need by learning how to do an FDE.
OVERVIEW
A. Procedures
B. Drill Evaluation Form
C. Practice Time
D. Competition
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's discuss the procedures for FDE.
Objective 13-5
Version 4
BODY
PRESENTATION
A. Procedures
As a cadet, you must be familiar with drill evaluations. You could lead the flight at any time
in a drill evaluation. It can consist of any combination of commands and could be used in
Honor Flight or other competitions.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you have a general idea of how the FDEs will run, let's take a more
specific look on how you'll be evaluated during your FDE.
B. Drill Evaluation Form. Fight drill evaluations will be recorded on the Drill Evaluation Form.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Hand out a copy of a Drill Evaluation Form to each cadet so they can
look at it as you talk about it. Four sample ones are at the end of this lesson plan.
As you can see on this Drill Evaluation Form, your drill card will simply contain a list of
commands. You must execute all of the commands, in order, during the 3 minutes. However,
you will need to insert additional commands throughout the sequence in order to orient the flight
properly to execute the next command.
For example, the first two commands might be "Flight, Halt" and "Order, Arms."
Question: What commands must you insert to make these two happen correctly?
TRANSITION
(Suggested) That explains how you'll be evaluated, so let's give you a chance to practice so
you'll do well in your evaluation.
Objective 13-6
Version 4
C. Practice Time
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: You can start by having you or another proficient POC march them
through a sequence so they see how it's done. Then allow cadets to practice. As they practice,
give them specific pointers off of the Drill Evaluation Form.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Enough practice! Let's see how you do under pressure in a competition.
D. Competition
INSTRUCTOR NOTES:
1. Since you want to spend most of the LLAB session practicing, the competition will be an
abbreviated version. You can leave out the procedures listed in section 1. Just tell the flight
you'll hand the flight commander a card, he has 30 seconds to look over it, you'll then say
"Begin," and he has 3 minutes to do as many of the commands correctly on the card as
possible. When 3 minutes is up, you'll say "Stop" regardless of whether they're finished or
not. You'll see which cadet can successfully complete the most commands in 3 minutes
without busting boundaries.
2. To make this a truly challenging competition and ensure the scores aren't as close, make the
drill pad area for the competition be smaller than the usual size allowed for FDEs.
3. This can be either between flights or between different flight members within a flight.
Remember, all of the cadets are inexperienced and new to this so it should be a fair
competition between flights.
4. If the competition is between flights, have each flight pick who will be the flight commander
to lead them through an FDE. Each flight can compete simultaneously so technically the
competition only has to last 3 minutes rather than watching one flight after another. Then,
after the 3 minutes is up, the POC evaluating each flight will tally up the score, compare to
the other POC evaluators and they can then announce the winner(s) and winning score(s).
Consider having POC other than the flight CC’s evaluate their flight.
5. If it's a competition between members of one flight, first determine how much time you have
left in the LLAB session. Estimate 5 minutes per person to figure out how many can
compete. Then ask for volunteers and pick who will compete as flight commanders.
2. Competition Briefing (Read out loud to cadets): Now we're going to run a short competition.
For the purposes of this competition, we will not be doing a full evaluation. Instead, here are
the only criteria:
a. See how many of the drill commands, in order, the flight commanders are able to execute
correctly before the 3 minutes are up. You get 1 point for every command completed.
b. See if you can stay inside the boundaries. Every time you break a boundary, that's 1
point deducted.
Objective 13-7
Version 4
Objective 13-8
Version 4
4. Put a tic mark (Example: ) in the space below every time the flight busts a boundary:
Total # of tic marks:
5. After 3 minutes, say "Stop."
6. Tally final score (# of check marks minus the # of tic marks):
Note: Seventeen is the highest possible score.
7. Turn in flight's score to designated individual
Objective 13-9
Version 4
Flt Name/# # Check Marks # Tic Marks Total Score* Flt Rank
Objective 13-10
Version 4
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Procedures
B. Drill Evaluation Form
C. Practice Time
D. Competition
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) During today's competition, we made it challenging for you. We made the
boundaries a lot closer than they are in a normal FDE. So every FDE you do from now will
seem easy compared to what you did today.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Don't forget the power of a leader's vision as you saw in the finger ring exercise.
Imagine you have plenty of space. Don't panic. Just calmly visualize yourself leading the flight
confidently through an FDE and, just like the fingers of steel were hard to break, your FDE score
will be hard to beat.
Objective 13-11
Version 5
Objective 14
Know Proper Dorm Maintenance Procedures and Requirements
Required for: LEADP
Overview: This lesson provides basic dormitory maintenance procedures and requirements. The
detailed information on dorm requirements for LEAD is found in the Holm Center T- 203,
LEAD Manual. The LEADP cadet will receive a copy of this manual and should be well-
prepared and knowledgeable on dorm requirements before leaving for LEAD. This LLAB
lesson objective is simply an introduction/demonstration/explanation of some of the dorm
maintenance basics.
Objective 14-1
Version 5
Objective 14-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
PART IB
Strategy: LEADP/AS200 cadets are expected to know Dorm Maintenance procedures prior
to arrival for LEAD. Use this lesson plan and the LEAD Manual to ensure all cadets have
a basic understanding of what to expect at LEAD. It is recommended that an experienced
POC cadet provide a demonstration on proper dorm maintenance. Suggest using at least
1.5 hours for teaching this lesson and its activities, and 1.5 hours for practice time. The
practice time may be split into smaller half hour sessions throughout the semester instead of
3 consecutive hours of LLAB.
This lesson is generic by design due to changes that occur in the LEAD Manual. It is your
responsibility to get a copy of the LEAD Manual and research the information to teach in
this lesson.
Once you’ve administered the quiz and completed the activities in the lesson plan, you may
consider using additional activities (Attachment 3) to support this objective. The function of
this lesson objective is to ensure cadets are knowledgeable on the correct procedures for
LEADDorm Maintenance.
You do not have to have a perfect mock dorm set up for cadets to practice. Any college
dorm room will suffice or area of the cadet lounge will suffice. You do not need a drawer to
practice folding and placing clothing items. A box can function as a drawer; a table can
Objective 14-3
Version 5
function as a bed. If it is impractical to obtain either one at the detachment, consider having
cadets in a dorm volunteer their rooms as the meeting place for this lesson. Supply the
materials for three beds for the three different arrangements.
Before this lesson, you will need to ensure cadets know which items to bring for the
“Folding Competition” section of this lesson: socks, belt, T-shirt, washcloth, Physical
Training Gear (PTG) shorts (any kind will do), handkerchief and tie/tie tab.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Review the most current LEAD Manual prior to teaching this
block of instruction as the rules may differ from how it was done when you went to LEAD.
Consider finding prizes such as candy bars, granola bars or warrior points for winners of
quiz and folding competitions in this lesson. You may need 2 or 3 for the quiz winner(s) and
a maximum of 7 for the folding competition winners.
Lesson Outline:
A. Quiz (Refer to LEAD Manual)
B. Beds (Hospital Corners, E-Folded Blanket demonstrations)
C. Inspection Drawers (Folding Competition)
D. Wall Lockers and Dressers
E. Shoes
F. Laundry Bags (Demonstrate tying)
G. Security Drawers
F. Practice
Objective 14-4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Hold up a copy of the following attachments to the lesson plan for the cadets to see:
Lead-off Question (LOQ): What does the page of a satellite manual and figures from your
LEAD Manual have in common?
Now hold up the just Attachment 2. What I'm holding up is a page of an Air Force document.
It contains directions on how to conduct tests on a GPS satellite. It has very tiny details that
the operator has to pay attention to. For example, angles can only be so many degrees.
There are very minute measurements the operator has to abide by. And, as you can see by
the diagram (point at diagram), there are detailed descriptions of how this has to be set up.
Now, let me read an excerpt from this. Read underlined Section 2.2.2.1 from the copy of
page 20.
Follow-On Question (FOQ): What major do you think you have to have in college to do this
job? (Pause, let the cadet guess)
Actually, the person who follows this manual is an Airman in the Air Force. The Airman may
only have a high school degree but goes through about 10 months of training before doing
this job.
FOQ: Whom do you think is put in charge of this Airman who is doing this job, operating this
satellite?
FOQ: What kind of degree do you think the officer in charge of this Airman needs in order
to supervise this Airman and make sure the Airman is operating the satellite correctly?
A/R: Any officer can be put in charge. They could have been a music major, a biology
major, etc.
The point is, officers are expected to possess the necessary managerial skills to be able
to supervise anybody, any project.
Objective 14-5
Version 5
However, the Air Force needs to be able to determine if an officer has general abilities; that
the officer can pay attention to detail, follow detailed written instructions, and determine if
the Airman is doing the right thing or not.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Give the copies you previously made to a couple of cadets in the
flight and instruct them to pass them around. Now hold up a copy of Attachment 1 (Figures
1-3) of this lesson plan with the bed configurations.
Question: Now, this is a diagram of what? (Point to one of the bed diagrams)
Answer: A bed--correct.
Before the Air Force hands an officer a satellite and says, "We're putting you in charge of
this satellite," the Air Force first hands the officer a dorm room and says, "Show me that
you can follow directions, and show me you have attention to detail." Once an officer
proves this on this inexpensive scale, the Air Force will determine the officer is ready for
the responsibility of bigger things like satellites.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Now you should understand why attention to detail—specifically dorm
maintenance—is so heavily emphasized at AFROTC LEAD. Before you're trusted with
more important Air Force assets, you must prove you can be responsible for smaller
items, even down to how you follow directions to fold your clothes a certain way.
OVERVIEW
A. Quiz (Refer to LEAD Manual)
B. Beds (Hospital Corners, E-Folded Blanket demonstrations)
C. Inspection Drawers (Folding Competition)
D. Wall Lockers and Dressers
E. Shoes
F. Laundry Bags (Demonstrate tying)
G. Security Drawers
H. Practice
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Today, we'll start teaching you dorm maintenance requirements, so when you go
to LEAD, you can then exhibit the attention to detail and ability to follow detailed written
instructions.
Objective 14-6
Version 5
BODY
PRESENTATION
A. Quiz
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: You can add more questions to this quiz. Consider giving awards,
such as warrior points or candy bars, to cadets with the highest scores. Since different
questions will be easier to find than others, you will call 'time' when you see that about half of
the class has their hands up.
Before you can actually operate a satellite, you need to know how. You are not expected to
memorize every single detail from the operating manual; however, you need to know how to
look up what you don't know.
For this part of this lesson, you're going to get practice doing just that. It's been found that when
students actively seek out knowledge, rather than just watching and listening to others, they learn
the material better. So instead of just lecturing you on where to put your shoes and how to hang
your clothes, we're going to get you to look up the answers for yourselves.
1. Rules of Engagement:
a. Get out a piece of paper. Write the numbers 1 through 27 on 27 separate lines.
b. I’ll ask a question. If you know the answer, write it down beside the question
number. If you don't know the answer, begin looking through the LEAD Manual until
you find the answer, and then write it down beside the question number. Once you have
written the answer down, raise your hand. After some time has elapsed, I'll tell you to
put your hands down and we'll move on to the next question, whether everyone has
found the answer or not.
c. I will move on to the next question; repeat step number 2 until we're done with the
knowledge quiz.
d. After the last question, I will go through the correct answers. Total the number you
answered correctly.
Objective 14-7
Version 5
1) Between what times of day must the AFROTC Form 84M/84 1-M, Dormitory Checklist of
Authorized Items (Male/Female), be on your bed at in-garrison location during LEAD?
2) What sides of the bed must you ground your mattress to?
4) (Hold up picture of Attachment 1, Figure 1 on page 14-16) What kind of bed is this?
5) (Hold up picture of Attachment 1, Figure 2 on page 14-16) What kind of bed is this?
6) (Hold up picture of Attachment 1, Figure 3 on page 14-16) What kind of bed is this?
8) How many inches are between the head of the mattress and the top of the collar on a
white-collar bed?
Answer: 24 inches
Answer: 6 inches.
10) What day of the week should you make an open-air bed?
Objective 14-8
Version 5
11) During inspection times, how should your wall locker doors be arranged?
Answer: Nothing.
13) How many hangers can you have in your wall locker at LEAD?
Answer: 12
14) Where do you place the first and last hangers in the wall locker?
15) How many hangers with no clothing or other items on them can you have hanging in
the closet?
Answer: 3
16) What do you do with the other hangers if you have more than 12 or have more than 3 that
do not have any clothing or other items hanging on them?
17) When is it permissible to leave a belt in your trousers that are hanging in the wall
locker?
18) You are looking into the wall locker. Your trousers are on a hanger in the wall locker.
Should the waist of the trousers be on the left or right of the hanger?
Answer: Left
19) You are looking into the wall locker. Your trousers are on a hanger in the wall locker.
Should the buttons/zipper be visible to you, or should they be towards the rear of the locker?
20) You are looking into the wall locker. Your trousers are on a hanger in the wall
locker. Should the top of the pants (the waist) be higher than the bottom (the cuffs), lower
than the cuffs or even with the cuffs?
Answer: Even.
Objective 14-9
Version 5
21) You are looking into the wall locker. Your shirts and ABU over blouses are hanging in
the wall locker. Are the buttons on the shirts and ABU over blouses facing the left of the
wall locker or the right of the locker?
Answer: Left.
22) How many of your short-sleeve blue shirts hanging in the wall locker can have a
nametag and rank on it?
Answer: 1
23) How many of your short-sleeve blue shirts hanging in the wall locker can have the
shirt garters attached?
Answer: None.
24) How many of your ABU over blouses hanging in the wall locker can have the
sleeves folded up for hot weather?
Answer: None. All sleeves on ABU over blouses must be hung with the sleeves down.
26) If you have three pairs of blue pants and four blues shirts, what is the most number
of hangers you use to hang all of these items?
27) You are looking into the wall locker. You have three pair of blue pants and two blues
shirts. Will the hanger with the third pair of pants be to the right of the other hangers or to the
left of the other hangers?
Through this quiz, you have now been exposed to many of the basic dorm maintenance
standards. You should have noticed during the quiz that the LEAD Manual had everything you
needed. When you get to the LEAD and are setting up your dorm room, all you’ll need to
do is constantly refer to your manual, just as you did today. You will do this when you
become an Air Force officer too. Once you enter active duty, you will be put in charge of
business that you've never had to deal with before. Often times you'll find the only way to
learn your job is to open the manuals and instructions that tell you how to do your job.
Objective 14-10
Version 5
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you have the knowledge, let’s practice, starting with the bed.
B. Beds
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The best way to teach this is NOT to lecture the students on what a
bed looks like. One option is to simply give them 10 minutes to make the three types of bed as
best they can straight out of the LEAD Manual. You then inspect the bed, per LEAD
requirements, using AFROTC Form 84M/84-1M, explaining as you inspect what is wrong.
While at FT, you will have your own bed. Because this is a training environment, when you
make up your bed, it must conform to certain standards. All beds will have an inspection side;
this is the side of your bed that has your shoes underneath--nothing else can be placed beneath
the bed.
b. Mattress. Center the mattress on the bed frame and ground the head end of the bed.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Show them how to make hospital corners, per directions in the
LEAD Manual
c. Hospital Corners: Making hospital corners. First, grasp the side of sheet
approximately 12 inches from the head end of mattress; then, lay the sheet on top of the
mattress, creating a 45-degree angle. Tuck excess hanging down, under mattress. Next
grasp 45-degree angle and without changing its shape, bring it down and tuck under
mattress. After sheet is completely tucked, smooth and tighten to the conformity of
mattress.
Objective 14-11
Version 5
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Show them how to make an E-Folded blanket, per diagram below
d. E-Folded Blanket
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now we’ll get into the specifics for the three types of bed displays.
Objective 14-12
Version 5
(1) Mattress
(2) Blankets
(3) Pillow
C. Inspection Drawers. The inspection drawers are where you keep the bulk of your uniform
accessories (socks, T-shirts, underwear).
For this part of the lesson, you will learn how to fold the items that go in your inspection
drawers. To do this, we’ll hold a Folding Competition.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Direct students to take out the items they were required to bring and to
open their LEAD Manual to the pages regarding these items.
b. As soon as I say the name of the uniform item, you are to fold and arrange the item as
it should be per LEAD requirements. (Refer to the LEAD Manual)
e. If it’s correct, we’ll move on to the next item. If it’s not, I’ll direct the others to
resume until someone gets it right.
a. Socks
b. Belt
c. T-shirt
d. Washcloth
e. PTG shorts
f. Handkerchief
g. Tie/tie tab
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: All of the material in this section was covered in the quiz. By
doing the quiz, you will not need to teach any of section D!
Objective 14-13
Version 5
In addition to your own bed, you will also have closet space and a dresser as well.
1. General instructions
3. Top shelf arrangement (duffel bag, flight cap, ABU cap, flashlight, and rain poncho)
E. Shoe display
1. Order/Alignment/Lacing
2. Combat boots
3. Low quarters
4. Running shoes
F. Laundry Bags
1. Store dirty (dry) clothes, towels and washcloths inside laundry bag.
4. Placement
G. Security Drawer
Store only authorized items. Any items stored in the security drawer must present a near and
orderly appearance. Plastic bins may be used to keep it neat. Security Drawer items include but
are not limited to:
3. Prescription medication
Objective 14-14
Version 5
H. Practice
Allow cadets any remaining time to practice the skills you have just taught them. Have
knowledgeable POC cadets act as coaches/evaluators ensuring they perform the task properly.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s take a minute to recap everything we discussed with regard to LEAD dorm
maintenance.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
Quiz (Scavenger Hunt in Guide)
Beds (Hospital Corners, E-Folded Blanket demonstrations)
Inspection Drawers (Folding Competition)
Wall Lockers and Dressers
Shoes
Laundry Bags (Demonstrate tying)
Security Drawers
Practice
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) If you learn these basic skills now, you will be a leg up when you arrive at LEAD.
Know and internalize these skills now so you can keep your focus on other areas of training. If
you have any further questions, don’t hesitate to contact another POC cadet who has been to
LEAD or your cadre.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Sometimes you may feel frustrated by the high emphasis placed on dorm
maintenance. Just remember, when you're getting your dorm ready for an inspection that this is
how you can prove to your Flight Commander that you have the attention to detail it takes to be
an officer. Prove that you should be allowed to handle any of the Air Force assets.
Objective 14-15
Version 5
Objective 14-16
Version 5
Attachment 5 (cont’d)
Polarization
The polarization shall be nominally right-handed (clockwise) circularly polarized.
NOTE: No maximum gain is specified. Thus, the total gain of the preamplifier
and GNSS receiver combination may be installation dependent.
Objective 14-17
Version 5
Once you've presented the lesson plan, retention of the material in this lesson may
be accomplished through other activities, such as:
a. Jeopardy-style or flash-card type game where you ask them specific questions about
the material in this lesson, and see which flight can give the answer the quickest.
b. Have a dormitory room with uniforms and all other items piled in the middle of the
floor and have the cadets make up the room in a specified period of time.
Objective 14-18
Version 4
Objective 15
Overview: This lesson covers the basics of LEAD. It goes over some basic activity and training,
the LEAD evaluation system, cadet LEAD entitlements, LEAD administrative policies
and dismissal from LEAD. Have your POC cadets use the provided lesson plans (augmented
by the LEAD Manual) as well as their own personal experiences at LEAD when presenting
this lesson. Cadets will get the briefing again from cadre before heading to LEAD, so try to
personalize this from a cadet perspective.
Objective 15-1
Version 4
Objective 15-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember the mental, physical and administrative requirements of
LEAD.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson directly relates to the preparation of cadets for LEAD; exposing them to
what they can expect in order to prevent unnecessary stress and self-initiated elimination
(SIE). By the end of this lesson, every cadet going to LEAD should know that it's not a
'fun and games’ environment. They need to know it will be a stressful environment both
mentally and physically. Not knowing this has been a source of SIEs so you must make them
understand this. Cadets who have completed the LLAB objectives for IMT and LEADP should
have little difficulty at LEAD. The best way for cadets to prepare for the LEAD experience
is to have completed the LLAB lesson objectives and to continually strive to improve their
physical fitness and mental readiness.
You may want to divide this LLAB objective and accomplish it over two training periods. The
first period could consist of approximately 30 minutes of discussing the information contained in
the BODY/PRESENTATION section and the remaining 30 minutes can be used for the panel
discussion (a.k.a. “hot wash”). Otherwise, you can do the hot wash and use the remainder of the
time to cover any information that was not addressed by panel members.
Objective 15-3
Version 4
NOTE: Cadets will hear this one more time when a staff member is required to brief them and
have them initial a form before going to LEAD. It is a good thing to review this now with
cadets to make sure they fully understand what they are getting into.
Plan to conduct a LEAD hot wash by hosting a panel of POC cadets who attended LEAD and
any cadre member(s) (if available) who have been a staff member at LEAD. The hot wash
questions provided in this lesson should elicit most of the information your cadets need to know
to give them an idea of the administrative and emotional requirements.
Distribute a copy of AFROTC Form 27, LEAD Performance Report for each cadet at the
beginning of this LLAB session. If you are giving a pre-brief of information, do so now. If not,
proceed to the panel discussion.
Introduce panel members with yourself as the hot wash host. Encourage cadets to ask questions.
Start them off by asking a question from the list of questions you have. Conduct the panel
similar to a hot wash. Whenever students aren’t asking questions, ask another one from the list.
Once a question is asked, you’ll need to act as an emcee by designating which panel member
should answer the question or direct panel members to raise their hands if they wish to answer
the question.
In advance, provide all panel members with your list of the questions, so they can mentally
prepare responses. Encourage them to think of anecdotes from their LEAD experience and be
ready to use them when answering questions.
IMPORTANT: Allow panel members to use anecdotes from their LEAD experience to
describe LEAD environment, but ensure you clarify for cadets going to LEAD that some
procedures may be different.
During the hot wash, emphasize to cadets that the panel members are drawing from their own
experiences. Urge cadets to check the current LEAD Manual for the most updated
procedures. The rules may differ from how it was done when panel members went to
LEAD, even if they went just last year!
Make one or more copies of this lesson plan for each flight, beginning with the information in
Part II “BODY/PRESENTATION.” After conducting the hot wash, flight commanders should
give this information to one member of their flight. All flight members will read the
information; initial the copy and the final cadet will return it to the flight commander. This will
ensure all requirements are covered, including any materials that weren’t brought out during the
panel.
If you are unable to host a panel or if cadets miss this LLAB, you may opt to lecture this material
or have them review and initial per above instructions. If you wish, you may conduct additional
activities to supplement, not replace, this lesson plan to meet this objective.
Objective 15-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) A cadet went to LEAD. He was very excited as he'd been told it was a great time.
His impression was that LEAD was a combination of a sports camp and camping out in the
woods. Five days after arrival, he quit, Self-Initiated Elimination (SIE’d) from LEAD. He
hadn't known what to expect and as a result didn't handle the shock of the true LEAD
environment.
A few cadets SIE from LEAD each summer, because the pace and demands of the
environment are much greater than those found at the detachment. LEAD requires
discipline, commitment, and mental toughness on the part of the cadet.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) How do you prepare for the most important event in your training? What is going
to be expected of you? Most, if not all, of the POC cadets have been to LEAD. This is a
mandatory “gate” if you want to progress in AFROTC and become an Air Force officer. So in
today’s lesson, we’re going to give you a better idea of what those demands are, so you can be
mentally and physically prepared to deal with them.
OVERVIEW
A. Objectives of LEAD
B. Activities and Training Events
C. LEAD Evaluation System
D. Entitlements Provided by LEAD Orders
E. Administrative Policies
F. Dismissal from LEAD
G. Physical and Mental Preparation
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First, let’s talk about the objectives of LEAD.
BODY
PRESENTATION
LEADP Cadet Directions: When you have finished reading the materials for Lesson
Objective 15, page 5 on, initial below and then pass the material on to another member of
your flight. When all flight members have initialed below, return this to your flight
commander )
A. Objectives of LEAD (Ref: AFROTCI 36-2010, Chapter 5)
Objective 15-5
Version 4
a. Mission: The primary objectives of LEAD are to evaluate military discipline and
Air Force leadership potential, stratify cadet performance and to determine readiness for
entry into the POC.
(1) Both the staff and you as cadets have objectives to successfully complete this
mission. The staff’s objective is to “train, evaluate, and stratify cadets in a
standardized LEAD environment to determine their leadership potential to enter
the POC.”
(2) The key term here is the evaluate “leadership potential.” Most, if not all of you
have not had the opportunity to learn a lot about leadership or practice your
leadership skills. That is why the Flight Training Officers (FTO) and Cadet
Training Assistants (CTA) are there—to determine your potential to become a
POC and ultimately earn your commission.
(3) This is not a training course to “weed” people out of AFROTC. This training
is designed to start the development of your leadership skills so that your
detachments can further develop those skills and make the determination on who
is ready to commission as an officer in the Air Force.
(4) This does NOT mean people who don’t meet standards will complete training.
You still must meet minimum requirements in areas such as the Fitness
Assessment (FA), drill and ceremonies, and different leadership positions.
Failure to meet the standards will result in your dismissal from training.
(1) Your job here is to learn as much as you can about leadership and begin to
hone your skills through practice.
(2) The practice will come in the form of leadership duties/positions, leadership
exercises, completing daily taskings and responsibilities, all while under the
stressors of the LEAD environment. These stressors include but are not limited
to: time, weather, a new environment, new people to work for and with, new
physical fitness routines, and eating habits.
a. The first part of the objective is to comprehend leadership concepts, behaviors, and
skills. You’ll have the opportunity to learn about leadership, followership, team
building and group dynamics in an academic environment.
Objective 15-6
Version 4
each cadet must hold sometime during LEAD. These are important, but it’s just as
important to be a good follower and team player.
(2) Expeditionary Leadership Problems, the Leadership Reaction Course, and other
leadership exercises or positions are evaluated via the OTS Form 2, Leadership
Competency Evaluation. The feedback and scores you receive from this form will
directly correlate to your FT Performance Report.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we’ve discussed the mission and objectives of LEAD, we will look at
the activities and events that take place.
Objective 15-7
Version 4
1. Administration Time
2. Leadership Training
Objective 15-8
Version 4
5. LEAD Exercise
7. LEAD Manual
b. During LEAD, every day is designated a “Training Day” or TD. Your chain of
command at LEAD will designate certain passages for you to memorize each day.
During room inspections, open rank inspections, etc. the FTO may quiz cadets on the
previous TD’s knowledge. As LEAD progresses (TD-2…TD-3…TD-21), warrior
knowledge becomes more difficult; however, you’re expected to remember and recite the
Objective 15-9
Version 4
knowledge for all of the previous TDs. There will be a LEAD Manual test on TD-1.
There may also be additional quizzes on warrior knowledge while at LEAD.
c. For example, your FTO and/or CTA may ask you when you first wake up on TD-1
what that knowledge is, and you should be able to recite it in this format:
d. The AFROTC LEAD Manual is designed so you will carry it wherever you go while at
LEAD. When your flight is in formation at attention or parade rest, e.g. in the
auditorium waiting for the rest of the flights to arrive, you will be expected to study your
LEAD Manual. Hold it directly in front of your eyes in the hand directed by the Flight
Commander or someone higher in the chain of command.
When the Flight Commander calls out the command “Switch,” all cadets in the flight
will immediately lower their booklet to their waist level, switch hands on the book,
and bring it back immediately in front of their eyes.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) We’ve talked about objectives and activities at LEAD and now we’ll
discuss how you will be evaluated.
You will be evaluated at LEAD. If you don’t know the rules, you’ll be at a serious
disadvantage, so pay close attention.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: You should have passed out copies of AFROTC Form 27,
LEAD Performance Report (LEADPR), so cadets can look at them as you go over items.
You’ll be observed during all phases of LEAD. The Flight Training Officer is the
primary evaluator and will record your performance on a LEAD Performance Report or
LEADPR. This form becomes a permanent document to your cadet records here at the
detachment. LEAD officials must recommend you for entry into the POC, or you’ll be
unable to enter the last two years of training needed for a commission. You’ll be rated on
based on standards of performance rather than comparison to peers.
Objective 15-10
Version 4
LEADERSHIP SKILLS
• Dynamic Leadership
• Displays Initiative
• Performance of Duties
• Sets and Enforces Standards
• Followership / Team Player
PROFESSIONAL QUALITIES
• Exhibits Loyalty, Discipline, Dedication, Integrity, Honesty, and Officership
• Accepts Personal Responsibility
• Attention-to-detail / Situational Leadership
• Problem Solving Ability
• Coordination / Control and Delegating / Directing
These five factors will be listed on the front side of the AFROTC Form 27. The FTO
will evaluate you on each factor, using the following rating scale:
U = Unsatisfactory
M = Marginal
S = Satisfactory
E = Excellent
O = Outstanding
2. On the back side of the AFROTC Form 27, Field Training Performance Report, there are
additional blocks that your FTO will utilize to provide you feedback. The first block is
where your physical fitness information will be documented. The next block is for FTO
Comments and includes three sub-areas (Preparation for LEAD, Strengths, and Areas
Objective 15-11
Version 4
for Improvement). The last block is reserved for LEADU/CC comments. Your FTO will
review your LEADPR with you before you depart LEAD. During the review session, you
are encouraged to ask your FTO to clarify any part of the evaluation you have questions
about or disagreements with. Remember though, it’s not wise to quibble or argue. Take any
criticism as constructive feedback from your FTO’s perspective and learn from it. This is a
unique opportunity to mature and improve!
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you know the “what” of LEAD, we need to cover “how” you’ll get to
the training site. You’ll travel based on a document we call orders.
D. Entitlements Provided by LEAD Orders (Reference: Holm Center T-203, AFROTC LEAD
Manual, Chapter 2: Pay and Travel)
1. Because LEAD attendance is mandatory for an AFROTC commission, the Air Force
will pay for your travel to and from LEAD only. Regardless of the mode of travel,
scholarship cadets will receive a prorated share of the current per diem payment based on
travel time. Cadets may also be reimbursed for mileage to and from the airport, bus, or rail
terminal.
2. Your detachment is only authorized to procure airline travel from TRAVCO, Maxwell
AFB AL. All travel must originate from and return you to either your home of record or
your detachment location (your point of departure (POD) MUST be the same destination
you return to at the completion of LEAD). Your travel orders will specify a POD to
Maxwell AFB AL and will have you departing LEAD from New Orleans International
Airport (MSY) and returning you to your original POD. The only exception to this will be
for cadets travelling by POV to Maxwell AFB. These cadets will be shuttled to Maxwell
AFB at the completion of LEAD.
a. Air transportation is the normal mode of travel if the POD is 150 miles or more away
from Atlanta International Airport (ATL) or Maxwell AFB AL. Air Force Reserve
members are authorized to travel by military aircraft on a space-available basis;
however, they are not authorized travel pay for that portion of travel.
(1) Your detachment will provide electronic airline tickets and a flight itinerary.
Once you receive these items, verify the information to ensure complete round trip
travel to and from the correct locations.
(2) If you lose your itinerary, contact your detachment for a copy.
(3) Upon receiving your electronic tickets, you must contact the designated airline,
confirm your reservation and ensure the ticket is paid for by your detachment NLT
3 days prior to your departure.
(4) Overseas transportation will be provided only for cadets who reside in Alaska,
Hawaii and US territories (Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands, or American Samoa)
Objective 15-12
Version 4
or whose sponsor is active duty military on PCS orders. Otherwise, cadets traveling
from overseas will receive government provided transportation from and to the
same port-of-entry. Any remaining travel expenses (to include lodging) will be at
the cadet’s expense.
(5) Ensure your flight into Atlanta will arrive no later than 1400 hours, Eastern
Standard Time (EST) on your arrival day. In the event your flight to LEAD is
rescheduled, contact your detachment staff immediately. They will coordinate
with Headquarters and the LEADU staff accordingly. DO NOT volunteer to be
bumped from your scheduled flight to LEAD under any circumstances.
(6) Cadets with PODs less than 150 miles from Atlanta must be dropped off at the
airport via automobile, bus, or rail. Overnight parking is not authorized.
b. Bus or rail transportation is reserved for cadets whose POD is less than 150 miles
from Atlanta International Airport or Maxwell AFB AL.
(1) Your detachment will provide you with bus/rail tickets, a travel itinerary, or a
Government Transportation Request (GTR), which is similar to a certified check.
If you receive a GTR, it is your responsibility to secure your tickets at the
terminal.
c. Privately Owned Vehicle (POV) travel is highly discouraged and is only authorized
for cadets whose POD is less than 150 miles from Maxwell AFB or less than 150 miles
from Atlanta International Airport (ATL). If cadets drive to ATL, they will not be
reimbursed for any type of airport parking. To avoid expensive parking fees cadets
should only be dropped off at ATL. Any parking fees incurred will be your
responsibility!
(1) If traveling by POV, you should follow the signs from the Maxwell Blvd.
gate, and plan to arrive at the Ritchey Center parking lot not earlier than (but as
close as possible to) 1200 hours (CST) on the authorized travel day.
(2) Any incidents (accidents, tickets, etc.) which occur while traveling to LEAD
must be reported during in-processing. Incidents while traveling from LEAD
must be reported to your detachment.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Remember, the items we just discussed are your entitlements. Now, let’s discuss
specific administrative instructions for LEAD reporting and attendance.
Objective 15-13
Version 4
E. Administrative Policies
1. You should not arrive at LEAD earlier or later than what is specified on your orders.
Cadets traveling from an overseas location may report up to 24 hours prior to TD 0.
2. When you arrive, you’ll be greeted by Military Training Instructors (MTI), FTOs, and
CTAs. At all times remember your military bearing, and you’ll do just fine. You’ll be
stressed upon arrival, so keep your self-discipline throughout in-processing. Do what you
are told and process through the various stations and tasks as quickly as possible. There
will be much to do during the first few days of LEAD, so stay alert.
1. LEAD is an evaluation period that AFROTC uses to make a decision on whether or not
you will progress in the program. If you successfully make it through LEAD, you come
back here to the detachment and can enter the POC. If you are not recommended for entry
into the POC, your life as an AFROTC cadet, pursuing the opportunity to become a
commissioned officer, can come to an abrupt halt! So listen very carefully to what I’m about
to say! Don’t arrive at LEAD overweight or out of shape—you will be sent home.
2. You must be able to do and pass the Fitness Assessment (FA). Once again, I’m going to
say it: you must be physically fit and ready for LEAD! If you’re going to LEAD later in
the summer, practice the FA all summer. DO NOT become a couch potato!
3. You can be removed from training for cause; this is for prejudicial conduct on your part.
Normally, you’ll really have to work at being removed for cause. Honor Code violations will
send you home. Having illegal drugs are a sure fire way of being removed for cause. Drug
tests will be randomly given at LEAD. Sexual activity of any kind between cadets is NOT
permitted. Each summer, cadets are dismissed because of this. DON’T DO IT!
4. That’s about it; it’s not an all-inclusive list, but I think you get the picture. If you go to
LEAD with the right attitude, physically fit, and wanting to be a team player, you’ll do fine.
Objective 15-14
Version 4
TRANSITION
(Suggested) We’ve talked a lot about what happens at LEAD, how you get there, and how
you can be sent home; now, let’s talk about how you prepare yourself for your LEAD
experience.
Knowing what to expect will ease your mind and lessen your concerns and worries. It is tough,
but you’ve received training during LLAB that will help you successfully complete LEAD.
You must be physically fit and mentally prepared for this experience, if you aren’t prepared,
it will affect your performance! Every day at LEAD will involve physical and mental stress.
You must have a desire to become an officer in the world’s greatest air and space force and
be willing to make the sacrifices necessary to prepare now for the rigors of LEAD. LEAD is
your opportunity to prove your desire—if it were easy, anyone could be an Air Force
officer! It is an extremely demanding environment which will test your will and desire. You
need to realize this is not the everyday environment you will find yourself in on active duty.
Yes, you will be faced with challenges, but the working environment will not be as intense or
designed to push you to your limit every day.
1. Physical Requirements. Being physically fit for LEAD is very important! You must
be able to do the FA properly. You should be practicing now, at least three times per
week. Your physical conditioning and overall stamina will pay dividends at LEAD.
WARNING: Experience has shown that the rigors of LEAD can reduce your FA score—
the ability to obtain a passing score on the FA here at the detachment will not
guarantee the ability to pass at LEAD! The schedule is tough and physically
demanding—YOU MUST BE PREPARED!!!
All cadets being considered for or already selected for an LEAD assignment must pass
the official FA and the weigh-in no earlier than within 30 days prior to the end of the
spring term preceding LEAD attendance. Each cadet will receive one official attempt.
Something that goes hand-in-hand with the FA is knowing the rules of the sports used at
LEAD. The rules are found in The LEAD Manual. Trust me; you’ll impress your
Flight Commander if you know the rules.
Objective 15-15
Version 4
4. Uniforms. Make sure you take all the required uniform items with you to LEAD.
There’s a checklist in the LEAD Manual. If you forget your belt or flight cap, you will
buy new ones at your own expense. Your uniforms should be in good shape, but if
you
know of a problem, take care of it now; don’t wait until you get to LEAD. Cadets
reporting to LEAD with ill-fitting, unserviceable, or improper items will be outfitted
with proper uniform at unit expense and reported to their respective region commander.
Break in new shoes and boots now. You’ll do lots of marching and athletics and will
regret having sore feet and blisters at LEAD. Blisters can knock you out of LEAD if
they’re bad enough. If you have not learned how to shine your shoes so you get a nice
reflection off your shoes, find someone who has and have them teach you.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Objectives of LEAD
B. Activities and Training Events
C. LEAD Evaluation System
D. Entitlements Provided by LEAD Orders
E. Administrative Policies
F. Dismissal from LEAD
G. Physical and Mental Preparation
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) We’ve discussed LEAD and what you can do to prepare for this very important step
for your future in AFROTC. If you know and follow the guidelines and suggestions we’ve
talked about, you will survive and may even enjoy it. In situations not specifically covered, let
common sense and your internal sense of what is right be your guide.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Two things I want you to remember are: be physically fit and mentally ready for
LEAD. Those are the two keys to success! If you think of any questions between now and
when you leave, please don’t hesitate to ask. We want you to do well because we want you
back here next year as a leader in the cadet corps.
Objective 15-16
Version 4
ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES
1. Have one of the detachment officers who has been an FC explain the rigors and mental
stresses.
2. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. This must be coordinated with
the OFC prior to execution.
Objective 15-17
Version 4
1. What was the most important thing you got out of your LEAD experience?
4. What would you have done differently to prepare for LEAD? What things did you
experience at LEAD that you did not expect?
6. How did you physically prepare for LEAD? What was the physical training aspect of
the program like? Describe a normal daily regimen of physical training.
8. Without giving away specific details, what was the Leadership Reaction Course like?
11. What was the drill and ceremonies portion of LEAD like? How often did you participate in
drill and ceremonies? What did you do in LLAB to prepare? What about FDEs and
parades?
12. Without giving away some of the surprise, what was your field deployment experience like?
Describe FTX.
13. How did you interact with the staff? How did MTIs, FCs and CTAs treat you? Were they
polite? What tone of voice did they use?
14. What were the dorms and uniform inspections like? What were some common mistakes?
15. What, if any, problems did you or someone you know have traveling to or from LEAD?
How did it work with getting your orders and your pay? For those of you who drove, how
does that work?
16. What were the meals at the dining facility like? What was the environment at the dining
facility like? What were some special rules you had to follow in the dining facility?
17. What were things you saw other cadets doing that caused them to not succeed at LEAD?
18. What is the best piece of advice you can give to the cadets going to LEAD this year?
Objective 15-18
Version 5
Objective 16
Overview: This lesson goes over proper Open Ranks Inspection procedures. Cadets should
learn the procedures well enough to be able to participate in inspections at LEAD. Allow the
majority of training time for cadet practice, and try to allow as many cadets as possible the
opportunity to serve as flight commander during regular inspections throughout the year.
Objective 16-1
Version 5
Objective 16-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of open ranks inspection procedures.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to give the LEADP/AS200 cadets the knowledge to properly
execute an Open Ranks Inspection (ORI). The majority of the training time should be used so
the cadets may practice. LEADP cadets are expected to know ORI procedures well enough to
participate in them at LEAD. Recommend experienced POC cadets give a proper demonstration
of an ORI; then rotate cadets through the various positions with POC cadets as coaches. Suggest
using 15 – 20 minutes for explanation and the remaining time for practice.
Another way to get your LEADP cadets to practice is to assign them as flight commanders during
regularly scheduled ORIs throughout the semester.
Lesson Outline:
A. Open Ranks Inspection
B. Practice Time
Objective 16-3
Version 5
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 16-4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Open this lesson describing an anecdote from LEAD, maybe some cadet who had
20 different demerits in one inspection or something embarrassing during an inspection, or what
you saw as the most common inspection error.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) The Open Ranks Inspection (ORI) is designed to evaluate standards of military
bearing and your personal appearance. ORIs occur every week during LEAD. It is part of our
customs and courtesies as an Air Force professional that we should be familiar with.
OVERVIEW
This lesson will look at the procedures used in conducting an ORI. We will discuss the
following:
A. Open Ranks Inspection
B. Practice Time
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s begin…
Refer to Air Force Manual 36-2203, Drill and Ceremonies, Chapter 4, Drill of the Flight,
paragraph 4.5, Open Ranks, for step-by-step guidance on conducting an ORI.
Transition
(Suggested) You should have a firm grasp of the ORI. Now is the time for you to practice these
procedures and perform your own ORI.
B. Practice Time
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Once trained you should allow the AS200 cadets to rotate through
each of these key positions for an ORI.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
During this lesson, we discussed:
A. Open Ranks Inspection
B. Practice Time
Objective 16-5
Version 5
Objective 17
Overview: This lesson objective is designed to expose the LEADP cadets to the proper
procedures followed by key personnel during formal parades. Air Force Manual (AFMAN)
36-2203, Drill and Ceremonies is the source document for this objective. The POC cadets
should demonstrate proper parade procedures, and then rotate the LEADP cadets through as
many key positions—wing adjutant; wing staff positions; wing, group and squadron
commander; guidon bearer and first sergeant—as possible throughout the year.
Objective 17-1
Version 5
Objective 17-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Affective Sample of Behavior: Engage with interest to procedural requirements for official
parades.
PART IB
Strategy: LEADP/AS200 cadets are expected to know the parade ceremony procedures well
enough to skillfully assume cadet officer positions. Ensure that all LEADP cadets going to LEAD
have a basic understanding of what to expect. Recommend experienced POC cadets give
demonstrations on the parade procedures, and then rotate LEADP cadets through the various key
personnel positions, utilizing POC cadets as coaches. Parade procedures are clearly outlined in
AFMAN 36-2203, Drill and Ceremonies, Chapter 7, Ceremonies, Section 7B, Parade Ceremony.
It is highly recommended that the LEADP cadets read the aforementioned chapter before they're
shown the parade ceremony procedures on the drill pad.
LEADP cadets should try and rotate through as many positions as possible to include the wing
adjutant, wing positions, group, squadron and flight commander, guidon bearer, and first sergeant.
This is a good lesson to involve as many of the POC cadets as possible in teaching the different
commands and movements.
Per objective 26, all cadets must participate in a unit parade. Recommend you tie the timing of this
lesson objective with that one.
Objective 17-3
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) All eyes will be watching as you participate in a parade. Do you feel confident in
your assigned responsibilities?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Every week at LEAD, you will usually participate in a parade. This is where the
formal change of command will take place. Each flight will be observed by the MTIs who will
grade the flight as a whole on how well they execute the parade commands. The results will
count towards honor flight. You may be in a flight position one week and in a wing, group, or
squadron position the next week. It is important you understand the format of the parade and
attempt to execute as many positions as possible.
OVERVIEW
During this lesson, we will discuss the following:
A. Key cadet officer functions
B. Key officer commands and movements
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s look at the parade procedures.
Using the parade procedures, you should train LEADP cadets on key parade personnel
commands and procedures. Key personnel are the wing adjutant, wing positions, group,
squadron and flight commander, guidon bearer, and first sergeant.
Once trained, you should allow the LEADP cadets to rotate through each of these key positions
for practice. This training is targeted at the LEADP cadets; as such, we suggest you simulate
non-key positions (flights, color guard, etc.) so the rest of the wing can continue with other
training objectives instead of standing around during practice.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Key cadet officer functions
B. Key officer commands and movements
Objective 17-4
Version 5
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) It is important to remember your flight will be graded during the parades at LEAD,
and the scores often count towards honor flight. Nevertheless, this is not the only reason you
should take pride in your performance during a parade. Parade ceremonies require a great deal
of preparation and practice, and are not something that should be taken lightly.
Parades are a time to show off the teamwork and skill you have worked hard as a flight to form
and it is an honored tradition of the military.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) So next time you are taking part in a parade, whether at the Det or at LEAD,
remember that you are representing yourself, your flight and all the people who came before you.
Objective 17-5
Version 5
Objective 18
Overview: The intent of this lesson objective is to present the basic military decorum and
courtesies that are expected at LEAD. This lesson objective was written in accordance with the
direction from the 2015 Holm Center T-203, AFROTC LEAD Manual. It is imperative that you
check the latest LEAD Manual to ensure that you are teaching the current procedures.
Objective 18-1
Version 5
Objective 18-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the role of military decorum during LEAD. Affective
PART IB
Strategy: Bring a copy of AETC Form 341, Excellence/Discrepancy Report, to this lesson. The
function of this lesson plan is to ensure cadets are fully briefed and knowledgeable on LEAD
Military Decorum. Not only should they be knowledgeable, but they should also practice and
demonstrate many of these skills.
Lesson Outline:
A. Staff/CTA/Cadet Interaction
B. Reporting Procedures
C. Respect toward LEAD Cadre
D. Saluting Procedures
E. Academic Building Protocol
F. Dormitory Protocol
G. Bus Protocol
Objective 18-3
Version 5
PART II INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) [Show cadets the AETC Form 341, Excellence/Discrepancy Report.] The AETC
Form 341 is used for “on the spot” counseling and documents extraordinary performance in any
area of LEAD. When used to identify a discrepancy, staff members will document the
deficiency in military conduct, training and/or discipline.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Having a firm grasp on what military decorum is and how to apply the rules of
military decorum can make your life much better at LEAD. However, don’t forget that the rules
of military decorum are not limited to AFROTC LEAD; these rules apply to all Airmen in the
operational Air Force.
OVERVIEW
A. Staff/CTA/Cadet Interaction
B. Reporting Procedures
C. Respect toward LEAD Cadre
D. Saluting Procedures
E. Additional Activities
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The following guidance was extracted from the 2015 Holm
Center T-203, AFROTC LEAD Manual, Chapter 3.5, Rules and Regulations, Paragraph 6,
Military Decorum.
Objective 18-4
Version 5
BODY PRESENTATION
A. Staff/CTA/Cadet Interaction
The rules of military decorum are founded on customs and traditions. The responsibility for
military decorum is a mutual one in which the junior initiates the act of courtesy and politeness
and the senior responds with like courtesy and politeness.
2. When passing, addressing, or being addressed by staff, the proper greeting of the day is
always given. The proper greeting of the day is defined by the time of day:
3. Cadets will immediately come to their feet and stand at the position of attention when
addressed or being addressed by any staff member. [Exception: Unless otherwise directed
by the staff member, you do not need to stand during flight room instruction or while you
are eating.]
4. When any staff member or commissioned officer addresses a cadet, the cadet will respond
first with the word “Sir” or “Ma’am” followed by the response to the question. The
exception to this rule is when a yes or no question is asked. In this case, the proper response
would be either “Yes, Sir/Ma’am” or “No, Sir/Ma’am.”
B. Reporting Procedures
Reporting procedures will be accomplished for both commissioned and enlisted staff members
and CTAs.
1. For a single cadet ordered into an office, reporting procedures are as follows:
a) Center on the door or cubicle entrance and knock once (loud enough to be heard in an
average size room). Do not knock on the door or cubicle wall if a conversation is taking
place in the office.
b) When given the order, enter, close the door (if you opened it), march using the most
direct route to the staff member, perform the appropriate facing movement, (if on
carpet, do not square corners), center yourself two paces away from the individual,
salute if reporting to an officer and CTA and state: “Sir/Ma’am, Cadet (last name)
reports as ordered.”
Objective 18-5
Version 5
c) When reporting to an officer or CTA, the reporting cadet will hold the salute until the
officer or CTA drops their salute and remain at the position of attention until told
otherwise.
d) At the end of a conversation, cadets will stand and assume the position of attention
(if at a different position) and ask, "Will that be all, Sir/Ma'am?" If so, take one step
backwards, salute (if reporting to officers or CTAs) and render the proper greeting of
the day, perform the appropriate facing movement to leave, and take the most direct
route out of the office or cubicle. (If on carpet, do not square corners.)
2. When multiple cadets are ordered into an office, reporting procedures are as follows:
a) A selected cadet will center on the door or cubicle entrance and knock once (loud
enough to be heard in an average size room). Do not knock on the door or cubicle wall
if a conversation is taking place in the office.
b) When given the order, enter, close the door (if you opened it or are directed to do so),
march using the most direct route to the staff member, perform the appropriate facing
movement, (if on carpet, do not square corners), all cadets will center two paces away
from the individual with a selected cadet standing on the right, and salute (if officer or
CTA). This cadet will state on behalf of the others, “Sir/Ma’am, Cadets (give last names
of the whole party) report as ordered.”
c) All cadets will hold the salute (if officer or CTA) until the officer drops their salute
and remain at the position of attention until told otherwise.
d. At the end of the conversation, all will stand and assume the position of attention (if
at a different position) and the selected cadet will ask, “Will that be all, Sir/Ma’am?” If
so, all cadets will take one step backwards, salute (if reporting to officers or CTAs) and
the selected cadet will render the proper greeting of the day. All cadets will perform the
appropriate facing movement to leave, and take the most direct route out of the office or
cubicle. (If on carpet, do not square corners.)
3. If a cadet is not ordered to report, but needs to see a staff member in their cubicle or
office to make a statement or ask a question, the cadet will use the preceding procedures
with the following exception: instead of using the above reporting statement, use the
appropriate remarks: “Sir/Ma’am, Cadet (last name) reports.” Once acknowledged by the
staff member, the cadet will continue with the question or statement.
1. Use one of the following seven basic responses as appropriate to begin speaking to,
respond to a direct question from, or as instructed by a staff member:
a) “Yes, Sir/Ma’am”
b) “No, Sir/Ma’am”
Objective 18-6
Version 5
D. Saluting Procedures
1. The salute is one of the oldest military traditions. It is a courtesy exchanged between
members of the armed forces as both a greeting and a symbol of mutual respect. The
uniform hat is worn and salutes are rendered in all outdoor areas, unless specifically
indicated otherwise. Although inappropriate at certain times, it is never incorrect to salute a
senior officer outdoors as a courtesy and greeting. Do not salute indoors unless you are
formally reporting in to a staff member’s office or upon receiving an award at an awards
ceremony. Do not salute when reporting to enlisted staff.
2. In detail formations (two to four cadets), all will extend military courtesies as appropriate.
In normal formations (5 or more cadets in a flight), the cadet in charge renders the military
courtesies for the formation.
3. Cadets will initiate the salute in time to allow the officer/CTA to return it, but not from
such a distance as to hinder communication. To prescribe an exact distance for all
circumstances is not practical, but good judgment indicates when salutes will be exchanged.
(NOTE: A standard rule of thumb is to use the same distance prescribed for rendering a
salute to the Colors—approximately six paces.) At no time will a cadet turn their body to
salute someone behind them nor will they salute someone they approached from the rear. If
marching, they will continue as needed. If stationary, they will use the appropriate facing
movements.
4. Cadets passing an officer engaged in conversation will render a salute but not interrupt
with the greeting of the day. If the officer does not return the salute, the cadet will continue
and then drop the salute once abreast of the officer.
5. While in formation and at double-time, the formation commander may simply render a
verbal greeting rather than bring the formation to quick-time to salute.
6. If called to receive an award, proceed in a crisp, military manner and stand approximately
one arm’s length in front of the presenter. Extend the right hand and shake the presenter’s
hand while taking the award with the left hand. Then render a salute if the presenter is a
commissioned officer. Exit the area in a crisp, military manner.
Objective 18-7
Version 5
7. LEAD Unit (LEADU) staff and cadets will render proper customs and courtesies even if
participating in scheduled training or athletic events. The only exceptions to this are if
cadets and staff are actively participating in the LRC/Project X, fitness assessment (FA), or
other events with cadets actively “encumbered” and staff actively engaged in safety-
spotting or evaluating performance. In these situations, safety and common sense should
always prevail.
8. Salute all occupied staff cars with front license plates indicating senior officers and
occupied USAF staff cars
9. No-salute areas. Saluting is not required in the following locations (at LEAD) at
Maxwell Air Force Base:
a) Assault/confidence course
b) Air and Space Expeditionary Force (AEF) exercise
c) Baseline Expeditionary Leadership Problems Site (BELPS)
d) Leadership Reaction Course (LRC)/Project X
e. Officer Training School track
f. Competitive Sports Fields (CSF)
g. Drill pad, parade field and PT area (**During instruction only**)
10. Saluting due to rank recognition is not required when wearing Physical Training Gear.
E. Additional Activities
3. Come up with situational scenarios, read them to the class and ask the class what they
would do in the situation.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Staff/CTA/Cadet Interaction
B. Reporting Procedures
C. Respect toward LEAD Cadre
D. Saluting Procedures
E. Additional Activities
Objective 18-8
Version 5
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Knowing and using this decorum will help you perform well at LEAD. Continue to
study and practice on your own.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Think of LEAD as an interview. The Air Force is trying to decide if it will hire you
or not. To get hired, you must play by the rules. That means applying LEAD decorum
correctly. Just think, these procedures may seem tedious and even frustrating when you get one
little thing wrong, but if you get ‘hired’ into the Air Force officer corps, it will be worth it!
Objective 18-9
Version 3
Objective 19
Overview: Esprit de corps activities should help develop teamwork and camaraderie in your
detachment through interaction while performing exciting or social tasks. This lesson presents
28 suggested esprit de corps activities you can conduct in meeting this objective. In addition,
sample lesson plans are provided for several of the activities:
These activities are just suggestions—feel free to develop and plan your own activities as long as
they meet the intent of the objective.
These activities also serve to refine leadership and followership characteristics. Ensure each
cadet class—IMT, LEADP, ICL, SCL and ECL—is involved accordingly in the planning,
coordination and execution of the activities. After each activity, debrief time must be scheduled
to provide feedback to the appointed activity leaders.
Objective 19-1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Objective 19-2
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply learned information during esprit de corps activities.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the importance of esprit de corps activities in building
teamwork.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of these activities is to provide cadets with opportunities to interact with
one another while performing exciting or social tasks. These activities are designed to utilize the
whole corps. This lesson has value in helping cadets develop plans, communicate, organize, and
manage their time. We want to move away from sitting in the classroom, listening to briefings,
and move outdoors but not spend this time on the drill pad. Drill falls under other lesson
objectives.
If possible, esprit de corps activities should involve the entire cadet wing. We also want you to
have a great deal of flexibility in choosing the activities you wish to use to reach the lesson
objective. We have listed many of the ideas and suggestions that were submitted by you as ways
to motivate the cadets and energize LLAB. Each AS class has a different role and responsibility
during this lesson. These roles are as follows:
IMT/AS100: Followers, members of the teams, participants.
Objective 19-3
LEADP/AS200: Team captains, team leaders, people who are in charge of ensuring the tasks
are accomplished.
ICL/AS300: Plan the activities, officiate during sports/competitions, evaluate the results and
provide feedback to the team leaders and the team. Provide feedback using Holm Center Form 2,
Leadership Competency Evaluation (LCE). You may request cadre members do some of the
evaluating, since they should have experience.
SCL/AS400: Supervise entire operation; ensure activities meet the above objectives for each
class.
*No hours specified for POC cadets. They will direct and supervise these activities but will gain
credit towards Objective 29, “Demonstrate leadership traits, problem solving ability and
management skills in supervising the cadet corps.”
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Remember, these activities are just fun and games if you don't use the
above structure correctly. EVERY activity should have appointed leaders. After EVERY
activity, debrief time should be scheduled to provide feedback to the appointed leaders. The
debriefs can also address relevant topics such as strengths and weaknesses in areas of planning,
communication, teamwork, and chain of command, etc.
ACTIVITIES
We have put together a descriptive list of some of the most popular activities detachments
around the country are doing. This list is not all-inclusive; if you have a great idea, please
provide it to us.
You should attempt to do a variety of activities. Though volleyball, for example, may be easy to
do logistically, you should not do 15 hours of volleyball. Try to limit any one of the activities
listed below to 4 hours. Some of the activities, such as recruiting and socials, have particular
time limitations, meaning even if cadets do more voluntarily outside of LLAB, only some of the
hours as indicated here in these descriptions will count.
The activities in this lesson plan for Objective 19 are suggestions. You may develop your own
as well, as long as the activity meets the intent. For example, drills, community service projects,
parades, dining ins, military balls, ceremonies, and guest speakers (other than instructors for
particular activities described here) do not meet Objective 19; those fall under other lesson
objectives. Note that Expeditionary Leadership Problems (ELPs) fall under Objective 7,
Demonstrate Effective Followership and Teamwork Skills, not under Objective 19 unless listed
here.
Objective 19-4
List of Activities Page #
Team Sports Campaigns 7
Skills Review ELP 8
Wound Mgt and CPR Training 9
Land Navigation 9
Motivational Physical Training 10
Field Day 11
Combat Oriented Training 12
Applied Combat Tactics
(Paintball/Laser Tag) 13
Capture the Flag 14
Rappelling 15
Rock Wall Climbing 15
High Ropes Course 16
Weapons Qualifications 16
Aircraft Incentive Flights 16
Obstacle Course 17
Crud 17
Uncommon Sports/Exercise 18
History/Military Sites Field Trip 19
Survival 19
Icebreaker/Socials 20
GMC Take-Over Day 21
Basic Ground School 21
Computer Strategy Games 22
Self Defense Training 22
Joint Activities 23
Recruiting Activities 23
Jodie Competition 24
Objective 19-5
In addition to the description of activities, this lesson plan contains miscellaneous materials you
can use to support these activities including lesson plans, handouts and more in-depth
descriptions. Use the table below to locate these support materials.
RESOURCES
Consider using the detachment's allocated RRAP money or develop activities that do not cost
money. Also, you can look into getting a facility to provide the activity for free. For example, a
school gym might be willing to allow cadets to use the rock-wall climbing facility for free for
one session to expose cadets to this activity. This benefits the facility, since cadets who like the
activity might return later outside ROTC and take it up as a hobby. In this way, cadets may
attempt to arrange access to such activities. In addition, notice that most activities have a
"Detachment Contacts" section. These name detachments which already do that activity;
consider contacting the cadets at that detachment to learn how they managed the logistics of that
activity, and see what works for you. For example, Wright State University might already do
paintball. Practicing cross-functional review, you can call up that detachment and ask "How do
you do it? How do you get the money for it? How do you arrange transport?” Larger
detachments may have difficulty with control and logistical issues, but that will be a challenge
for the POC to resolve; consider rotating cadets through activities such as having some play
ultimate Frisbee while others do rock wall climbing and then swapping in another LLAB session.
Various bases are near detachments throughout the country. Many detachments have prior
service members who may have training that other cadets would enjoy. Cadre members may
possess valuable experiences that will encourage cadets. Other areas to look at for possible
training include Army/Navy ROTC detachments, local police departments, hospitals, American
Red Cross chapters, and National Guard and Reserve units. There are many different
organizations that are willing to help. There are many resources available and can be sought out
with the drive to conduct new and interesting activities.
Objective 19-6
SCHEDULING
Consider flexibility in scheduling. For example, if you can only set up a paintball activity on a
Saturday instead of during the normal scheduled LLAB time, then cadets who attend on that
Saturday would not have to attend LLAB at the normal time. Some LLAB activity would still
have to be scheduled during the normal time for those who are not able to make the Saturday
time. Also, some activities may take an hour for GMC to plan/prepare/practice during one
LLAB session, and then they would execute the activity during 2 hours of another LLAB session
for a total of 3 hours being accomplished towards objective 20. Part of the key to scheduling is
to develop your entire semester's schedule at the beginning of the semester. See pages 15- 18 of
the preface, sample schedule. If an activity is going to be harder to coordinate and arrange
logistically, schedule it later in the semester, assign a group of POC cadets to plan it, and have
them begin making the arrangements starting day 1 of that semester.
c. Prerequisite Information: rules for the game you are going to play
f. Concept of Operations: Have flights compete against each other in campaigns. In order
to improve training value, you should assign AS200 cadets as team captains and evaluate
their performance. POC cadets or cadre should serve in the role of evaluator. These
campaigns can be broken into two phases that cover two LLABs. Phase I is the Planning
and Practice Phase, while Phase II is the Execution and Feedback Phase.
Phase I – Planning and Practice: The flight learns the rules of the sport and selects
members for various positions. The flight gets to practice before the actual match. This
allows the team members to fully understand their individual roles and responsibilities
and to formulate strategy. The Flight Commander gives a verbal briefing to the evaluator
regarding their strategy for going into the game at the conclusion of Phase I.
Phase II – Execution and Feedback: Actual game is executed. Following the campaign,
the evaluator will debrief the team focusing on the areas of teamwork, leadership,
followership, and communication skills. Flight Commander should also comment on
what adjustments to their strategy would be made if a second campaign were to be
executed.
Objective 19-7
g. Detachment Contacts: Louisiana State University (Battle of the Blues, GMC vs. POC);
Texas A&M; UMass--Amherst
c. Prerequisite Information: cadets must have previously been trained on the skills and
knowledge you are reviewing.
e. Concept of Operations: Set up stations around campus where you will evaluate how well
cadets perform tasks you have previously trained them to accomplish. Another option is
to have students run to different landmarks in the city. In order to improve training value,
you should assign AS200 cadets as flight commanders and evaluate their performance.
Cadets will begin by receiving a clue, which they must solve to determine the location of
the first station, and will double time between stations. Once the flight arrives at the
station, the POC in charge of the station will provide the flight commander with a card
that details which tasks the flight must accomplish to pass the station. Once the flight
completes the task, the POC in charge of the station will provide the flight commander
with a clue that leads him/her to the next station. The flight continues in this manner
until they have completed all stations. Following the ELP, the evaluator will debrief the
flight, focusing on the areas of teamwork, leadership, followership, and communication
skills. It is important to properly plan the ELP—allow adequate time to complete the
course and the debrief. The first flight to finish receives a prize or honor/warrior flight
points. Each flight should start at a different station so you eliminate bottlenecks as much
as possible. Stations that work well are as follows:
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Information concerning how well the flights performed during the
knowledge and drill reviews should be provided to the Operations Group Commander, so
he/she can determine how well his training is program is working.
Objective 19-8
f. Detachment Contacts: Michigan State University; San Jose University
b. Time: 4 hours
d. Concept of Operations: Cadets will learn basic injury-care, survival procedures. Wound
Management will teach the basic lifesaving steps, shock victims, chest wounds,
dehydration, hypothermia, moving casualties, and other victim assessments.
Additionally, you may want to certify the cadets on American Red Cross CPR. To
schedule training, contact your local Red Cross. Cost is minimal, usually around $10 per
person. At a minimum, you can get a copy of the Airman's Manual and teach basic
lifesaving material from it.
f. Sample Program: You can use this activity in conjunction with an ELP. For example,
make it a separate station during an ELP. When the flight reports in, choose two cadets
at random to perform a Wound Management skill, perform CPR on a mannequin, or
verbally explain what actions they would take. Give feedback on
teamwork/communication/leadership of the two cadets selected.
4. Land Navigation:
Objective 19-9
b. Time: 2 hours
c. Prerequisite Information: Participants should know how to use a compass (one compass
can be given to 3-4 cadets).
f. Concept of Operations: This activity allows the cadets to demonstrate teamwork and
communications dynamics using a rarely used skill: compass reading and problem-
solving. Several predetermined routes should be taken by the cadre using compass
headings and pace count around campus (preferably around large buildings), taking up
approximately 20 compass headings and distances (think of them as separate stations they
must go through). Each flight will have a designated flight commander/leader, and they
will be given a compass and written directions for how to get to their objective. The
flights will be started approximately 5 minutes apart. Each flight should have a different
route and separate objective of the same difficulty. As they reach each station, they will
receive clues that they need in order to solve the puzzle at the objective point. The flight
to reach their intended objective and gives the correct answer wins and earns points
towards honor flight.
"We had 10 teams, with 7 personnel on each; they all started at different locations and
their objective was to reach the next point (based on direction and distance). They had a
total of 10 points to reach; each point had directions to the next point. The team reaching
the most points in time allotted was declared winner."
a. Purpose: Provides an opportunity for you to evaluate and teach leadership and
followership skills to the cadets. Promotes camaraderie and esprit de corps. In addition,
cadets will improve their physical fitness through participation.
b. Time: 1 hour
Objective 19-10
e. Concept of Operations: Motivational activity designed to promote esprit de corps and
camaraderie. All cadre members are encouraged to attend to make a larger group.
Recommend having an AS200 lead group through calisthenics and other exercises, using
LEAD-unique decorum. Workouts can consist of traditional calisthenics. You may also
add competitive runs and contests in calisthenics repetitions. Additional activities can
include Wing Warrior Run, utilizing local resources to set up Tae Bo workouts, Step
Aerobics classes, etc. If desired, you can invite a civilian instructor to lead these sessions.
There must be 5 minutes of warm-up stretches and 5 minutes of cool-down exercises to
minimize injuries. Any type of exercise that can be done as a group is an option. If a POC
or GMC member is a member of a sports team, consider having him/her run the cadets
through a workout they do in their sport. Detachment Contact: New Jersey Institute of
Technology.
f. Sample Program: Split a flight in half--one half at one end of the gym and one half at the
other. A person from each team has to run to the other group, perform 10 pushups, and
then a person from that group runs to the other end and does the same until everyone is
finished. First flight to finish wins.
6. Field Day:
b. Time: 2 hours
c. Prerequisite Information: cadets must know the rules to all games played during field
day.
g. Concept of Operations: put together field days where you have flights compete against
one another in athletic games and relay races. You can also include activities such as
drill downs, super FA event, 5k race, jodie competitions, etc. See sample program
section for variation. Winners receive points towards honor/warrior flight. You can
finish the day by having a cookout and awards presentation.
Objective 19-11
in 30-minute blocks, tagged onto other LLAB activities. For example, after a 30-minute
briefing on uniform wear, you might consider taking them outside to do the suspended-
rope activity for 30 minutes towards objective 20. This way, you will have variety in one
LLAB session; cadets will not have to sit, listening to briefings an entire session.
7. Combat-Oriented Training:
b. Time: .5 - 2 hours
c. Equipment Requirements: none required; however, plastic rifles would increase realism.
e. Concept of Operations: request your local Army ROTC detachment, local Security
Forces squadron, or local police/fire department provide training on topics similar to
those listed here. You can request they design a test or exercise so students can apply
these skills. Also, see the lesson plan on page 43 for small unit tactics if you don't have
access to these personnel. Note: This should be a highly active lesson, not just a
briefing. For example, the lesson plan teaches hand-and-arms signals, response to
ambush, immediate action drills, etc. Consider teaching these to the students then having
them practice. These skills can then be used in activities such as laser tag, paintball.
1. Squad and fire team tactical movements: The basic tactical team movements to be
taught are the wedge, line, traveling, traveling over watch, and bounding. The
formations are fundamental to combat units, very critical in positioning, and are
dependent upon the threat and terrain.
3. Reaction to fire: Cadets will be trained as to the appropriate reaction they would take
when fired upon by an adversary. They will be taught how to react under an ambush,
how to retrograde, and overcome the fire.
4. Cover and concealment: Cadets will be taught the definitions and differences
between cover and concealment. They will learn how to properly apply personal
camouflage face and body paint, as well as how to conceal their equipment.
Purchase military issue camouflage.
5. Night observation: Cadets will learn the basic techniques as to dark adaptation, off-
center vision, scanning, and use of the techniques while manning listening and
Objective 19-12
observation posts. Additionally, cadets will gain an understanding and application of
the use of night vision devices such as the AN/PVS-7B and AN/PVS-4 series.
e. Sample Program: See lesson plan, Small Unit Tactics, on page 43. Consider dividing the
topics into segments. For example, after a drill session, you might spend 30 minutes
teaching students hand-and-arm signals. You might give a copy of Section E, Immediate
Action Drills, to the flight commander. Direct the commander to review the material
with the flight. They are then ready to practice the drills on their own for an hour.
Notice this option wouldn't require effort, resources, or guest instructors; POC merely
supervises.
b. Time: 2 hours
c. Equipment Requirements: Paintball gun and protective equipment (available for rent
from most paintball companies).
e. Concept of Operations: Have flights compete against one another in combat scenarios.
In order to improve training value, you should assign AS200 cadets as flight commanders
and evaluate their performance. Cadets compete in a combat-type scenario where the
objective is to eliminate the opposing force or to complete a particular objective such as
completing a course or obtaining an object from the opposing-sides’ territory. Cadets are
armed with CO2-powered air guns that expel low-velocity paint balls that signify
disqualification when marked with said paint. Cadets marked with paint will exit the
playing grounds or follow established requirements. The flight and individual
commanders will be given an opportunity to plan a strategy, execute it, and then be given
feedback by the evaluator. Feedback needs to be focused on the flight's leadership,
teamwork, communication, and followership and how the environment (fog and friction)
impacted the success or failure of their strategy. If possible, tie this activity in with the
combat-oriented training in activity 7 above. For example, students could learn tactical
movements and evasion techniques in one LLAB session, then apply them in the
paintball LLAB session.
Objective 19-13
f. Detachment Contacts: Indiana State University; Wright State University (using site
defense techniques); University of Portland.
g. Sample Program: UMass-Amherst. Arranged for Security Forces personnel from nearby
Reserve base (Westover ARB) to teach cadets combat tactics; then used those tactics in a
paintball competition.
d. Equipment Requirements: One cloth representing flag per team, different colors
f. Concept of Operations: Cadets are split into opposing teams. In order to improve
training value, you should assign AS200 cadets as team captains and evaluate their
performance. Allow the team captain 5 minutes to produce a strategy. The team captain
will brief the strategy to his evaluator. Boundaries are set, and the field is cordoned into
playing fields, which are assigned to teams. Each team places a flag at their respective
command posts and is tasked to defend the flag while also attempting to retrieve the
others. When a cadet is “tagged” by an opposing member on that member’s territory,
he/she will stand-by in a holding area until a same-team member can tag them for escape.
Teams will have 15 minutes to execute the strategy. A 5-minute intermission/strategy
session follows the first half. Teams resume the game for a 15-minute second half. The
evaluator then provides feedback to the team captain and the team on leadership,
teamwork, communication, and followership. The game can be played in urban or
wooded areas. Other variations involve using paintball guns or laser-tag devices to
immobilize the opponent. If possible, tie this activity into combat-oriented training in
activity 7. For example, students could learn tactical movements and evasion techniques
in one LLAB session, then apply them in the Capture the Flag LLAB session.
g. Sample Program: Consider integrating combat-oriented training. Also, see page 29.
This lesson plan shows how GMC takeover day can be combined with Capture the Flag.
Objective 19-14
10. Rappelling:
b. Time: 4 hours
g. Sample Program: See page 36 for rock-wall climbing lesson plan. This could be used
with rappelling as well.
a. Purpose: Learn a new skill while tying it into communications. Develop and practice
communication skills with team members. Improve physical fitness, attention to detail,
and situational awareness.
b. Time: TBD
g. Sample Program: See page 36 for a sample lesson plan. Includes handouts on
communication skills to use during activity and debrief.
Objective 19-15
12. High Ropes Course:
a. Purpose: Learn a new skill. Develop and practice followership and teamwork skills.
Improve physical fitness, attention to detail, and situational awareness.
b. Time: 4 hours
e. Concept of Operations: Take cadets to a local military installation and afford them the
opportunity to gain weapons qualification. Inquire with Air Force Combat Arms
Training and Maintenance personnel for AF qualification, local police department, or
firearms trainers for other qualifications.
f. Detachment Contacts: Wright State University (M-4 firing); The Ohio State University
(9mm training); Samford University (9mm); Indiana State University; UMass--Amherst
(Firearms Training Simulator)
a. Purpose: Expose cadets to the environment of the Air Force. Motivate cadets towards an
Air Force career.
b. Time: Variable
Objective 19-16
c. Concept of Operations: Set up incentive flights at your local military installation. You
can set up fighter flights for your top cadets and heavies flights for the rest of the cadet
wing. Also, look at helicopter rides; small aircraft rides such as Cessnas and consider
simulator flights.
a. Purpose: Develop camaraderie and esprit de corps. In addition, cadets will improve their
physical fitness and self-confidence through participation.
b. Time: 4 hours
16. Crud:
a. Purpose: Learn an Air Force tradition. Develop and practice teamwork skills and
situational awareness in high pace environment.
b. Time: TBD
c. Prerequisite Information: Rules. The rules can be obtained at the following website:
http://www.billiardsforum.info/pool-rules/crud-billiard-rules.asp or simply enter “crud”
into any Internet search engine. Can also request CGOs from nearby base to come teach
the game.
d. Equipment Requirements: Billiards table, cue ball, one striped ball, scarf/towel for
referee
Objective 19-17
e. Facility Requirements: Location with billiards table
f. Concept of Operations: Cadets learn how to play crud and then participate in a
competition. This can be done in one LLAB session. Another option is to do it in two
LLAB sessions, one session of learning and practicing and another in which a
competition is held between flights. All participating cadets receive a call sign. Consider
going to a nearby base where crud is played to expose cadets to an Officers’ Club and the
atmosphere of an active duty unit. If that's not available, consider using pool tables in
student lounges, student activities centers, etc. Can also meet lesson objective 8,
Environment of the Air Force Officer.
b. Time: 1 LLAB Session; Can do more if wanted or have some GMC do it this day, others
do it on another day if large amount of GMC
Objective 19-18
g. Detachment Contact: Kent State University; RPI (Ice Skating); Indiana State University
(Wallyball)
a. Purpose: Actively learn more about military history/heritage in a group setting. Learn
more about peers to establish camaraderie.
b. Time: TBD
d. Concept of Operations: Visit and tour a local institution relating to United States,
military, or Air Force history and/or heritage. Examples include presidential library,
holocaust museum, historical sites, battlegrounds, museums with historical displays,
capitol building, etc. You should not have to travel far or to a big city for this LLAB.
Even in a small town, you can locate something of historical significance, even just a
simple landmark or statue that can then be used as a setting for the discussion. The idea
is to have students view a physical representation of history. After the tour, POC will a
lead a guided discussion on getting students to think how they want to be physically
represented, focusing especially on how they want their military career to be represented
and have students write obituaries, including how they want their time in the Air
Force/military service to be described.
e. Detachment Contact: Rutgers University (visited naval ships USS Wasp, USS Intrepid,
etc.)
f. Sample Program: See page 63 for more extensive information and description of
execution. Includes debrief questions.
d. Concept of Operations: You may use LLAB to reinforce these skills with the SCL and
expose all other cadets to survival topics. This can be done in a variety of ways. For
starters, the lesson plans that survival instructors developed for ROTC are included on
page 66. One way you can use this is to take some of the topics (fire lays, insulation
beds, berry-edibility rules, preparing animals to eat, procuring water, etc.) and assign one
Objective 19-19
topic to a group of GMCs. During the first portion of the LLAB session, the groups of
GMC cadets can research the topic (Internet, library). Then, in the latter half of the
LLAB session, they can reassemble and each group has to brief what it discovered.
Notice the advantages of this method of teaching this material. POC doesn't have to be
knowledgeable about survival nor have to prepare extensively for this LLAB. By having
to research the materials, GMC cadets learn the materials, because they are actively
seeking the information instead of just hearing it in a briefing. Other methods of
exposing cadets to survival topics are to request local experts (check with local
adventure/outdoor recreation stores, wildlife agency personnel, park rangers, Boy Scout
leaders, etc.) to see if any have expertise in these topics and can be a guest instructor (or
use whatever expertise you may have in your detachment); you can provide them with the
lesson plans here or let them teach related topics. However, prevent this from merely
becoming a lecture as much as possible; request speakers to perform demonstrations and
let students actively participate. For example, instead of just telling them what an
insulation bed is, have students construct an insulation bed. Another option is to see if
your local ARMY ROTC detachments cover any of these topics. If so, see if they will let
your cadets attend the survival training portions, or request they come teach it to your
cadets. In addition, you are not limited to the topics listed in these survival lesson plans.
Water survival and winter survival are examples of alternate topics. You can research
these topics on the Internet to find descriptions of techniques used in survival; provide the
GMC with this material and have them practice the techniques. Since the intent is to
expose them, it doesn't have to be exactly by the book. Another easy ELP is to simply
teach them one part of the lesson, for example, the 5 rules of improvising (on page 78),
then task them to improvise a solution to a problem in the detachment or on campus.
f. Sample Program: The course is broken down into three stations: drown-proofing, high-
water entry, and dry-equipment carry. Cadets spend 25 minutes at each station. Upon
arrival at a station, the instructing cadet briefs them on safety issues for that station and
how to complete the objective. Drown-proofing is an Army term referring to the way in
which you inflate your battle dress pants and use them as a flotation device. First you
remove your pants and tie off the legs. While holding the waist, push the pants out in
front of you, holding the opening under water. This causes the tied- off legs to inflate
with air.
20. Icebreakers/Socials:
b. Time: This should be limited to no more than two, one-hour sessions, one per semester.
Objective 19-20
c. Concept of Operations: The current philosophy for GMC cadets is to focus on building
camaraderie and teamwork skills and help them decide if they want to enter the Air
Force; social activities start this process. In keeping with this, a cadet arriving at a
detachment should not be entering a hostile environment; the detachment should not
attempt to wash out or eliminate new cadets. The test will come in whether they pass
their academic tests and meet attendance/motivation requirements of the LLAB program
per AFROTCI 36-2010; POC cadets should not use their behavior and treatment of GMC
cadets as a test to see if the GMC cadets can handle it. However, on the flip side, note
the time restriction: only one social activity per semester should count towards meeting
time requirements for objective 20 as the intent is not for ROTC LLAB program to
become a social program. You can also tie these social activities in with recruiting
efforts. So, for example, if you have a picnic for anyone interested in ROTC, and GMC
man the picnic activities and effort, this can count towards this objective. You can also
see if the Air Force Association would be willing to provide food, drinks, or other
promotional items.
d. Detachment Contact: Indiana State University (Welcome back picnics in fall, Bring a
friend to LLAB night with pizza and motivational videos, tailgate party); Georgia Tech
(Reserved block of basketball seats for cadets at basketball game, hockey game and held
tailgate party); University of North Texas (starts every lab with high energy music,
videos, akin to a pep rally with flight cheers).
b. Time: TBD
c. Concept of Operations: GMC cadets are at the bottom tier of the detachment's hierarchy.
Now, they'll get an opportunity to see what it's like to not just be responsible for one
person--themselves--and instead see what it's like to be in charge of the entire cadet
corps. By taking over the POC positions to plan an activity, they'll understand that POCs
aren't just sitting around, doing nothing, and come to understand that planning logistics
for a lot of people is a challenge.
e. Sample Program: See page 31 for a sample lesson plan in which GMC Take-Over Day
involves Capture the Flag. It can be used with any sport or activity. However,
recommend you don't make the activity too easy or require little planning such as
volleyball; try to pick an activity that the detachment hasn't done yet so planning will be a
challenge. Sample lesson plan includes handouts and debriefing materials.
Objective 19-21
22. Basic Ground School:
b. Time: TBD
d. Concept of Operations: One of the central activities of the Air Force is flying. However,
nearly 90% of Air Force officers are in support areas. Some have little interaction with
planes and the actual flying mission. For this activity, cadets learn some fundamentals of
flying. Since the object is to expose and increase appreciation, the instructor doesn't
necessarily have to be an expert. It can be someone who has attended ground school.
This doesn't have to be an in-depth session. Recommend introducing some of the basics
such as weather and how to operate the plane. Teach students how to plot a course,
calculate fuel, and give them problems to work using what they were just taught. As
much as possible, provide activities such as problems to solve rather than this being a
2-hour lecture. You could also use this activity for lesson objective 8, Environment of an
Air Force Officer.
a. Purpose: Learn a new computer skill. Expose students to simulated wargames. Improve
attention to detail and situational awareness.
b. Time: Only use for one LLAB session for credit towards objective 20 hours.
e. Sample Program: University of Kansas developed the War Room with computers
networked together for the cadets to conduct wargames, dogfights, and to practice flight
simulations.
Objective 19-22
24. Self Defense Training:
a. Purpose: Learn a new skill, tie it into communications, develop and practice
communication skills with team members. Improve physical fitness and attention to
detail and situational awareness.
d. Concept of Operations: You can request a local instructor or cadet instructor lead cadets
in a session in learning basic self-defense skills. Have them practice the drills.
c. Concept of Operations: Pick and plan an activity that can be done with Army/Navy
cadets. This can be any of the activities listed for objective 20 such as volleyball, field
day, combat-oriented training, survival, social, etc.
d. Detachment Contacts: Kansas State University; The Ohio State University (paint ball
battles, picnic); Wright State University; University of California at Berkley; Louisiana
State University (CORPS Wars sporting competitions including physical fitness, flag
football, ultimate Frisbee, blood drive; joint LEAD Exercise--FTX--with orienteering,
survival gear/weaponry, encampment protection); Indiana State University (Field Day,
land navigation course instruction); University of Utah (ROTC Challenge).
c. Concept of Operations: The LLAB session can either be spent brainstorming and
planning recruiting activities. Or, if they participate in one session of this activity,
actually executing the recruiting activity outside normal LLAB hours will count towards
LLAB so they wouldn't have to attend the recruiting activity LLAB scheduled in normal
hours.
d. Detachment Contacts: Tennessee State University (got local skyscraper to spell "USAF
ROTC" with their lighted windows at night); The Ohio State University (Plan/participate
Objective 19-23
in tailgate function for visitors and alumni in a high visibility area); Duke University
(participate in campus orientation program for freshmen/admitted high school students);
Miami University of Ohio (worked with varsity athletics media coordinator, developing
poster with female varsity volleyball team in flights suits with F-16 as backdrop--over
5,000 posters distributed throughout the community; arranged with varsity football and
basketball teams for cheerleaders to distribute AFROTC promotional t-shirts and water
bottles during athletic events); Wright State University (involved in briefing high school
counselors on the requirements of AFROTC scholarships; have AFROTC program
highlighted on campus electronic marquee at entrance to sports arena; designed and
obtained high profile billboard on the campus free of charge); University of Kansas;
Georgia Tech.
a. Purpose: Build camaraderie based on Air Force tradition. Note this is the only drill
activity that may be used to meet objective 20.
b. Time: One hour during one LLAB session for flights to prepare/practice jodies; One
hour during another LLAB session for the competition to occur.
c. Facility Requirements: Area (outdoor drill pad or indoor stage) large enough for one
flight to perform any drill configurations needed to accompany jodie
d. Concept of Operations: Give GMC cadets a heads up early on that they'll be participating
in a jodie competition. If needed, have an AS200 or POC flight demonstrate. This way,
cadets can compose original jodies on their own time. When time is actually scheduled
during LLAB to prepare for the competition, flights can decide which jodie to use and
prepare and practice drill configurations to accompany the jodie. Then, in another LLAB
session, they'll compete against other flights. This can also be used as a field day event.
See the lesson plan for lesson objective 6 for jodie competition materials including
evaluation and score sheets.
Objective 19-24
Physical Fitness Challenge
(Provided by University of Utah)
Event #1
Groups: 5 Groups of 2
Objectives: Group 1 will run 30 yards and do 50 pushups and return to start.
Group 2 will run 40 yards and do 40 pushups and return to start.
Group 3 will run 50 yards and do 30 pushups and return to start.
Group 4 will run 60 yards and do 20 pushups and return to start.
Group 5 will run 100 yards and do 10 pushups and return to start.
Event #2
Groups: 2 groups of 2
2 groups of 3
Rules: 1. All groups will participate before any group can repeat.
2. Groups will stay in their original order.
3. Participants’ feet will be on the 50 yard line and will face me.
4. All sit-ups will be done in cadence.
5. Once a group breaks cadence, or stops, the team earns a 30-second penalty
until the next group can start the event.
Objective: The team that completes the most sit-ups in 10 minutes wins!
Objective 19-25
Physical Fitness Challenge
Event #3
Objective: First team to run a total of 15 miles, with all members running at least 1 mile,
and all members crossing the start line wins!
Objective: Group 1 runs from start to 50-yard line and does 10 pushups.
Group 2 runs from 50-yard line to start and does 10 sit-ups.
Group 3 runs from start to 50 yard line and does 20 pushups.
Group 4 runs from 50-yard line to start and does 20 sit-ups.
Group 5 runs from start to 50 yard line and does 40 pushups.
Objective 19-26
ROTC Challenge Event Break-Down
(Provided by University of Utah)
Task: Divide your team into two groups. Group 1 will do pushups, while Group 2 runs sprints.
If you have an odd number of team members, place the extra member in Group 1. Seniors and
juniors will accomplish these first; once completed, sophomores and freshmen teams will
compete. You have 3 minutes from the time I stop talking until I blow my whistle to begin.
Objective: The first team to have all their runners return to the ready line from the far cones
wins.
Rules: Group 1 members will start in the front-leaning rest, lined up 5 feet behind and facing
their runners who will be on the ready line. At the whistle, Group 2 will run to the far cones and
return to the ready line. At the same time, Group 1 accomplishes cadence pushups. A cadre
member will call cadence. If someone stops doing correct pushups, their entire team must stop,
and all runners will return to the point of the slowest runner. Group 2 may continue running
once all runners are relined and Group 1 returns to accomplishing cadence pushups. A 30-
second penalty will be asserted for every runner who doesn’t fully cross the far cones.
Task: Divide your team into two groups. Group 1 will run one lap around the park. Group 2
will run a half lap around the park and do 40 sit-ups. If you have an odd number, put him/her in
Group 1. There is a cadre member at the start and midway point to assist you. All teams will be
staggered 1 minute. Teams will start Navy Seniors, AF Seniors, Navy Juniors, AF Juniors, etc.
You have 5 minutes from the time I stop talking until I blow my whistle to begin.
Rules: Group 1 will start running at the ready line. Once everyone from Group 1 passes the
halfway point, Group 2 may start to run. Once everyone from Group 1 & 2 crosses the finish
line, Group 2 will do 40 sit-ups with Group 1 spotting their feet. All sit-ups will be done in
cadence, counted aloud from your own group. If any person from Group 2 starts running before
everyone from their Group 1 crosses the mid-way line, the team will be eliminated.
Task: Divide your team into two groups. Group 1 will run to the first set of cones, return, and
do 20 group counted cadence sit-ups with Group 2 holding their feet. Group two will then run to
the second set of cones, return to the ready line where they will do 20 group counted cadence
pushups. Next, Group 1 will run to the first set of cones, return to the ready line, and complete 10
group-counted cadence pushups. Finally, Group 2 will run to the second set of cones, return to
the ready line, and do 30 group-counted cadence sit-ups. Seniors and juniors will accomplish
Objective 19-27
these first. Once completed, sophomores and freshmen teams will compete. You have 3 minutes
from the time I stop talking until I blow my whistle to begin.
Rules: Only one group of your two groups can participate in the event at one time. All
participants from one group must complete their event before the next group may start. All
pushups and sit-ups will be done with bodies behind the ready line and their hands/feet grounded
on the ready line, facing the far cones. No pushups or sit-ups will count if not done correctly. A
30-second penalty will be asserted for every cadet in your group who doesn’t fully cross the
assigned far cones.
Objective 19-28
ROTC Challenge
Event Break-Down (Cadre Score Sheet)
Rules:
Runners MUST stop when anyone in their Group 1 stops doing correct cadence pushups.
Cadre member will give cadence for ALL groups aloud at same time.
Group 1 – Runs one full lap (Senior Navy, AF; Junior Navy, AF, etc…).
Group 2 – Runs one-half lap and does 40 sit-ups.
Rules:
Everyone from Group 1 MUST pass the halfway point before Group 2 can start to run. We
need someone there to watch. All teams start 1-minute apart.
Once both groups have crossed the starting/finish line, Group 2 will do 40-cadence sit-ups,
spotted by Group 1.
Rules:
Only one group can compete at a time (first group must complete before the next group
starts).
All pushups and sit-ups must be done behind ready-line, facing cones.
Don’t count anything that isn’t done correctly; make them redo that part.
Objective 19-29
ROTC Challenge
Event Break-Down (Cadre Score Sheet)
Rules:
Runners MUST stop when anyone in their group stops doing correct cadence pushups.
Cadre member will give cadence for ALL groups aloud at same time.
Group 1 – Runs one full lap (Senior Navy, AF; Junior Navy, AF, etc.).
Group 2 – Runs one-half lap and does 40 sit-ups once done.
Rules:
Everyone from Group 1 MUST pass the halfway point before Group 2 can start to run. We
need someone there to watch. All teams start 1-minute apart.
Once both groups have crossed the starting/finishing line, Group 2 will do 40-cadence sit-ups
spotted by Group 1.
Rules:
Only one group can compete at a time (first group must complete before next starts).
All pushups and sit-ups must be done behind ready line, facing cones.
Don’t count anything that isn’t done correctly; make them redo that part
Objective 19-30
PART I
PART IA
Samples of Behavior:
1. Describe examples of effective and ineffective interpersonal communications.
2. Describe how nonverbal communications affect performance.
3. Detect some of your own strengths and weaknesses in interpersonal communications.
PART IB
Strategy: First, all GMC will assemble. POC will then explain the chain of command and
organizational chart, describing what each position in the cadet wing does. Then, the POC will
announce that it is a GMC take-over day. They will give a copy of the new GMC organizational
chart to the GMC Wing Commander. They will also give the Wing Commander a copy of the
handout with instructions on what mission--Capture the Flag--he has to plan for. He then has to
make it happen by taking charge of the GMC. GMC will use the rest of the LLAB to plan the
Capture the Flag activity. If needed, they will be able to go to their POC counterparts to ask
questions. If the POC recognizes the GMC is going to the wrong person for the answer or
breaking the chain of command, he/she should tell the GMC and point him/her in the right
direction. GMC will make calls as needed, for example, to reserve fields. At the end of this
session, POC will review what the GMC turns in to ensure all is set up satisfactorily. POC will
provide feedback on how they think the GMC did in the planning session. GMC will then
execute their plan during the LLAB period slotted for Capture the Flag. POC should observe
their counterparts, taking notes on how the GMC handle their positions and taskings, and be
prepared to give feedback at the end of this LLAB period.
Objective 19-31
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested: Suppose you and a friend decide to go to the movies. What arrangements would
you have to make? As you can see, it's fairly simply. Now, suppose you have to arrange for 150
cadets to go to the movies. What arrangements will you now have to make? Now, you can see
that the planning becomes more complicated. You must arrange for transportation, plan the best
time for all to attend, make reservations at the theater, decide what to wear, decide how much
money the cadets need to bring, where to meet and at what time, and ensure all 150 cadets
receive the information.)
MOTIVATION
(Suggested: As you can see, the more people in an organization, the more complex the planning
is. As leaders in the Air Force, you must become accustomed to not just taking care of yourself
or a small group. You've got to learn how to use the chain of command and the Air Force
organizational charts to get tasks done on a large scale. This LLAB session will get you started.)
OVERVIEW
A. Review organization chart
B. Assign mission
C. GMC planning
D. POC debrief
TRANSITION
(Suggested: We're going to give you, the GMC, an activity to plan for the whole Det. Before we
do this, we want to make sure you understand the organizational chart and who does what.)
BODY
PRESENTATION
Have each POC member state his position and briefly describe the responsibilities. Now
show the GMC the organization chart with the GMC plugged in.
Give the appointed General Military Course (GMC) Wing Commander the mission handout.
Explain that he is to lead the GMC wing in planning for the Capture the Flag activity. Tell
him that 15 minutes before the session is over, he should make sure all GMC reassemble,
turn in all required items (listed in handout), and get debriefed by POC.
Objective 19-32
C. GMC planning
GMC meets, then carries out, all tasks needed to plan. POC will be accessible and will
shadow the GMC who took their positions and inject helpful comments as needed.
D. POC debrief
All will assemble. POC will debrief each of the GMCs they observed using the debrief
handout as needed. Provide pointers on how they could have made things run smoother or
what else needs to be done before the actual day this plan is executed.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Review organization chart
B. Assign mission
C. GMC planning
D. POC debrief
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested: Sometimes you may think POC cadets aren't doing much because they're not
outside every LLAB participating in all the activities. Now you see that behind the scenes, a lot
of time and effort is going into planning events. Today you realized there's a lot more to
planning activities when more people are involved. You should see that having an
organizational chart and chain of command helps the flow of information as well as planning.)
CLOSURE
(Suggested: You'll need to remember this when you become a second lieutenant so that when
you're assigned a large task, you'll be able to get it done by going to the right people in the
organization.)
Objective 19-33
GMC TAKE-OVER DAY Handout
MISSION: GMC will plan for a LLAB session, date: _, in which the detachment will play,
‘Capture the Flag.’ The following tasks must be assigned and executed during today's LLAB
planning session:
The following items must be turned in to POC 20 minutes before LLAB period is over:
List of supplies
Confirmation of location reservation
Copy of ops order
Copy of inclement weather plan
Copy of schedule
GMC will execute this plan during the designated LLAB period.
Objective 19-34
POC Debrief for GMC Take-Over Day
POC will observe GMC in this planning session. Be prepared to give GMC feedback using the
below questions:
1. What was first done after GMC received the task? What could they have done instead?
(Inform everyone of mission and tasks and then assigning tasks to groups would be ideal.)
2. How did the GMC organize? Did they communicate effectively that way? If not, how could
they have done better?
3. Was everybody involved in some part of the task? If not, how could they have been utilized
better?
Objective 19-35
PART I
Student Preparation: Wear appropriate athletic gear. Notify POC if you are injured/ill and
unable to participate. You can still participate in the observation of interpersonal
communications.
Date of Lesson Development/Last Major Revision: May 2002
PART IA
ROTC Objective Met: 19
Samples of Behavior:
1. Describe examples of effective and ineffective interpersonal communications.
2. Describe how nonverbal communications affect performance.
3. Detect some of your own strengths and weaknesses in interpersonal communications.
Objective 19-36
PART IB
Strategy: During this lesson, cadets will get to climb a rock wall, but this will not be solely a
physical exercise. Instead, cadets will apply concepts learned in the AS100 Interpersonal
Communications class. By previewing the questions that will be asked after the activity, cadets
will watch their peers and themselves, scrutinizing the communications, making them very
conscious of it. This will enable them to observe and analyze the interpersonal communications.
Simultaneously, they'll be participating in a fun activity, possibly exposing them to something
they'll want to continue to do as a part of their fitness lifestyle.
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested: Look at the wall in front of you. To some of you, this looks intimidating. Some of
you have never done this before and are worried about how you'll perform. Others are excited
about trying it out.)
MOTIVATION
(Suggested: Today, we're not just going to have fun playing on a rock wall. Instead, we're going
to use this exercise to show how interpersonal communication and teamwork is necessary in any
endeavor. So when you become a second lieutenant and you're intimidated or excited about your
new job, you'll use the lessons learned here.)
OVERVIEW
A. Interpersonal communications preview
B. Safety info
C. Rock-wall climbing instruction
D. Activity
E. Equipment return
F. Interpersonal communications review
TRANSITION
(Suggested: You're probably eager to get started on the wall, but before we do, let's look at some
elements of interpersonal communication.)
BODY
PRESENTATION
You should have/will learn this in your AS100 class. However, let's go ahead and look at
some basics. First, interpersonal communication is what people use to understand each other.
Objective 19-37
QUESTION: What do you have to do to get someone to understand you?
You especially need to be detailed when directing them to do something. For example, if
you say, "Hand me that," your direction may be unclear. What is “that”? Now, if you say it
and point, your direction is clearer. Also, be specific. For example, saying "I need more
rope" is not as effective as saying, "Tom, give me two more feet of rope." Notice how
instead of saying to the world in general, "I need something," your words indicate who
should provide you what you need and exactly how much you need.
FOQ: How can you tell that someone doesn't understand you?
ANSWER: Confused facial expression, do something other than what you intended them to
do, asks questions...
ANSWER: Explain it a different way, draw it, ask them what part is confusing them...
One of the most valuable things you can do in interpersonal communication is providing
feedback. So if you don't understand something, you should let the other person know and
ask questions until you do understand. Also, if you tell someone something, you'll want to
make sure they understand so you need to ask for their feedback, then they'll feel more
comfortable giving it.
Now we're going to begin the activity. You need to go ahead and look at the handout and as
we do the activity, think and jot down examples you observe. Be prepared to discuss the
items on the handout after we're through climbing.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: Keep these basics in mind. Once we're done with the climbing activity today, we're
going to ask for examples of interpersonal communication and see how communication helped
people understand each other during this activity. (Introduce instructor.) Our instructor will now
teach us how to climb the walls.)
B. Safety info.
Objective 19-38
D. Activity
Pair cadets up and allow all to do the activity as much as time allows.
E. Equipment return
With 20 minutes left, direct all cadets to return equipment and clean up as applicable. You'll
then assemble all for the discussion.
Go over each question on the handout and get cadets to give examples. Summarize the
lessons learned.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Interpersonal communications preview
B. Safety info
C. Rock-wall climbing instruction
D. Activity
E. Equipment return
F. Interpersonal communications review
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested: Today you thought you were just going to have a good time on the rock wall. You
also saw how your interpersonal communications affected this activity. Likewise, your
communications in any other activity any time in your Air Force career will be critical to your
performance.)
CLOSURE
(Suggested: Keep studying how you communicate with others. Think about how you can get
them to understand you, how as a leader you'll need to be careful in how you communicate so
that your followers understand you.)
Objective 19-39
Interpersonal Communications Handout--Rock Wall
1. What were some examples of nonverbal communications between you and your partner?
2. What were some examples of different tones of voice used in communicating with your
partner?
3. What were some examples where someone initially didn't understand a partner? What was
done to overcome the initial misunderstanding?
4. What directions did the person on the wall give? What directions did the person on the
ground give?
7. What weaknesses in your communication skills did you discover? What strengths?
8. How did you communicate to increase motivation and encourage your partner?
10. What other lessons, even outside communication skills, did you learn while rock-wall
climbing today?
Objective 19-40
Various Field Day/Competitive Activities
Stretcher Carry:
Each unit will field a group of 20 people, four teams of five. Each unit is issued an old army
style stretcher called a “litter”.
Four of the 20 unit members must be female and at least one of the four shuttles must have a
female carrying. Five members per shuttle (1 riding and 4 carrying); male/female composition
of shuttle is up to team. Each team of 5 will start behind the ready line, while stretcher is on the
start line (reference attached graphic for visual of 5 meter drop off/pick up zone). The first teams
start with GET READY, GET SET followed by the judge’s whistle. Each team will man
stretcher and sprint 50 yards at which time they will switch to a new team of five. Only one
stretcher is allowed per team. This will be done a total of four times. The stretcher and the team
must completely cross the 50-yard line before the next team can cross the start line. The next
team must be waiting behind the ready/start line. The person must be carried in the stretcher the
entire distance. Rider will lay feet first in direction of travel, on his/her back, and must hold on
to sides of stretcher. Judges will not allow team to start or continue if the rider is not positioned
correctly (safety issue). Stretcher should receive final inspection by team prior to use. If a
stretcher is dropped, it doesn’t disqualify the team. Four of the team members must pick up the
litter with the victim on board to continue. The fourth team and litter must completely cross the
50-yard line to finish the race.
Objective 19-41
Structure Contest (Can also be used as GLP for objective 7):
Provide a small pile of miscellaneous building materials (chair, wood scraps, rope, pipe,
anything). Team members will build a structure that is x amount of feet off the ground, will hold
all members, and is able to remain stable for x amount of time without falling down.
Each team has a maximum of seven minutes to build their structure. No points awarded for early
finishers.
Points = X (inches off the ground) + Y (Seconds standing without falling apart)
X: 1-3 inches + 1 pt, 4-6 inches = 3 pts, 7-10 inches = 6 pts, 11 + inches = 9 pts
Y: 0-15 sec = 1 pt, 16-20 sec = 3 pts, 21-25 sec = 6 pts, 26+ sec = 9 pts
Team Challenge:
Need bats, eggs, obstacles (can be cones, chair, or some other marker), and tarp. This is a
combination of four sub-events. Assign members of team to each sub-event (for example, if
team has eight people, two of them will do the fireman's carry, two others will do the dizzy lizzy,
etc). When time starts, team members doing the first sub-event start with the egg and must pass
the egg to the two people doing the next sub-event when a tag is made. Sub-events include:
A. Fireman’s Carry around obstacles
B. Dizzy Lizzy w/obstacles
C. Piggy Back w/blind folded carrier and the passenger being eyes, negotiate around obstacles
D. Slide home with the egg in hand (big tarp with water/slip'n'slide)
D B
Tug-of-War:
Winning team acquires four points from the losing team's point total.
Bonus: Winning team acquires three extra points (not from the losing team's point total) if they
win in less than 10 seconds.
Objective 19-42
PART I
PART IA
PART IB
Lesson Outline
A. Security
B. Tactical formations
1. File
2. Column
3. Line
4. Wedge
C. Movement
1. Route selection
2. Movement techniques
D. Command and Control
1. Hand and arm signals
2. Challenge and reply
E. Immediate Action Drills
1. Freeze
2. Hasty ambush
3. Immediate assault
4. Counter ambush
a. Near ambush
b. Far ambush
F. Handling prisoners
Objective 19-43
1. Speed to the rear
2. Search
3. Segregate
4. Silence
5. Tagging
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested: Name some military movies. Top Gun, Stripes, Full Metal Jacket, We Were
Soldiers. Even just thinking about the movie, "We Were Soldiers," you'll notice that the only
time you saw Mel Gibson or any of his troops marching was on base. How do our military
members move when they're not on base, when they're in an area that has unknown hazards and
enemies? If you’re traveling with a group of people, how do you travel without being detected?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested: Small-unit tactics is the answer. Though you learn how to march in ROTC,
marching is not how you'll transport your people when you're off base, especially in a deployed
location. In case you ever lead a small unit in this situation, let's get you familiar with some
basic small-unit tactics.)
OVERVIEW
A. Security
B. Tactical formations
C. Movement
D. Command and Control
E. Immediate Action Drills
F. Handling prisoners
TRANSITION
(Suggested: Before we even begin having you move in hostile areas in small groups, we need to
review your security lesson to make sure that when you move, you're not detected, if possible.)
A. Security.
Now let's learn how to apply security concepts to you and your people in small-unit tactics.
ANSWER: Inside perimeter performing security function and outside perimeter at all times:
Weapon should be at the ready: the rifle is held with two hands, one at the trigger well and
one at the hand guards. The finger is not on the trigger, and the barrel is pointed down.
Objective 19-44
That's how you safely carry your weapon. Just remember that no matter how you carry it,
you always CARRY it--that means no leaning it against a table while you go to pick up
something or laying it on the ground while you go to the port-a-john. These are classic errors
that an enemy can capitalize on by using your own weapon against you.
ANSWER: When you protect something, keep it secure but without using weapons. The
idea is to LESSEN damage from enemy attack. The effort you put into protecting it should
be minimal, i.e., you shouldn't have to use much money, manpower, material, or time to set
up this protection.
ANSWER:
Hardening
Camouflage
Concealment
Deception/decoys
Dispersal
Blackout
Light discipline
Noise discipline
Movement discipline
Litter discipline
Contamination avoidance
Let's analyze how to apply them to you, an individual, when you're engaged in small-unit
tactics.
ANSWER: Camouflage—anything you use to keep yourself, your equipment, and your
position from looking like what they really are. Both natural and man-made material can be
used for camouflage. Make yourself blend into your surroundings so it's hard to spot you but
also so that no one can tell you’re a human, even if they can tell “something” is there.
Wearing camouflage clothes and facial paint helps. You can also hide under camouflage,
concealment and deception (CCD) netting. Also, since outlines and shadows may reveal
your position or equipment, you'll want to stay in the shadows when possible. Shine may
Objective 19-45
also attract the enemy attention, so dull the surfaces of equipment/weapons you're holding
with paint, mud, or some type of camouflage material. Think about the movies where you've
seen military people decorating their hats, weapons, and uniforms with sprigs of bushes and
trees; those are examples of camouflage. YOU need to be camouflaged in a high-risk
environment. The clothes of an individual must blend with the predominant color of the
background. Skin and light-colored equipment are toned down for the same purpose. In
movies, you've seen military people plop a lot of camouflage paint on their faces. However,
there's a correct way of doing this rather than just putting neat, warrior-looking patterns on
your face.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Teaching how to apply face paint is optional; do only if you're
knowledgeable and supplies are available.
Let's look at how to apply camouflage paint correctly. Face and hands, exposed skin on the
back of the neck, ears, arms, and hands must be painted. Field expedients may be used such
as shoe polish, burnt cork, and mud. Caution must be used when utilizing mud as it may
contain harmful germs and fungus, and will not adhere to the skin when dry. To break up
shape, the face, neck, and hands should be toned down in disrupting-type patterns. This will
break up the feature outlines of nose, eyes, cheekbones, and chin. You'll need to lighten
dark, shadowy areas on your face; to do this, use light colored paint around eyes, under nose
and under chin. Then, you'll darken shiny areas; put dark paint on your forehead,
cheekbones, nose ears and chin.
Objective 19-46
intention; i.e., you could set up mannequins or make footprints leading in one direction but
then go another, brushing away your actual footprints.
ANSWER: Dispersal—the spreading of people over a wide area. When moving in a small
group, don't stand beside each other. When you stop for a break, don't crowd together. Don't
stack all your food and equipment in one pile--keep it scattered!
QUESTION: How can you apply blackout and light discipline to small-unit tactics?
ANSWER: Use light sticks inside instead of flashlights. Don’t shine light when outside at
night. For light discipline, the general guidance is don't smoke in the open, and don't use a
flashlight without proper cover. Even covered with a blanket, a small flashlight is highly
visible to night-vision devices. Nowadays, consider other sources of light such as from a
laptop computer screen and eliminate those when your Rules of Engagement (ROEs) demand
a blackout.
ANSWER: Noise discipline—taking action to prevent sounds made by your team from
reaching the enemy. You want to use methods to communicate that do not generate sounds;
that's what hand and arm signals are for. Tape equipment so it will not rattle. Travel during
rain and storms so the weather noise covers the noise of your movement.
ANSWER: Movement discipline—this includes such things as not moving unless necessary
(so not taking the Humvees for a spin for the heck of it!) and not moving on routes that lack
cover and concealment. If possible, you'll want to move in woods or terrain that gives
Objective 19-47
concealment. You want to avoid open areas and not skyline yourself on hilltops and ridges.
To get protection from enemy fire when moving, use routes that put cover between you and
the places where the enemy is known or thought to be. Use ravines, gullies, hills, wooded
areas, walls and other cover to keep the enemy from seeing and firing at you. As you're
moving, whether by vehicle or on foot, stay away as much as possible from the things the
enemy may target. If they might target your water sources, don't hang out near the water
tower or near the water buffalos. Use the cover and concealment of the terrain. Move during
periods of reduced visibility and favorable weather conditions. Ideal conditions are when it
is dark, windy, and raining.
ANSWER: Litter Discipline—keep all materials in zip-lock bags so nothing is loose. Have
team members check you for loose, hanging objects. Make sure nothing protrudes from your
rucksack that might be caught on low-lying branches or brambles. Keep zip-lock bags and
cloth in your rucksack to let crumbs drop on. When you pack your rucksack, leave space for
trash.
Whatever security measures you take, maintain constant security. As the team leader, you’ll
be supervising numerous actions, whether checking with the map and compass personnel or
conferring with team members. Therefore, you alone can’t provide the security for your
people. Plan for and delegate responsibility for security en route. You’ll want to constantly
check the security status but aren’t going to do the security yourself. As you’ll see in
formation types, you can appoint a point security as well as security to flank your people and
be in the rear. You’ll also want to make one of your people be in charge of these security
members.
Also, when you arrive at danger points, everyone will need to be highly involved in security.
Particularly, when you get to your destination, you don’t just walk in and say “Hi.” You’re
going to want to observe it carefully, secure the area—be suspicious! If you’re going there
for a reason or to get something, an enemy may know you’re going there, or they may be
going there for the same reason, or they may want to get the same thing.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: Now that you know how to secure your people, let's look at how to form them up.
They won't be marching in the ordinary columns you’re used to doing; instead, there are
particular tactical formations your people need to learn to move in a hostile environment.)
B. Tactical formations
When you know you’re going to be moving a small group of people, you need to analyze
your mission to decide which of these formations will be appropriate. You’ll also need to
adjust to a different formation if the conditions you’re traveling in change, requiring a
formation more suited for its environment. Let’s look at four types of formations and get
information to help you decide which would be best for what circumstances. (Instructor: As
Objective 19-48
you explain each type, pass the handouts around or draw the formation on a board or the
ground.)
a. Used when enemy contact is not likely and the team can operate on roads and trails
c. Alpha team goes to the left, Bravo to the right, or left security goes to the left column,
right security goes to the right column
3. Line
b. Advantage: Entire team can cross a danger area in a minimum amount of time
c. Disadvantages:
(1) If team is spotted, the entire formation is compromised.
(2) No one is behind to cover tracks.
b. Offers good all-around security and is a workable formation down to four personnel
Objective 19-49
c. Can quickly be converted into a line formation for an assault or into a file
TRANSITION
(Suggested: The tactical formations give you a way to organize your people into positions that
best suit your need for security and accountability. However, your people will not just stand in
those positions; they’ll be moving. Next we’ll study principles of movement in small-unit
tactics.)
C. Movement.
1. Route selection. To move, you’ll need to know what route you’re going to take.
a. Pick routes to avoid contact with the enemy and local inhabitants. Remember, you
must reach your target without being detected.
b. Analyze the terrain in the area in which the team will operate. Normally this is done
with maps and aerial photos.
c. Follow OCOKA
(1) Observation. Pick routes offering you good ability to observe while avoiding
exposure to the enemy.
(2) Cover a n d C o n c e a l m e n t . Pick t h e r o u t e t h a t o f f e r s n a t u r a l
c o v e r a n d concealment.
(3) Obstacles. Can impede your march or may also be used to impede enemy attack
or pursuit.
(4) Key Terrain. The enemy will probably have it occupied or covered by fire.
(5) Avenues of Approach. Avoid likely avenues of approach. Think of it this way:
if it’s easy, it’s probably dangerous.
2. Movement techniques
b. Tape or pad the parts of your weapon and equipment that rattle or may snag.
e. Stop, look, and listen when moving. Pay attention to the following:
(1) Sounds
Objective 19-50
(2) Dust or vehicle exhaust
(3) Movement
(4) Positions—of landmarks and your own people: Are your people where they
should be in the formation? Is anyone missing?
(5) Outlines or shadows
(6) Shine or glare
(7) Contrasting colors
f. Cross roads and trails at places that have the most cover and concealment, such as
large culverts, low spots or curves.
h. Maintain proper personnel spacing. This is generally 10 meters during the day and 5
meters at night. This means that when you and your group of people are moving
through any terrain during the day, any two people in the formation shouldn’t be
walking right beside each other or directly behind each other.
ANSWER: If enemy attacks, they have two separate targets instead of being able to take out
two targets with only one grenade or bullet. Also, if there is a disturbance such as an attack,
the two people have space to maneuver and take cover instead of getting in each other’s way.
Depending on the terrain, each person needs plenty of room to see what’s in front of them;
for example, if there is uneven footing, you don’t want to block each other’s view of the next
step by being too close. Finally, if there is a landmine or Unexploded Ordnance (UXO), the
one person who tripped it might be harmed, but ideally no one else will be too close to be
harmed as well.
D. Command and control. While your troops are moving, the team leader still needs to perform
the role of leading by maintaining command and control.
1. To maintain command and control, you’ll need to be able to communicate to your troops.
However, depending on the conditions, you may be torn between needing to
communicate, yet trying to maintain noise discipline.
QUESTION: What can you do to maintain noise discipline, yet be able to communicate
to the members of your team?
You can either indicate to your troops what some of your basic signals will be or you can
use the standard military ones.
2. Challenge and Reply. Using these hand-and-arm signals, you’ll be able to communicate
your commands to them. However, you still need to be in charge when your unit
Objective 19-51
encounters unknown personnel. “Challenge and Reply” is a procedure used to identify
friendly personnel in a tactical situation.
a. First, you’ll need to select a challenge word or phrase and a reply word or phrase.
However, these code words must change every 24 hours or sooner if it is
compromised.
b. When members of your unit detect another individual approaching the group, the
following challenge and reply procedures should be followed:
c. Those are the procedures for when your unit detects an individual approaching the
group. However, you’ll change the procedures a bit when your unit sees another
group of people approaching:
QUESTION: What do you do if the person does not reply to your challenge, gives the
wrong reply, or you do not recognize him?
ANSWER: Consider the individual hostile. Apply the ROEs/Law of Armed Conflict
(LOAC) for your environment.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: Now you know how to use challenge and reply procedures when your group
encounters unknown people who you want to verify are friendly people. If those people end up
being enemies or hostile, you may not have the option of even using these procedures. In this
case, you’ll need to be familiar with some basic immediate action drills. If it’s an enemy who
Objective 19-52
wants to surrender or a civilian who wants to defect, you’ll also need to know how to take them
prisoner.)
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If you opted to train a group in advance, let them demonstrate each
drill as you describe.
While you’re moving around, your unit may contact enemy units. Usually, the contact is
unexpected and at close range. The team leader will have little or no time to fully evaluate
the situation and issue orders. In these situations, Immediate Action Drills (IADs) provide a
means for swiftly taking positive action to protect the team and ensure mission success.
You use IADs when you see or physically contact enemies. They are simple courses of
action in which all the people traveling with you are so well trained that minimum signals or
commands are required to initiate action. Speed and simplicity are the keys to a successful
IAD.
Almost all movements AVOID the enemy, and therefore, are DEFENSIVE in nature.
Contact, if unavoidable, is broken as quickly as possible and the team, if still capable,
continues its mission.
Let’s look at several types of drills you can practice with your unit.
1. Freeze. This is the situation where your team members detect the enemy but are
undetected by the enemy. The first man detecting the enemy (visually or otherwise)
gives the signal, FREEZE. Every man halts in place, weapon at the ready, and remains
absolutely motionless and quiet until further signals or orders are given. The team leader
can now decide to have the team remain as is, initiate the immediate assault drill if
detected, or initiate the hasty ambush drill if time is available.
2. Hasty ambush. This IAD is both a defensive measure to avoid contact and an offensive
measure to make contact. It may often be a subsequent action of the freeze. The team
leader signals hasty ambush and indicates left or right. The entire team moves quickly
right or left as indicated by the signal and takes up the best available concealed firing
positions. The team leader initiates ambush by opening fire and shouting, "fire." This
ensures initiation of the ambush in the event his weapon should misfire. If the team is
detected before this, the first person aware of detection initiates the ambush by firing and
shouting.
When used as a defensive measure to avoid contact, ambush is not initiated unless the
team is detected.
When used as an offensive measure, the enemy is allowed to advance until he is in the
most vulnerable position before the ambush is initiated.
Objective 19-53
An alternate means for initiating the ambush is to designate an individual (point or rear
security) to open fire when a certain portion of the enemy reaches or passes him.
3. Immediate Assault. This IAD is used defensively to make and quickly break unavoidable
contact and offensively to engage the enemy. This means you can use this drill whether
the enemy is ambushing you or you are ambushing the enemy, because they are so near
but haven’t seen you yet but will soon.
When used in chance contact, team members nearest the enemy open fire and shout,
“contact (“front," “right," “left," or “rear"). The team moves swiftly into line formation.
When used defensively, the assault is stopped if the enemy withdraws and contact is
broken quickly. If the enemy stands fast, the assault is carried through enemy positions
and movement is continued until contact is broken. Basically, if you’re on the team, you
hear “contact left,” you’re going to rush over to the left side of the formation, line up with
your peers, and start firing at the enemy; while you’re firing, you’re not just standing
there but moving forward until the enemy retreats or until the team leaders gives a
command to do otherwise. Anyone attempting to escape is pursued and destroyed.
4. Counter Ambush. You used the immediate assault IAD during ambushes that were
chance. The chance contact means the enemy wasn’t planning to ambush you but did
when they saw you, or you didn’t plan to ambush them but did when you saw them.
However, when an enemy is purposely ambushing you, they have planned it, are
positioned, and will put your people under heavy fire. That’s when you use the counter
ambush instead of the immediate assault IAD. Here’s what you do in the two types of
planned ambush, near ambush and far ambush.
a. Near Ambush. In a near ambush, the killing zone is under heavy, highly concentrated,
close-range fire. There is little or no time or space for team members to maneuver or
seek cover. The longer they remain in the killing zone, the more certain their
destruction. Therefore, if caught in a near ambush, react as follows:
(1) Team members in the killing zone: Without order or signal, initiate the
immediate assault IAD into the ambush position and occupy it. Continue the
attack or break contact, as directed. This action moves men out of the kill zone,
prevents other elements of the ambush from firing on them without firing on
their own team members, and provides positions from which other actions may
be taken.
(2) Team members not in the killing zone: Maneuver as directed against the attack
force and other elements of the ambush. The attack is continued to eliminate the
ambush or the break contact as directed.
b. Far Ambush. In a far ambush, the killing zone is also under very heavy, highly
concentrated fires but from a greater range. The greater range provides the team
Objective 19-54
members in the killing zone some space for maneuvers and opportunity to seek cover
at a lesser risk of destruction.
1) Team members in the killing zone: Without order or signal, get down, present as small a
target as possible, take as much cover as possible, observe where the enemy is, and return
fire.
2) Team members not in the killing zone: Maneuver as directed against the ambush force.
The attack is continued as directed to eliminate the ambush or break contact.
Notice that in these drills, the leader will have to make case-dependent orders for the team
members not in the killing zone. If you’re the team leader, you can’t stand there watching
the fire show; your people will not know what to do unless you start issuing orders.
QUESTION: How will you know what to do and what to order your people to do if you’re
the leader in these ambush situations?
ANSWER: Look around, see what happens, use common sense, make rapid decisions about
what to direct people to do, and then make sure you give them that direction. If you’re silent
and don’t give them direction, you will either get them killed, because they don’t know what
to do, or they’ll start doing something other than what you might want them to do. They
might even scatter, and then you will have a disorganized group of people who aren’t there to
defend against the ambush. This is definitely an opportunity to be a real leader, because
there is no set procedure to follow for you; you have to quickly figure out what to do, and
then get your people to do it.
5. Withdrawal by fire. In the previous drills, ideally, you’ll return fire to the enemy and
then begin moving towards them until they withdraw. The leader may have to decide that
your team is the one that needs to withdraw rather than try to keep moving towards the
enemy. For this drill, the fire team not directly engaging the enemy will position itself to
provide support if not already in position; they’ll then return fire to cover the engaged
teams withdrawal. The team under fire will withdraw past the supporting fire team and
position itself to support the presently engaged team. This is continued until contact is
broken.
The drill itself flows like this, depending on whether the attack comes from the sides or
the front and back:
a. Attack is on the right or left side of your formation. When someone comes under fire,
they’ll yell, “Contact right (for example).” Upon hearing, team members will
immediately drop to the ground and return fire. The ranking man/team leader will
yell, "BREAK," which signals the lead half of the formation to retreat on line
approximately 20 steps or as terrain dictates. The lead half will position themselves
to cover the trailing half’s retreat. Once the lead half begins providing cover five, the
trailing half retreats on line past the lead half approximately 20 steps or as the terrain
Objective 19-55
dictates. The trailing half then provides cover fire for the lead half, who retreats
approximately 20 steps or as terrain dictates and so forth until contact is broken.
b. Attack is on the front or rear of your formation. When someone comes under fire,
they’ll sound off with, "contact front/rear," as appropriate. When hearing "contact
front” (for example), team members immediately take approximately two steps in the
direction of their security (i.e., right security take two steps to the right; left security
take two steps to the left) and take cover. Point Security (PS) lays down automatic
suppressive fire. After shooting approximately one magazine, PS gets up, turns
around and runs through the alley that is now formed by the team (since team
members moved to the right or left as soon as they heard “contact”). The number 2
team member opens fire after the PS comes abreast of him. As PS man reaches the
end of the formation, the last man will call “last man” so the PS doesn’t keep running;
PS then takes security on the opposite side of the last man. This leapfrog is continued
until enemy contact is broken.
QUESTION: When you’re the front man and you’ve just used up a magazine of ammo,
when do you think you’ll reload your weapon?
ANSWER: Each man will change magazines while running through the center.
After contact is broken, the team will form a security perimeter and change their route of
march. You’ll also account for ammunition and equipment. The contact rear is
accomplished the same as contact front, except it is run in the opposite direction.
TRANSITION
(Suggested: If you and your team practice these drills enough, you can be successful against an
enemy; if you’re successful, you might end up being able to take some of the enemy prisoner.
Maybe you’ll even be so intimidating that the enemy surrenders. In case this happens, I’m going
to teach you how to handle any enemy you capture, enemy who surrender, or even civilians who
wish to defect from the country/regime you’re fighting.)
1. Speed to the rear. Just like with a bomb, if you’re not a bomb expert, you shouldn’t
attempt to disarm it. Similarly, you should call the experts in when you get a prisoner.
That means the very first thing you need to do is get info about the prisoner back to your
Security Forces; these are not the same people you designated in your formation to do
security but rather the base military police. Getting word back to your higher
headquarters is called “speed to the rear.”
Objective 19-56
Once Security Forces gets word that you have a prisoner, they will try to come to your
location and take custody of the prisoner for you. However, you do need to know what to
do with the prisoner in the meantime.
2. The first thing you’ll do is search the prisoner. While you search, don’t put your
weapons anywhere near the prisoner. Also, have one of your own people be armed and
observing the search in case the prisoner tries something on you.
QUESTION: What should you be looking for when you search the prisoner?
Once you’ve searched the prisoner, make sure they get their protective clothing such as
raincoats and chemical warfare protection (NBC) gear back.
3. After you’ve searched the prisoner, the next task it to “segregate.” This applies when you
have more than one prisoner. You’ll want to separate hostile prisoners from those who
are surrendering. You’ll want to separate military prisoners and military that surrendered
from hostile civilians and civilian defectors.
QUESTION: Why is this separation necessary?
ANSWER: Hostile enemy may want to harm the fellow enemy who is surrendering or
harm other prisoners who are willing to give up information.
Next you’ll separate the military into sub-groups if possible, which means divide the
officers from the enlisted if you’re familiar with their rank.
ANSWER: The officers in charge might attempt to organize an escape or relay orders to
the enlisted. Basically, you don’t want them to have an intact chain of command. This
proved to be very effective against American prisoners of wars.
4. Once you’ve segregated the prisoners, you need to enforce silence. Basically, don’t let
the prisoners talk or communicate with each other.
ANSWER: They can’t communicate with each other about an escape plan; they can’t
encourage each other to not release secrets; they can’t plan anything.
QUESTION: If the prisoner seems unable to understand what you’re saying when you
direct them to not talk, what should you do?
Objective 19-57
ANSWER: Get them far enough away from each other, so even if they do keep talking in
the foreign language, they can’t hear each other.
Finally, if the prisoner does say anything, record it, and send it up the chain of
command, especially back to your headquarters. Though it may seem innocuous to
you, others including code breakers may recognize the meaning.
5. Throughout the entire interaction with the prisoner, you must safeguard the
prisoner. This means you have to protect the prisoner.
ANSWER: The prisoner may be a valuable asset if he has information that can be
used. Also, safeguarding is required in accordance with the Law of Armed Conflict
(LOAC).
ANSWER: Other prisoners of war, local people who may demand you give the prisoner
up, your own fellow troops who may get excessively agitated, and our allied forces who
may not adhere to LOAC as closely as American troops.
Safeguard also includes safeguarding yourself and your people from the prisoner. Keep
watch to make sure they can’t get materials to cause harm to you and your people.
6. There’s one thing left to do in handling prisoners: tagging. There are Enemy Prisoner of
War (EPW) tags you can use to do this. However, if you don’t have these tags, you can
use any paper. You need a paper tag for each prisoner, each piece of equipment, and
each weapon you take from the prisoner.
QUESTION: What kind of information would you want to include on these tags?
ANSWER:
Date/time of capture
Person/unit that caught the prisoner
Place of capture
Circumstances surrounding capture
TRANSITION
(Suggested: You are now prepared to handle a prisoner should your small unit have to do so;
let’s review all the other elements of small-unit tactics.)
Objective 19-59
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Security
B. Tactical formations
C. Movement
D. Command and Control
E. Immediate Action Drills
F. Handling prisoners
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested: More than likely, you’ll go your entire 20 plus years in the Air Force never being in
the position to conduct small-unit tactics. For that one time you’re deployed and detailed out to
go do something beyond your base gates, this lesson has exposed you to enough of the basics
that you’ll be able to lead your troops without having an Army or Marine person there.)
CLOSURE
(Suggested: Remember, in the movies many of the actors died fake deaths. Practice your small-
unit tactics to prevent real deaths.)
Team Leader TL
Team member X
Left security LS Right security RS
Team member X
Team member X
Team member X
Rear security XS
Direction of
team movement
Objective 19-60
Small Unit Tactics—File Formation PS
(more than 18 people in group) M/C
TL
Alpha Team: same as X
file formation with less X
LS X RS
than 18 people X
X
Bravo Team: same as Alpha X
team except second in XS
command/assistant team leader
PS
(ATL) takes team leader M/C
position; backup map/compass ATL
X
personnel perform navigation X
duties; Bravo Team is X
LS X RS
positioned behind Alpha Team X
or can break off to perform X
XS
Direction of separate missions.
team movement
PS
M/C PS
LS TL M/C
X ATL RS
X X
LS X X
X X
X X RS
X X
XS X
XS
Direction of
team movement
Objective 19-60
Small Unit Tactics—Line Formation
PS M/C TL X X X X X X XS
or
XS X X X X X X TL M/C PS
or
Direction of
team movement
PS
M/C X
X TL X
X X
X X
Direction of
team movement
Objective 19-61
HISTORY FIELD TRIP LLAB
Preparation: Pick possible institutions. Contact them to determine if you’ll be able to visit
during the LLAB hours. If not, determine if a majority of cadets can attend LLAB at a different
time. They will not have to attend LLAB during the normal time but instead visit the site at the
arranged time. For students who can’t come to the LLAB at the historical site at another time,
you’ll have to arrange for them to be at the detachment at the normal time or another suitable
time; POC should be there to give them the obituary assignment and have the guided discussion
using any historical site the cadet has viewed previously (see below). If there is a fee for visitors
to the institution, consider going to meet the head of that institution directly to discuss waiving
the fee for the cadets, emphasizing you won’t be there long, an hour and a half at the most;
consider getting your APAS involved to make the request. Also, consider offering to do
something to help that institution in exchange for the waived fee (example: have the cadets
spend 10 minutes before or after the visit picking up litter near the site or make supporting the
institution a goal in a future community project LLAB). Determine if the site has a meeting
room or area with tables/chairs/desks for the discussion after the tour. Get detailed directions to
the site and be prepared to publish them to the cadets. Determine the method of transportation:
Will you just have the ops order direct GMC cadets meet at the site instead of at the detachment?
How will those with no vehicles get there? Do you need to set up carpool assignments? Is it a
site within 3 miles that you can all run to for a round trip of 6 miles? If so, make sure you have
enough POC to accompany them for safety purposes, including crossing roads and having water
available during the run and/or at the site. For a visit to a large institution, POC should
determine if they are going to simply turn the GMC loose or compile a list of particular displays
relating specifically to military/Air Force history that GMC should view. If it’s a simple
landmark, POC should research it thoroughly to provide additional information if possible.
Finally, POC should obtain samples of obituaries from newspapers that will be used for cadets to
see format. The Ops Order should direct GMC to bring paper/writing utensil to the LLAB.
Execution: LLAB starts at the institution (unless you’re running to the site from the
detachment). Before turning cadets loose to view the site, POC will explain the following: “The
purpose of this LLAB is not for you to just mill around. Instead, we’re prompting you to think
about how you and your career in the Air Force will be looked at in the future. While you’re
looking at this site, think about how the events and people are represented. Be prepared to
discuss the following questions (give cadets copy of handout on next page). Also, be prepared to
write your obituary based on how you want to be seen when you die. Report back to your flight
30 minutes before LLAB session is over to discuss your thoughts.” The cadets will tour the site,
depending on how POC set up the tour (i.e., turning them loose versus providing a list of things
GMC must view during the time). Thirty minutes before the LLAB session is over, all cadets
will reassemble. This can be done at the flight or wing level, depending on number of GMC.
POC will then ask the questions in the handout, and cadets will answer out loud to the group;
POC can opt to go around in the circle getting every cadet to answer every question or ask the
question and let the ones who want to respond do so. Finally, direct cadets to spend 10 minutes
writing obituaries (Note: If this is not an adequate location, i.e., no tables or desks or chairs,
consider returning to detachment, or if you’re out of time, do it at the start of the next LLAB
Objective 19-62
back at the detachment. Another alternative is to assign the obituary for homework and have
cadets turn it into Flight Commander in next LLAB.). POC will provide sample obituaries so
cadets can see the format. POC can consider posting outstanding obituaries, i.e., those reflecting
desire to live a life of honor, courage, dedication to military service, etc., somewhere in the
detachment. Also, if someone seems to take the assignment frivolously (such as describing a life
as a convenient store clerk with no reference to military service), POC may bring this to attention
of cadre or put MFR in cadets' record and counsel them in a feedback session. Obituaries should
be turned in with reasonable writing skills. If POC detects a lot of grammar errors, for example,
this may be brought to the attention of the cadre or MFR put in the cadets’ record.
Objective 19-63
HISTORY FIELD TRIP LLAB Debrief Handout
NOTE: Cadets should preview these questions before viewing the historical institution or site.
They can then consider answers while looking at the display(s). POC will adjust these questions
to the nature of the display/site/institution being viewed.
1. Which exhibit did you like most in terms of aesthetics? What did you like about it?
2. What was something you learned about US/military/Air Force history that you didn’t know
before you took this tour?
3. If you were to be immortalized in a museum, what object/display do you think would be used
to represent you today? Describe the object/display you want to represent you when you are 60
years old. How do you think your military career will be represented in history?
4. Which people represented here impressed you most? What did they do that impressed you?
What values do you think those people held? What did they do to be remembered in history?
Why was this visit important to you as a future officer in the United States Air Force?
Objective 19-64
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTOR GUIDE
HQ 336 Crew Tng Gp (ATC) ROTC-1
Fairchild AFB WA 99011-8628 23 April 1998
OBJECTIVES
1. Determine the survivor's mission.
2. Determine the conditions affecting survival.
3. Determine methods to combat psychological stress of survival.
4. Determine methods to strengthen the will to survive.
INSTRUCTIONAL REFERENCES
1. AFI 16-1301, Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and Escape (SERE) Program
2. Psychological Aspects of Survival Series, Non-technical Report #1, Fear in Survival, E. Paul
Torrance
3. Report #2, Seven Enemies of Survival, E. Paul Torrance
INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS
1. Dry Erase Board
2. Slide Projector, 35mm
3. Slide Set, 35mm
TRAINING METHOD
Lecture (1.15 Hrs)
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDANCE
Students will understand the survivor's mission, be introduced to the five conditions affecting
survival, and learn how these conditions affect the five basic needs. Students are taught to
recognize and understand how to combat psychological factors encountered in survival.
Through examples presented, students will develop a comprehensive understanding of the signs
and symptoms of psychological stress common to survival. Students will understand the
importance of and how to strengthen the will to survive. This lesson sets the tone for the course
and all subsequent lessons are based on the information presented.
Objective 19-65
INTRODUCTION:
1. Attention:
2. Motivation:
3. Overview:
PRESENTATION:
"Return to friendly control without giving aid or comfort to the enemy, to return early, and
return in good physical and mental condition."
b. Explain how the three duties of a survivor apply to the survivor's mission:
(a) Climate.
(c) Terrain.
(a) Physical.
(b) Psychological.
(c) Material.
Objective 19-66
(3) Duration.
(4) Sociopolitical:
(5) Induced.
(a) Clothing.
(b) Equipment.
(c) Shelter.
(d) Fire.
(2) Sustenance:
(a) Water.
(b) Food.
(3) Health.
(4) Travel.
Objective 19-67
(1) Fear.
(2) Pain.
(5) Insecurity.
(7) Depression.
(8) Fatigue.
(9) Frustration.
Objective 19-68
b. Explain how to strengthen the will to survive:
CONCLUSION:
1. Summary:
2. Remotivation:
3. Closure:
Objective 19-69
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTOR GUIDE
HQ 336 Crew Tng Gp (ATC) ROTC-2
Fairchild AFB WA 99011-8628 23 April 1998
OBJECTIVES:
1. Provide shelter.
2. Build fire.
3. Use fire.
4. Care for clothing.
5. Use clothing.
6. Care for equipment.
7. Use the five rules of improvising.
INSTRUCTIONAL REFERENCES
1. AFI 16-1301, Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and Escape (SERE) Program
2. AFP 64-5, Aircrew Survival
3. AFP 64-15, Survival and Emergency Uses of the Parachute
INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS
1. Knife
2. Shelter Material
3. Metal Match
4. Matches
5. Personal Clothing
TRAINING METHOD
Demonstration/Performance
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDANCE
Students develop skills and confidence in providing protection against prevailing environmental
conditions. They are taught to prioritize their protection needs based on existing conditions and
learn to prioritize protection needs in various climatic conditions. Students learn to adjust
clothing (as necessary), select shelter sites, and build shelters appropriate for conditions. They
Objective 19-70
are exposed to care and use of clothing and equipment and learn the five rules of improvising to
meet survival needs. Students will learn to prepare, build, and use fire. Instructors should
conduct student practices of demonstrated skills when practical.
INTRODUCTION:
1. Attention:
2. Motivation:
3. Overview:
PRESENTATION: NOTES:
1. PROVIDE SHELTER.
(3) Level.
(2) If using framework, achieve correct pitch and ensure sturdiness to support weight.
Objective 19-71
(3) Cover with available material.
e. Explain how shelter construction would be determined when prioritizing under different
conditions:
(1) Desert
(2) Arctic
(3) Tropical
(4) Temperate
Objective 19-72
2. BUILD FIRE.
(1) Heat.
(2) Oxygen.
(3) Fuel.
(1) Dry, split hard woods produce less smoke and more heat.
(2) Soft woods burn faster and produce more smoke, unless a large flame is maintained.
c. Demonstrate techniques for gathering natural fuels for igniting and maintaining a fire:
(1) Tinder.
(2) Kindling.
(3) Fuel.
(a) Keep fire site away from under snow-covered branches of trees.
Objective 19-73
(4) Divide squaw wood into varying stages.
NOTE. When feasible, use natural ignition and tinder for conservation before using man-made
materials.
(a) After ignition of tinder, secondary tinder can be added in cold, wet conditions.
(1) Burns.
(2) Flammables.
Objective 19-74
3. USE FIRE.
(1) Warmth.
(2) Light.
(4) Signaling.
(6) Cooking.
(8) Morale.
(a) To avoid wear of material, don't kneel, sit, or lie on the ground.
(b) Ventilation.
Objective 19-75
(a) Enhances insulating quality.
1. Air dry.
2. . Sun dry.
3. Freeze dry.
4. Wear dry.
5. Fire dry.
5. USE CLOTHING.
Explain use of clothing:
(3) Wear gloves, roll down sleeves, and blouse pants to prevent cuts, scratches, and insect
bites.
(4) Cover the back of the head and neck to prevent sunburn and heat loss.
Objective 19-76
(4) Cutting tools.
(4) Select the alternative which provides the most efficient use of time, energy, and
materials.
SUGGESTED DEMONSTRATIONS:
1. Select a shelter site.
2. Improvise a shelter.
5. Techniques for gathering natural fuels for igniting and maintaining a fire.
7. Build a fire.
CONCLUSION:
1. Summary:
2. Remotivation:
3. Closure:
Objective 19-77
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTOR GUIDE
HQ 336 Crew Tng Gp (ATC) ROTC-3
Fairchild AFB WA 99011-8628 23 April 1998
SUSTENANCE
OBJECTIVES:
1. Procure water.
2. Prepare water.
3. Store water.
4. Procure food.
5. Prepare food.
6. Preserve food.
7. Identify food storage techniques.
INSTRUCTIONAL REFERENCES
1. AFI 16-1301, Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and Escape (SERE) Program
2. AFR 64-5, Aircrew Survival
3. Management of Wilderness and Environmental Injuries (Auerbach & Geehr)
INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS
1. Snare Wire
2. Knife
TRAINING METHODS
Demonstration/Performance
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDANCE
Students learn principles and techniques for meeting sustenance needs in various climates. They
identify local indicators of water and procure, prepare, and store water throughout field
operations. Students learn to identify animal signs and how to construct and use simple snares to
procure food. Students are introduced to the edibility test to determine edible plants and to
animal preparation techniques. They learn food preservation and storage methods and are
Objective 19-78
exposed to survival principles of sustenance. Instructors should conduct student practices of
demonstrated skills when practical.
INTRODUCTION:
1. Attention:
2. Motivation:
3. Overview:
PRESENTATION:
1. PROCURE WATER.
Objective 19-79
(a) In metal container.
c. Explain when water procurement is determined when prioritizing under different conditions.
2. PREPARE WATER.
NOTE. Water procured from some sources does not require purification.
3. STORE WATER.
Objective 19-80
4. PROCURE FOOD.
(4) Droppings.
(5) Dens.
(1) Firearm.
(3) Rock.
(4) Slingshot.
(5) Club.
(1) Size.
(2) Strength.
Objective 19-81
(2) Check twice a day.
(3) Triggers.
(2) Placement.
(5) Poisons.
Objective 19-82
i. Explain the edibility test and demonstrate the first five minutes:
(1) Select an abundant plant without poisonous characteristics. Test only one plant at a time.
Prepare in the manner in which it will be eaten.
(2) Touch the plant to the inner forearm or tip of the tongue. If there are no ill effects, such
as a rash or burning sensation to the skin, bitterness to the taste, or numbing sensation of
the tongue or lips, then proceed with the next step.
(3) A teaspoonful should be held in the mouth for five minutes and chewed. Do not
swallow.
(4) If there is no burning sensation, bitterness, or soapy taste, swallow it and wait eight
hours.
(5) If, after eight hours, no ill effects (nausea, cramps, diarrhea, etc.) have occurred, then eat
two tablespoons of the plant and wait another eight hours.
(6) If there are still no ill effects, the plant may be considered edible in the method it was
prepared.
j. Explain when food procurement is determined when prioritizing under different conditions.
5. PREPARE FOOD.
(1) Mammals:
(e) Large animals may require the camp be moved to the animal rather than vice versa.
(2) Birds:
(a) Pluck and cook with skin on, except for sea birds.
Objective 19-83
(c) Skin fish-eating birds.
(3) Fish:
(a) Remove internal organs from fish measuring four inches or more.
(d) The black line inside of backbone is the kidney and should be removed.
(4) Reptiles:
(a) Skin.
(5) Amphibians:
(a) Due to size, legs are generally the only usable parts.
(b) Skin.
Objective 19-84
(3) Roasting.
(4) Frying.
6. PRESERVE FOOD.
(1) Refrigeration.
(2) Freezing.
(4) Dehydration.
(2) Burying.
CONCLUSION:
1. Summary:
2. Remotivation:
3. Closure:
SUGGESTED DEMONSTRATIONS:
3. Filtering water.
Objective 19-85
6. Construction of a simple snare.
7. Setting a snare.
Objective 19-86
DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTOR GUIDE
HQ 336 Crew Tng Gp (ATC) ROTC-5
Fairchild AFB WA 99011-8628 23 April 1998
SIGNALING
OBJECTIVES:
INSTRUCTIONAL REFERENCES
1. AFI 16-1301, Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and Escape (SERE) Program
2. AFP 64-5, Aircrew Survival
INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS
1. Signal Mirror
2. C-9 Parachute Canopy
TRAINING METHOD
Demonstration/Performance
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDANCE
Students are shown how to locate a signaling site and construct a ground-to-air signal. Students
are taught to use a signal mirror and other means of communicating with recovery forces.
INTRODUCTION:
1. Attention:
2. Motivation:
3. Overview:
Objective 19-87
PRESENTATION: NOTES:
(2) Size.
(3) Angularity.
(4) Contrast.
(5) Ratio.
(1) Shadows.
(2) Maintenance.
Objective 19-88
(a) Facing the sun.
(2) Pyrotechnics.
CONCLUSION:
1. Summary:
2. Remotivation:
3. Closure:
SUGGESTED DEMONSTRATIONS:
Objective 19-89
Version 3
Objective 20
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The Holm Center Training Manual (HCTM) has been rescinded and the
replacement document has not been developed. There is no lesson plan, required cadet reading
material or cadet activities associated with this objective. This document has been placed here as
a place holder for the document that will supersede the HCTM. It will be posted to the
Holmcenter.com website once the new document becomes available.
Objective 20 - 1
Version 3
Objective 20 - 2
Version 5
Objective 21
Overview: Every detachment is required to have a mentoring program for cadets. Generally,
the Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets will mentor the General Military Course (GMC)
cadets. This lesson plan provides lecture material to be presented to the POC cadets. It also
contains some supplemental material, including sample topics for mentoring sessions and
excerpts from articles on mentoring. After the POC lecture, the remaining hours of lesson time
should be dedicated to mentoring activities.
Objective 21-1
Version 5
Objective 21-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply leadership and followership skills through a cadet mentor
program.
PART IB
Strategy: Every detachment must have a cadet mentoring program. This lesson is designed to
provide background information and guidance for the cadet-mentoring program. You must
provide the lecture material in this lesson plan to Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets;
they should have all relevant information on how to be mentors before trying to be effective
mentors. The informational and planning portion of this lesson should last around one hour.
The other two hours of lesson plan time should be used as LLAB time for your cadet
mentoring program. A sample program is presented immediately after the lesson plan in
Appendix A.
For cadets to understand the mentoring process, they must grasp the four core mentor
responsibilities: (1) as future officers, they must accept responsibility for their subordinate’s
development; (2) they will be expected to evaluate the performance and potential of the people
they supervise; (3) they should be able to counsel and advise their people on professional
development; and (4) they must be willing to “show the way” by being positive role models
Objective 21-3
Version 5
In your mentoring program, your upperclassmen (POC) typically serve as mentors, and your
underclassmen (GMC) will be the mentees. NOTE: Recommend cadet supervisors not mentor
the cadets they supervise. Supervisors are more focused on performance feedback. This will
also give GMC cadets more diverse exposure to other POC leaders than just their flight
commanders/supervisors.
Additional excerpts at the end of this lesson in Appendix B contain supplemental information.
You may give it to POC mentors as handouts. You may also use it in supplemental lessons. For
example, one attachment discusses ways to mentor. You can have mentors read it then discuss
how they plan to use that way of mentoring in an upcoming mentoring session.
Lesson Outline:
A. Characteristics/Styles of a Mentor
B. Rules for Mentoring
C. Cadet Mentoring Program
Objective 21-4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Who are the people who have helped to make you who you are today? What did
they do to help you?
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Encourage participation but keep an eye out on your time.
Can you see the extraordinary power of a relationship? It can transform a person’s life. There
is no substitute for knowing and being known by another human being. There is no other way
to experience what deep down we really want as people – to be heard, to be understood, to be
valued. The Air Force defines a mentor as a trusted counselor or guide. Today we’ll look at the
characteristics and styles of a mentor and discuss some of the rules, which will enhance a
mentoring relationship.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) If you are interested in mentoring, the benefits are strong—here’s why: a mentor
promotes genuine growth, is a model to follow, helps you efficiently reach your goals, plays a
key role in your professional growth, and benefits other people in your life. But to get these
benefits, to be a good mentor, you’ve got to do it right. So in this lesson, we’ll teach you what
being a mentor is truly about. This will also help you understand what it’s not about.
Sometimes in a military training environment, a ‘mentoring moment’ can take on a negative
connotation—as in, “let’s have a mentoring moment while you’re on your face doing push-ups”
or “give me 20 and consider yourself mentored.” Through this lesson, we want to make sure
you take being a mentor seriously. It’s not just chatting with your mentees for five minutes
about something you have in common and then claiming you mentored them. Some people try
to be a mentor but they don’t go about it quite right. Some misinterpret it to be a chance to
pour advice onto a mentee and the mentor does all the talking. Let’s prevent this by teaching
you what a mentor actually should do and be.
OVERVIEW
A. Characteristics/Styles of a Mentor
B. Rules for Mentoring
C. Cadet Mentoring Program
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let's discuss the characteristics/styles of a mentor.
Objective 21-5
Version 5
BODY PRESENTATION
A. Characteristics/Styles of a Mentor
a) Tolerate mistakes and character flaws in order to see potential development. Too often,
when someone messes up, our tendency is to jump all over their case about it. This is not
the proper role for a mentor. A mentor would focus on how to fix them.
2. Why are these characteristics so important? Because people need to know you care
before they will care about what you know. So telling someone, “I’m your mentor so listen
to me” is not enough, especially if you’re being assigned to mentor someone. You’ll have
to start simply by showing you care about them and their well-being for the simple reason
that they are a fellow potential officer.
3. The Air Force requires mentoring to be a fundamental responsibility of all Air Force
officers. Before you conduct your mentoring session over such areas as promotion, career
training, professional military education (PME), academic education, physical fitness,
and/or personal goals, it is important to know what your mentee needs. Once you know,
then you can build your style. The four mentoring styles are: “Coach,” “Facilitator,”
“Advocate,” and “Model.”
4. You need to understand the needs of your mentee because it will help increase
communication and further build the relationship. The example scenario below shows
the appropriate mentoring style to use.
5. Styles:
a) Coaching Style: You have a freshman in your flight, Cadet Johnson, who is eager
to learn how to correctly wear the uniform but doesn’t know how.
Question: As a mentor in this situation, how would you mentor this cadet using this
style?
Objective 21-6
Version 5
b) Facilitator Style: Late in the semester, Cadet Johnson (who now looks sharp), has
a question about pursuing the Air Force as a career.
Question: As a mentor in this situation, how do you think you would help Cadet
Johnson using the facilitator style?
c) Advocate Style: Cadet Johnson stays with the corps (thanks to your mentoring
relationship). Unfortunately, his money is running out for school and he needs your
help to pursue an Air Force scholarship.
Question: As a mentor in this situation, how do you think you would help Cadet
Johnson using the advocacy style?
Answer: As his mentor, you support him. It goes beyond saying “good luck” which is
a superficial level of support. Instead offer to write a recommendation or see if there’s
anyone you know who has influence on the process that you can drop a good word
with on your mentee’s behalf. Basically, you use your resources and connections to
promote your mentee.
d) Model Style: Cadet Johnson is selected for a LEAD allocation and comes back as a
POC cadet. You are both busy and have little time to meet. You want to encourage
him in his new leadership role as Flight Commander. If you’ve been a good mentor,
then something as small as a compliment will mean a lot since it’s coming from you.
You might not have much time but you can pointedly show you’re keeping an eye out
for him/her. For example, you go to watch him/her command his flight in an activity;
you could watch for just five minutes, catch his/her eye and give a thumbs up. Just a
quick comment as you pass in the hall can mean a lot. For example, you could say,
“the cadets have only been in their uniforms for a couple of weeks but I noticed that
your troops already look sharper compared to the others.” It shows you’ve noticed,
and verbalizing that you’ve noticed doesn’t take much time at all but can mean the
world to someone else.
1. The process of mentoring is like a person flying a kite. The kite does the flying, but it
needs another person’s help to take advantage of the wind. Kites don’t fly on their own—
unless they are out of control, in which case they are completely at the mercy and shifts in
the wind and downward pull of gravity. In a similar way, you as a mentor can help
another person take advantage of prevailing conditions so that they soar to new heights of
personal growth and achievement. The following rules provide practical boundaries to
Objective 21-7
Version 5
c) Set ground rules for regular interaction—How often? Just when it shows up in
the AFROTC schedule or do you want to have additional sessions?
e) Define communications mechanisms—Can they call you late at night if they have
an issue or would you rather they address you during LLAB hours or…?
h) No mentoring relationship is a bad idea—No matter what, you can find something
to mentor them on. Basically, your duty as a mentor is to find out what they need to
be mentored on, then help them access information in that area of weakness.
Objective 21-8
Version 5
because you give them exactly what you told them you would give them.
3. Begin with an end in mind—Maybe you’ll define the end as when they get a POC slot.
Or define it as when you graduate. Or when the semester is over. Or when they
accomplish some goal you worked with them on. Whatever it is, define it.
You should now brief your cadet mentoring program to the entire cadet wing. For example, if
you follow the sample program, you would announce mentoring family assignments and
provide them with the topic to be used in the first scheduled mentoring session. Also
recommend you compile a list of topics to be used in future mentoring sessions. The sample list
in this lesson plan will get you started. Ensure you comply with the guidance that your
mentoring program utilizes 2.5 hours of LLAB time each year. Total lesson objective time
(recommended) is 3 hours consisting of .5 hours for briefing POC on responsibilities and 2.5
hours of mentoring activities.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Characteristics/Styles of a Mentor
B. Rules for Mentoring
C. Cadet Mentoring Program
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Mentoring is an important part of being a leader. It is up to each of us to pass on the
knowledge we have gained in our time at the detachment to the next set of leaders, the GMC.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) “To be a successful leader,” says former Chief of Staff of the Air Force General
Ronald Fogleman, “an Air Force officer must know their people, accept personal responsibility
for them, and be accountable for their professional development.” The mentoring program is a
key to developing better followers and ultimately a better Air Force.
Objective 21-9
Version 5
All cadets are broken into mentoring families. Families consist of one POC and 1 - 5 GMC (this
will depend on the size of your cadet corps). Twenty minutes of mentoring time is set aside
every month during LLAB for mentoring. The POC in the mentoring family is provided a
talking paper detailing the topics he must discuss with his family. Topics vary depending on the
time of year.
For example, if it’s early in the year, the mentor might discuss topics relating to student life
on campus. If the FA is coming up the mentor might discuss physical fitness and how he
prepares for the FA. Time is also allotted during this 20 minute period for a question and
answer session. Mentors are also encouraged to meet with mentees outside of LLAB, but the
time recommended for meeting this objective should be met during LLAB hours.
Recommend creating a POC position putting a cadet in charge of this program. The selected
cadet should review AFMAN 36-2643, Air Force Mentoring Program, about mentoring and
include any relevant materials when teaching POC cadets how to be a mentor. This cadet
could also assign mentoring groups per sample program discussed in previous paragraph,
ensure the hour requirements are scheduled throughout the year, and provide topics and
materials to POC mentors. In addition, the cadet in charge of this program could observe
mentoring sessions and give mentors feedback on how to become better mentors.
The following is a list of sample topics you can use for mentoring sessions:
Picking classes for next semester; how to fit schedule around AFROTC classes
LEAD Preparation (LEADP): Planning your summer when four weeks are already taken for
LEAD
LEADP: What I would do differently to prepare for LEAD
GMC: Stress and time management tips
Things you would do differently if you were GMC all over again
Your goals as a cadet—identify POC job you’d like to have and how to get it
Campus life issues relevant to AFROTC cadets
My experience at Professional Development Training (PDT)
My FA strategy
Financial Survival Skills for college students
Review/describe all terms and acronyms being used now and those that will be used
Discuss relevance of activities being done in LLAB (for example, if they don't understand why
it matters which way you fold your socks or whether your shirt is six inches versus 5.92
inches)
If your detachment develops a more extensive topics listing, please send them to the Field
Leadership Curriculum Area Manager. They may get included in the next edition of this lesson
plan!
Objective 21-10
Version 5
Excerpts from Air Force Manual 36-2643, Air Force Mentoring Program
"A mentor is defined as "a trusted counselor or guide." Mentoring, therefore, is a relationship
in which a person with greater experience and wisdom guides another person to develop both
personally and professionally."
Application in cadet mentoring program: A POC cadet typically has been in AFROTC longer
than a GMC. The POC cadet knows the ropes and should help a GMC who now has to go
through the same things the POC dealt with on his way to becoming a POC cadet. Basically, a
POC cadet is an appropriate mentor because he has 'been there and done that' and so can now
help a GMC 'get there and do that' without as much trial and error in learning.
Application in cadet mentoring program: GMC may perceive POC cadets as higher ranking
and 'untouchable', but a POC cadet mentor should not see the GMC protégé as just another
body.
Instead, the POC should be aware of what's going on in that protégés personal life, and help
them cope as needed. That's why class schedules, time management, family life are all topics
that can be addressed in mentoring sessions.
Application in cadet mentoring program: Like the Air Force at large, we will not specify at
this time what the mentoring program at each detachment must look like. It should simply
meet the intent of mentoring and general guidance described in these pages.
Objective 21-11
Version 5
Excerpts from "Leadership and the Art of Mentoring: Tool Kit for the Time Machine" by John
C. Kunich and Richard I. Lester.
"Through mentoring, the wisdom and experience of the senior is passed to the junior. This
included passing on and discussing principles, traditions, shared values, quality, and lessons
learned."
"A mentor is a trusted advisor, teacher, counselor, friend, and/or parent, older and more senior
than the person he or she helps."
"The individual who is assisted by a mentor is usually called a protégé--in essence, a student or
pupil who learns from the mentor."
Ways of mentoring:
"Model ... The protégé is always observing...the mentor...to see how the mentor actually deals
with a variety of situations...because it takes things from the abstract, conceptual level to the
realm of practical, pragmatic application."
"Empathize ... When a mentor puts himself or herself in the protégés stiff, squeaky new shoes,
he or she knows without being told which areas are likely to be causing discomfort and
difficulties. The mentor can anticipate problems and needs and proactively take steps to
smooth the path."
"Nurture ... encompasses a caring attitude....To nurture a human being...we cannot reasonably
expect ... expert-level performance from someone who has not had the appropriate
training...There is a difference between nurturing someone and being a mother hen. Good
parents must let their children make some of their own decisions, including the inevitable
mistakes, and learn to deal with the consequences. Through grappling with gradually
increasing degrees of autonomy and living with the natural aftershocks of bad decisions,
children eventually become responsible adults who gain independence from their parents. So,
too, must good mentors allow their protégés progressively increasing degrees of independence
...."
"Teach ... the most effective teaching method ... is a common-sense approach …. The mentor
must realize that this material is totally new to the novice, and that most people need to see or
hear unfamiliar material several times before they truly learn it. A one-time explanation is not
enough...Some people learn by reading, so the mentor must provide a written set of resources
to the protégé, complete with instructions on where to look for further help....Some learn by
watching others perform the task...so the mentor must model the appropriate behavior. Other
people learn by listening, so the mentor must also methodically, thoroughly, and with
repetition talk the protégé through each concept. Still other people learn by doing, armed with
a basic overview of the material. Thus, every effective training program will include ample
Objective 21-12
Version 5
practical exercises….These exercises must be done with the mentor's participation to correct
errors swiftly, offer helpful tips, and answer questions as they arise ... include understandable
definitions of all terms and acronyms ... It is a good idea to provide a written handout that
defines all the key
terms and acronyms in laymen's verbiage .... Mentors should incorporate this technique of
periodically asking their protégé questions .... If a student can thoroughly explain the material
to the teacher, in the student's own words, that is strong evidence that the material has in fact
been taught and learned...include frequent reviews of previous lessons ...."
"Respond. Mentoring is not a method for shooting information at a person who writes down
every word. The ideal mentor is not a guru perched motionless atop a remote Himalayan
mountain peak, sitting with legs folded and navel in mind, dispensing wisdom periodically like
a fortune-telling vending machine. Mentoring involves genuine two-way communication
between mentor and protégé on a protracted, continuing basis...A mentor should be available
much of the time. Particularly in the early phases of a mentoring relationship, a mentor must
be prepared to devote sizable amounts of time."
"Inspire. A mentor should be more than a good role model, teacher, and helpful
acquaintance...When inspired, a person is powerfully motivated to transform himself or herself
into something better than before.... Inspiration is one way in which leaders differ from
managers. A leader goes beyond the more limited focus on daily operations that is the typical
province of managers. The best mentors will also be good leaders because similar qualities are
required of both. Although a protégé might be inspired by the mentor's words, they will soon
wear off if the mentor's actions fail to support what is said."
"Network ... A good mentor introduces the protégé to other people who can also provide
support, information, and resources ... the mentor should give the protégé a head start on
establishing those key contacts. One of the greatest resources an "old head" owns is a
network of people who can help cut through the usual tangle of red tape and quickly obtain
the desired result. These contacts are enormously valuable shortcuts who effectively reduce
untold hours wasted in researching issues from scratch or running into bureaucratic
roadblocks."
"Goal-Set. Many young people confuse goals with wishes, and fail to grasp the elements that
are essential to transforming mere wishful thinking into an attainable and worthwhile plan for
the future...It is not uncommon for people to be unfamiliar with the very concept of deferred
gratification, let alone be able to implement it. A mentor's work is not done until the protégé
moves beyond that level into the realm of a mature goal-setter and goal-achiever. An excellent
way of doing this is to meet privately with the protégé and let the person talk about
background, goals (both near - and long-term), and hopes and dreams. The mentor can share
Objective 21-13
Version 5
present and past goals with the protégé too, and in so doing illustrate by example some of the
factors the mentor has used in his or her own goal setting."
Objective 21-14
Version 5
Objective 22
Overview: This lesson is designed to explain and demonstrate each activity on the Fitness
Assessment (FA). This lesson also stresses the importance of physical fitness to the Air Force
today (“Fit to Fight”) and helps the cadets understand how they will be scored on their FA and
how they can improve their overall fitness. This lesson must be presented prior to the official FA.
Cadre will take all weight and body fat measurements and conduct the FA. This lesson may be
presented by a Professional Officer Course (POC) cadet, with cadre input. This LLAB objective
is not met by physical training.
Objective 22-1
Version 5
Objective 22-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember the principles of Air Force Health and Wellness.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the role of health and wellness in the Air Force
environment.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Discuss activities to incorporate health and wellness principles in
their life.
PART IB
Strategy: Weight/body fat management and physical fitness are linked to self-image and self-
esteem and promote an overall healthy lifestyle for Air Force members while improving military
appearance and performance. AFROTC cadets are responsible for achieving and maintaining
weight/body fat and physical fitness standards found in AFROTC Supplement to AFI 36-2905
according to their particular status in the program. This time in LLAB is devoted to ensuring
cadets understand the requirements and their importance. In order to ensure student privacy, it is
the cadre's responsibility to take all weight and body fat measurements according to the
AFROTC Instruction. It is a good idea to have ALL cadre members present to help monitor these
activities.
Before conducting the Fitness Diagnostic (FD) or Fitness Assessment (FA), you should present
this lesson plan to explain and demonstrate each fitness activity as well as help cadets know the
scoring system and begin building their goals. In general, the Cadet Physical Fitness Officer will
plan the official FD and FA to be conducted during PT time. You do not meet this objective by
conducting physical training. Activities that build physical fitness fall under the PT Objective.
Objective 22-3
Version 5
Make copies of the following sheets to give to all cadets: Male/Female Weight Standards,
Male/Female FA Standards, and the FA Score Sheet. Other internal tracking sheets or goal sheets
could be used during this time.
Lesson Outline:
A. Weight/Body Fat Requirements
B. Fitness Assessment (FA) Requirements
C. “Fit to Fight”
D. Healthy Lifestyle Activity
Objective 22-4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) How would you like to get free medical care? No matter what health problem you
had, you could get it taken care of without paying a dime. Now imagine that you're sick and you
don't have to go to work until you're healthy again. There wouldn't be any limit to how many
sick days you take, and all your doctor bills get paid, but not by you.
When you join the Air Force, this is exactly what you get--free medical care and unlimited sick
days. However, studies have shown that people who are obese and who are not physically fit
tend to be sick more often. So it only makes economic sense that if the Air Force offers these
medical benefits, they want to only hire people who are not obese and who are physically fit.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) There are many more reasons why you must meet physical standards before being
allowed into the Air Force.
Question: What are some reasons why you should meet physical standards before being allowed
into the Air Force?
Answers: Military image, able to do duties requiring physical fitness, may be deployed to a harsh
climate--very hot or very cold--in which you'll perform and adjust better if you're physically fit.
There are even some additional duties you may be tasked with such as filling sandbags that you'll
need to be fit for. Overall, physically fit people also are more mentally fit and handle stress
better.
Physical fitness is a key component in the development of an Air Force officer and should be
taken seriously.
OVERVIEW
A. Weight/Body Fat Requirements
B. Fitness Assessment (FA) Requirements
C. “Fit to Fight”
D. Healthy Lifestyle Activity
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s begin our discussion with a review of the weight and body fat requirements.
Objective 22-5
Version 5
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. The objective of the weight program is to ensure cadets keep their weight within
prescribed limits and present a proper physical appearance and military image.
2. A member of the cadre will conduct height, weight and Body Mass Index or body fat
measurements (as required) each fall and spring term.
3. An individual will have their body fat determined if they exceed their maximum
allowable weight, appear to exceed body fat standards, do not present a professional image,
or when deemed appropriate by the Detachment Commander.
1. Administration
a) A cadre member officially administers the FD and FA to all cadets each term.
b) The cadet corps is responsible for planning and executing the FD and FA.
2. The FA consists of a combination of exercises designed to test your strength and stamina
as well as a body circumference measurement to assess your overall health risk.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Review AFI 36-2905, Fitness Program, to ensure that you have the
most up-to-date material regarding points/times and rules of how to accomplish the components.
3. Conduct of the FA
a) In accordance with AFI 36-2905, paragraph 3.4.3., the body composition (height,
weight, and abdominal circumference) must be the first component of the FA.
Conduct warm-up exercises before the FA to prevent injury and ensure flexibility.
Warm-up exercises should not include events which will stress muscle groups (i.e.,
push-ups, sit-ups, etc.).
c) Push-ups (1 minute)
Push-ups are the first exercise of the FA and are used to assess upper body muscular
fitness.
Objective 22-6
Version 5
Place your palms or fists on the floor, hands will be slightly wider than shoulder width
apart with your elbows fully extended. Your feet may be no more than 12 inches apart
and should not be supported, braced, or crossed. Your body should maintain a rigid
head to heel form. This is the up/starting position.
Begin by lowering your body to the ground until your upper arms are at least parallel to
the floor (elbow bent at 90 degrees) then return to the up position (arms fully extended
but not locked). This is one repetition
Your chest may touch but not rest on or bounce off of the floor. If you do not come
down parallel to the floor, the push-up will not count.
Resting can be only done in the UP position. You may remove your hands or feet from
the floor or bridge or bow your back, but only in the up/rest position, resting any other
body part on the floor is not allowed. If there is any resting other than in the up position
the push-up portion of the test is terminated and your score will be based on the correct
number of push-ups performed up to that point.
Your breathing should be as normal as possible. Make sure that you do not hold your
breath.
You have one minute to perform as many correct push-ups as you are able. Your
counter will count the correct number of push-ups aloud. Your counter will not count
incorrect push-ups. The total number of correct push-ups in one minute is recorded as
your score.
e) Sit-ups (1 minute)
Sit-ups are the second exercise of the FA and are used to assess the cadet’s muscular
fitness.
Begin by laying face up on the floor or mat. Your feet may extend off the floor or mat,
but your buttocks, shoulders, and head must not extend beyond the mat. Bend your
knees at 90 degrees with your feel or heels in contact with the floor at all times. Cross
your arms over your chest with your open hands or fingers at your shoulders or resting
on your upper chest. This is the starting position.
From the starting position, raise your upper torso until your elbows touch your knees or
thighs. Then lower your upper torso until your shoulder blades contact the floor. This is
one repetition.
Your elbows must touch your knees or thighs at the top of the sit-up, and your shoulder
blades must contact the floor or mat at the bottom of the sit-up (keeping any part of
Objective 22-7
Version 5
The repetition will not count if your hands/fingers come completely away from the
chest/shoulder or if your buttocks or heels leave the ground. Additionally, you may not
grab onto your shirt as it makes it difficult to determine if you are maintaining proper
contact.
Any resting must be done in the UP position. While resting, you may not use knees or
any object to support yourself. If there is any resting other than in the up position the
sit-up portion of the test is terminated and your score will be based on the correct
number of sit-ups performed up to that point.
Your breathing should be as normal as possible. Make sure that you do not hold your
breath.
You have one minute to perform as many correct sit-ups as you are able. Your counter
will count the correct number of sit-ups aloud. Your counter will not count incorrect
sit-ups. The total number of correct sit-ups in one minute is recorded as your score.
g) 1.5-Mile Run
Unacceptable: Crossing an inside barrier (if present); deliberate physical contact with
another runner or observer, regardless if the contact occurs on or off the running
surface.
Completion of exercise: Crossing the finish line—failure to cross the finish line
(regardless of reason) results in a score of zero for the component.
Spotters: Must remain off the running surface; cannot physically aid or impede any
runners on the track in any way; must remain focused on lap counts and time hacks.
4. Scoring the FA
Knowing how to do the exercises is important, but the next thing you'll want to know is how
many of the exercises you need to do to pass. At this time, direct every cadet to look at the
current FA standards. Pass the AF Fitness Assessment with a minimum composite score of
75 or greater and meet the minimum component scores identified on age and gender-specific
fitness score charts found in AFI 36- 2905, Attachments 10 and 12.
Objective 22-8
Version 5
Members will receive a composite score on a 0 to 100 scale based on the following
maximum component scores:
Review how to fill out the score sheet for your partner when performing the FA.
C. “Fit to Fight”
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Below are three areas of the fit to fight program that can be
addressed and discussed. Recommend breaking into small groups.
(1) A historical view on fitness—physical training is a vital part of the military lifestyle.
Along with the workout your body receives, it helps you relieve and deal with stress,
provides a sense of accomplishment, and gives you a sense of mental toughness. It will also
enable you to deal with the difficulties of combat stress.
“The great advantage of the gain in moral force through all forms of physical training is that
it is an unconscious gain. Willpower, determination, mental poise, and muscle control all
march hand in hand with the general health and wellbeing of the man. Fatigue will beat men
down as quickly as any other condition, for fatigue brings fear with it.” Brig Gen (Ret)
S.L.A. Marshall, 1947 (Former USA combat historian)
(2) A new focus—there is a new mindset in the AF, a cultural change in how our members
view physical fitness. It is a focus on Airmen beginning to live a fit, healthy life. This is not
a passing fad; it is the AF of the 21st Century…a culture where Airmen are “Fit-to-Fight!”
“I want to make very clear that my focus is not on passing a fitness test once a year. More
important, we are changing the culture of the Air Force. This is about our preparedness to
deploy and fight. It’s about warriors. It is about instilling an expectation that makes fitness
a daily standard -- an essential part of your service. Commanders, supervisors, and front-
line leaders must lead the way -- through unit physical training, personal involvement and,
most important, by example.” General (Ret) John P. Jumper, CSAF #17, Fit to Fight
Message, 17 October 2003
Objective 22-9
Version 5
(3) Commitment from leadership—from your Detachment Commander to the current CSAF,
you will soon realize the importance and focus on physical fitness. AFROTC implemented
mandatory PT in 2003/2004 to show cadets this is something to take very seriously if you
want to be in the Air Force.
“Fitness is a vital component of Air Force culture. These challenging times underscore the
importance of properly caring for our most valuable resource: our Airmen.” General (Ret)
Norton Schwartz, CSAF #19, 10 June 2009.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Use this time to invite a guest speaker, etc. from a local or university
hospital/health care center. Below are some ideas, feel free to come up with other applicable
topics (approved by the OFC) or activities useful for your cadet environment.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
Weight/Body Fat Requirements
Fitness Assessment (FA) Requirements
“Fit to Fight”
Healthy Lifestyle Activity
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Hopefully you are aware of the benefits of being physically fit. The programs in
AFROTC are designed to motivate you towards participation in lifetime fitness and ensure you
meet and maintain the Air Force fitness standards. We'll be doing more activities during
mandatory PT sessions which will help build your physical fitness. However, you'll still need to
work on your own to ensure you are maintaining a healthy life.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) An awareness of health and wellness in your life will not only help you become a
better person but also a better cadet and officer.
Objective 22-10
Version 5
Attachment 1
“Fit to Fight” Case Study Article 1
Our superb Total Force performance in Afghanistan and Iraq has reinforced our reputation as the
greatest air and space force in the world. We combine 21st century strategies and concepts of
operation, the tremendous advanced technologies of modern air and space power, and the
professional training of Airmen to put cursors on targets and steel on the enemy.
We recognize however, that without motivated and combat - ready expeditionary Airmen
throughout our Total Force, our strategy, technology and capabilities would be nothing more
than hollow concepts and ineffectual hardware. We must be fit to fight--to enter the rigors of
combat--and that demands we reorient our culture to make physical and mental fitness part of
our daily life as Airmen.
Our Airmen have deployed to austere environments that test their stamina, their fitness and their
ability to survive in milieu of risks to one's health--including the presence of our enemies who
will even kill themselves in their mission to kill Americans. Today, our business takes us to the
"hot spots" of the world--often doing the heavy lifting for our nation and protecting our vital
interests around the globe. This has been the case throughout the decade of the 1990s, and
especially since the terrorist attacks on 11 September 2001.
Since that fateful day we've opened 36 new expeditionary bases. More than 54,000 Airmen
deployed during the height of Operation Iraqi Freedom. We flew more than 41,000 sorties in just
30 days. During that month we pumped 196 million gallons of jet fuel and expended 29,000
munitions. In short, meeting the frag is backbreaking work.
And, for anyone who's lived in a tent in 120-degree desert heat, you know just how stifling and
overwhelming the physical burden can be. I've visited virtually every one of these locations. I've
observed the conditions myself, and, most important, I've talked with and listened to our Airmen
tell me about their experiences.
These realities demand a mindset change in the Air Force, and an evolution of our culture to one
that places the highest priority on maintaining our most important weapon system, our Airmen!
The amount of energy we devote to our fitness programs is not consistent with the growing
demands of our warrior culture. It's time to change that.
Our new fitness program gets back to the basics of running, sit-ups and pushups. At the heart of
this program is commander accountability and unit PT--with the responsibility for physical
fitness squarely in the hands of squadron commanders and their Airmen.
Objective 22-11
Version 5
In addition to ensuring Airmen are available, trained and appropriately equipped, commanders
must also ensure the physical readiness of their Airmen. In this context, readiness translates to
fitness.
We've published clear criteria you can use to assess your fitness. They have a dual purpose--they
help individuals assess their personal fitness levels and give commanders a benchmark to
determine who needs help. If someone falls below the standard, a commander will immediately
know it because they'll see it, and they'll be able to help.
We also intend to give commanders and supervisors the tools they need to help their Airmen. For
example, our medical community has already developed a variety of programs to assist. The
Fitness Improvement Program and Body Composition Improvement Program are two efforts
we've begun to help improve the health status of our Airmen. I expect you to use these resources,
and to direct those who don't meet standards to participate in these programs.
While our new focus is on fitness, military image and professional appearance are an important
part of a disciplined and ready force. Our new fitness program has combined our fitness
guidelines and weight/ body fat standards into one program that encompasses the total health of
an individual.
When an individual falls below the minimum acceptable guidelines, commanders and
supervisors must take an active role in ensuring their Airmen get the help they need. Today, we
involuntarily discharge far too many Airmen for failing to meet physical fitness standards when
all they need is a little help.
There may be some who simply do not present a professional military image nor want to meet
the standards. When this happens, I expect commanders to step in and make a decision about that
Airman's suitability for continued service.
Over the past several months, I have received some extremely positive feedback regarding our
fitness program changes. I've also personally observed some outstanding leadership out in our
Air Force--commanders and supervisors leading from the front and making fitness a priority in
their daily schedules. Where commanders have engaged, we have seen some remarkable
improvement in performance and readiness. Some commands can do better, and I expect them
to do so. Those that don't, fail themselves and the men and women they are charged with leading.
I think we all can agree that we were disappointed with the fitness standards we found when we
came into the operational Air Force. The message is simple: If you are out of shape, fix it. If you
have people in your units who need help, help them. And let's make sure that when our people go
into harm's way, they are ready--with the training, equipment and fitness worthy of the world's
most powerful air and space force.
Objective 22-12
Version 5
Attachment 2
“Fit to Fight” Case Study Article 2
6/10/2009 - WASHINGTON (AFNS) -- The need for a "clear, understandable and simpler"
fitness program will mean significant changes to the Air Force's current fitness program, said the
service's top officer during a senior leadership conference held June 4 through 6 at Wright-
Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio.
Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. Norton Schwartz met with the service's other four stars at
CORONA TOP where one of the key agenda items was Air Force fitness.
His intent was to fine tune fitness testing, promote a year-round fitness culture and send a clear
message that health and fitness are critical to mission readiness.
"Fitness is a vital component of Air Force culture," General Schwartz said. "These challenging
times underscore the importance of properly caring for our most valuable resource: our Airmen."
The Air Force's top enlisted leader agreed that good fitness is a fundamental requirement for Air
Force warriors.
“Maintaining the proper fitness levels is really about maintaining combat capability," said Chief
Master Sergeant of the Air Force Rodney J. McKinley. "Being fit can make the difference
between life and death for Airmen when actions require concentrated physical activity on or near
the battlefield."
Chief McKinley explained that Airmen must constantly hone their fitness abilities to withstand
and overcome the demanding rigors of deployment and combat.
"Airmen must present the proper military appearance and project to the American public our
ability to defend our nation and its interests," the chief said.
While commanders have responsibility of their unit fitness programs, each Airman is responsible
for meeting and maintaining fitness standards 365 days a year, said Lt. Gen. Richard Y. Newton
III, the Air Force deputy chief of staff for manpower and personnel.
General Newton added that the new Air Force instruction, projected for publication in July 2009,
will better emphasize the service's fitness expectations of its Airmen. Who will conduct the
testing, when and how Airmen will test are among the most significant revisions to the fitness
Objective 22-13
Version 5
Perhaps the most significant difference in fitness testing will be its frequency, Air Force officials
said. Full-time active-duty Airmen will now test twice each year, and most reservists or
guardsmen will continue to test once per year.
To maximize testing objectivity, the AFI designates trained civilian proctors to conduct fitness
tests administered at new centralized locations called fitness assessment cells.
Aerobic fitness is the best indicator of current and future health risk, followed by body
composition, said Lt. Col. Scott Arcuri, the chief of promotions, evaluations, and fitness policy at
the Air Staff. Because of this, the aerobic run will now account for 60 percent of the test
(previously 50 percent), body composition will account for 20 percent (previously 30 percent),
while sit-ups and push-ups remain at 10 percent each.
"We developed evidence-driven, health based criterion standards for aerobic fitness and body
composition and muscle fitness," Colonel Arcuri said. "Airmen can be confident the new
standards and corresponding points have sound rationale behind them."
Colonel Arcuri also stated that the points awarded within each component directly reflect health
risk and fitness and are designed to reward incremental fitness improvements.
Senior leaders said in order to pass the test, Airmen will be required to have a composite score of
75 but also will need to meet minimum requirements for each component.
Air Force officials said age range requirements will be simplified to five categories: less than 30,
30-39, 40-49, 50-59 and 60-plus years of age. Additionally, because overall fitness is a readiness
issue, fitness results will be categorized using operational readiness or unit compliance
inspection-type ratings. Those scoring 90 and above will be "Excellent;" those scoring between
75 and 90 will be "Satisfactory;" and those scoring under 75 will be "Unsatisfactory."
"The time has come for all Airmen to better integrate fitness into their daily lives," said Chief
Master Sgt. Mark Long, the Air Staff enlisted promotions, evaluations and physical fitness chief.
Chief Long said the new AFI will provide commanders clear guidance on recommended actions
based on the number of failed tests.
Chief McKinley noted that making a commitment to fitness puts the responsibility on each
Airman to get in shape and remain wartime ready year-round.
"Proper fitness is an important aspect of an overall healthy lifestyle," Chief McKinley said.
"When our Airmen are fit, eat healthy and reduce risk factors such as tobacco use and
irresponsible alcohol consumption, their health will improve, they will visit the hospital less, and
in the end, Tricare costs will be reduced."
Failure to comply with the new fitness standards could impact more than an Airmen's waistlines.
Objective 22-14
Version 5
The new AFI links unsatisfactory fitness test performance directly to enlisted and officer
performance reports. Chief McKinley said the upcoming revised evaluation AFI will ensure no
Airman can have a referral enlisted performance report for fitness and receive an overall five
rating.
The rewritten AFI mandates that fitness compliance be reported from unit to wing to major
command for review.
General Newton asserts that while the Air Force fitness AFI outlines Airman's responsibilities,
the Air Force Fitness Management System will be enhanced to provide detailed post-test
feedback designed to help Airmen improve in targeted areas.
Objective 22-15
Version 5
Attachment 3
“Fit to Fight” Case Study Article 3
5/7/2010 - SHEPPARD AIR FORCE BASE, Texas -- Combat ready Airmen practice, live and
breathe physical fitness by participating in a wide scale of challenging events from squadron
physical training to running marathons to competing in bicycle races. One Sheppard Airman
shines in the running arena and has even impacted others because of her achievements.
1st Lt. Erin Fitzpatrick, 82nd Contracting Squadron contracting officer, began her physically- fit
lifestyle at the young age of 10.
She said she wasn't preparing for her future career, but simply continuing her childhood passion,
soccer.
"I've been running since I was ten," Lieutenant Fitzpatrick said. "I started playing soccer and our
coach said that we should run to stay in shape."
Since then, Lieutenant Fitzpatrick has graduated from running for soccer to more challenging
events.
"I was at the (U.S. Air Force) academy and started training for marathons in the fall of 2006,"
she said.
In 2007, Lieutenant Fitzpatrick ran the Colorado Marathon in Fort Collins, Colo., and followed
that achievement with the Marine Corps Marathon in Arlington, Texas, in 2008 and 2009.
This year she finished in the top 12.5 percent of the 9,524 female runners for the Boston
Marathon in Boston, Mass., April 19. With her conditioning, the demanding training for the
event wasn't the hard part, it was making the time for it.
"The preparation is just a lot of running," she said. "I didn't have a lot of time to train at night, so
I would train in the morning. It's about getting into a routine. To get a good 10 miles in, I had to
start at 4:30 a.m. every morning. But even that wasn't enough. Most marathoners will run 20
miles on weekends."
The lieutenant said knowing the effects of physical fitness serves as fuel for her goals. She said
that her recent accomplishment even motivated another Airman to compete in a popular local
fitness challenge.
"One Airman at our squadron signed up for the Hotter N' Hell Hundred (bicycle race) because he
felt like if I can do a marathon then he can at least try to do the Hotter N' Hell Hundred (bicycle
race)," she said. "I think one Airman's fitness can contribute to helping others stay fit to fight and
Objective 22-16
Version 5
stay in shape."
Lieutenant Fitzpatrick said staying fit affects more than an Airman's PT.
"Don't just stay in shape to pass a fitness test; it's also for your own health," she said. "You have
to make time to stay in shape, even if the only time you have is at 4:30 in the morning.
"You want to stay in shape the whole year and do it for yourself. The fitness test should only be a
motivator, not the deciding factor. Make it a habit to stay in shape because it will benefit
everyone," she said.
Objective 22-17
Version 5
Objective 23
Comprehend Proper Air Force Customs and Courtesies
Required for: All cadets (IMT are required 1 hour)
Overview: This lesson objective is designed to ensure that cadets know proper Air Force
customs and courtesies. This is a follow-on lesson to an AS 100 academic lesson, so the LLAB
objective should focus on demonstration, practice, and performance. Plan this lesson objective
early in the semester and have a well-qualified Professional Officer Course (POC) cadet provide
instruction.
Objective 23-1
Version 5
Objective 23-2
Version 5
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply proper Air Force customs and courtesies.
1. Demonstrate customs and courtesies expected of cadets to peers, superiors, and subordinates.
2. Practice proper forms of saluting and recognize who and when to salute.
3. Employ common customs and courtesies associated with AFROTC and military service.
4. Utilize the proper courtesies displayed during informal and formal activities.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the vital role of Air Force customs and courtesies.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively practice use of Air Force customs and courtesies.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson objective is to ensure that the IMT cadets are able to
demonstrate proper customs and courtesies. The AS100 academic class, Lesson 4, Military
Customs and Courtesies, covered much of this same information and therefore, the majority of
time for this LLAB session should be utilized for demonstration and performance.
The lesson objective begins with a brief refresher of the material covered in the Military
Customs and Courtesies academic lesson. During this refresher, the instructor and/or observing
POC cadets should demonstrate proper execution of various customs and courtesies. The IMT
cadets should then be given time to perform what they have learned and provided corrective
feedback, as necessary. If time is remaining, consider using one of the additional activities in the
back of this lesson plan.
You may wish to use the PowerPoint slides with pictures of the ranks throughout this lesson.
*This lesson plan contains the material to present to the Initial Military Training (IMT) cadets to
meet the 1-hour time requirement. However, all cadets are expected to demonstrate proper
custom and courtesies even though no time requirement is indicated for this lesson objective for
them.
Objective 23-3
Version 5
Lesson Outline:
A. Customs and Courtesies
B. Saluting
C. Reporting Procedures
D. Places of Honor
E. Proper Courtesies during Informal and Formal Activities
Objective 23-4
Version 5
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If possible, conduct the first two main points of this lesson
objective outdoors. If you are unable, simulate being in an outdoor setting.
(Suggested) Have three cadets walking (one outranks the other two), two from one direction and
one from the opposite direction. As they cross each other’s paths, have one of the junior cadets
pass the senior cadet and wave and simply say "Hi" and then have the other pass and properly
give the senior a salute and say "Good morning/evening, Sir/Ma'am." Ask the IMT cadets which
one of the two junior cadets displayed the proper military courtesy?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) As a cadet assigned to AFROTC, you represent the United States Air Force. High
standards of conduct, both social and military, are expected of you. You come from different
backgrounds and your knowledge of military customs and courtesies vary. Therefore, during this
LLAB session we’ll briefly discuss the customs and courtesies expected of you, and then you
will be provided a demonstration of proper technique and finally, you will be allowed to
demonstrate your understanding by performing the techniques.
OVERVIEW
A. Customs and Courtesies – A Review
B. Saluting – A Review
C. Reporting Procedures
D. Places of Honor
E. Proper Courtesies during Informal and Formal Activities
F. Quiz
TRANSITION
(Suggested): First, let's talk about expected courtesies rendered by cadets to commissioned
officers, enlisted personnel, and fellow cadets.)
BODY
PRESENTATION
2. Courtesy is defined as the showing of politeness in one’s attitude and behavior toward
others. A military courtesy is documented guidance on proper attitude and behavior.
Objective 23-5
Version 5
3. Military customs and courtesies go beyond basic politeness. There is a direct correlation
with the presence (or absence) of customs and courtesies on unit esprit de corps, morale,
discipline, and mission effectiveness (or lack thereof). The respect a junior member shows to
a senior member acknowledges responsibility and authority. In turn, the courtesy a senior
member extends to subordinates reflects the respect and regard for their part in
accomplishing the Air Force mission.
4. It is important for you to remember that you are cadets--not officers. No Air Force
military member (officer or enlisted) will be impressed by a cadet who attempts to treat him
or her as an equal. You must make every effort to demonstrate the proper courtesy and
respect to every officer you come in contact with.
a) With commissioned officers. Officers will treat you fairly; all cadets will receive the
same treatment. The appearance of excessively familiar relationships can be as
detrimental as actual excessively familiar relationships. You should use Sir/Ma'am
when conversing or responding with senior ranking officers; “Yeah," "uh-huh," etc. is
too casual and therefore considered disrespectful.
b) With enlisted personnel. It is inappropriate for a cadet to act in any way superior to
an enlisted member. Non-commissioned officers (NCO) have better authority-making
credentials than a cadet, from the newest General Military Course (GMC) cadet to the
cadet corps commander. Respect them and they'll take care of you.
c) With fellow cadets. Excessive familiarity between superiors and subordinates makes
it difficult to establish a professional relationship. The cadet corps operates within a
class system. This is an excellent training environment to learn military customs and
courtesies.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) We're ready to discuss one of the most important courtesies we do in the military--
saluting.
B. Saluting – A Review
1. History. Since the earliest days of warfare, men at arms have used various types of
salutes to greet one another. Our own salute evolved from medieval times, when military
men often wore armor, which included a helmet and visor. Upon encountering a stranger, a
knight would lift his hand and raise his visor, thus uncovering his face for recognition. If
recognized as a friend, each man left his visor up, dropped his hand, and the greeting was
completed.
Objective 23-6
Version 5
2. Whom to salute.
a) The President of the United States, as Commander in Chief of the Armed Forces, is
always accorded the honor of a salute.
b) Any commissioned and warrant officer in the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps
and Coast Guard is entitled to be saluted. Additionally, commissioned officers of
friendly foreign countries are entitled to salutes. You should also salute the President of
the United States, Secretary of Defense and Secretary of the Air Force. Remember, you
should return salutes rendered to you by subordinates.
3. How to salute (Explain procedures > POC Demonstration > IMT Practice > Evaluation)
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: As you explain, have a POC cadet demonstrate the steps.
a) The junior member who initiates the salute raises their right hand smartly in the most
direct manner while at the same time extending and joining the fingers. Keep the palm
flat and facing the body.
b) Place the thumb along the forefingers, keeping the palm flat and forming a straight
line between the fingertips and elbows. Tilt the palm slightly toward the face. Hold the
upper arm horizontal, slightly forward of the body and parallel to the ground.
c) Ensure the tip of the middle finger touches the right front corner of the headgear.
(When you're not covered--military term for not wearing headgear--your forefinger
should just touch your right eyebrow or rim of your glasses.)
d) Your posture should be erect and alert; head and eyes should be turned toward the
person being saluted. Be careful not to tilt your head toward your hand; bring your hand
all the way up.
e) The junior member who initiated the salute does not lower the salute until the senior
member lowers his salute. Therefore, once you put your forefinger to your headgear,
eyebrow or eyeglasses, you leave it there until after the person you are saluting raises
and lowers his/her salute. You then drop your salute smartly. You should move your
hand smoothly to your side in one motion. You should not slap your side.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Have each cadet salute at this time. An observing POC cadet
should inspect the salute and provide corrective feedback. Do not continue until all IMT
cadets are saluting properly.
4. When to salute
a) General information. Your guide for saluting should be recognition. Distance and
uniform should not be criteria for saluting. When outdoors, salute your seniors when in
uniform. It is still appropriate to salute a senior if you are in uniform and they are in
civilian clothes and you recognize them as a senior officer. On active duty, normally a
junior does not salute a senior when both are in civilian clothes.
Objective 23-7
Version 5
Do not expect someone junior to you to salute when both of you are in civilian clothes.
It is just not the customary practice in today’s Air Force. Salute regardless of location.
Saluting should be as natural and comfortable as the respect shown by “yes, Sir” and
“no, Ma’am.”
b) Saluting vehicles. When you see an occupied staff car bearing either a plate or flag
identifying the occupant as a Colonel, a general officer or a commander, you’re
required to salute. NOTE: When you see an unoccupied staff car, you do not salute the
vehicle.
c) Saluting indoors: There are three times when it’s appropriate to salute indoors: when
formally reporting to a senior officer; during a formal awards presentation; when an
area is designated as a no-salute area.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If time allows, explain and demonstrate the “shake, take, salute”
procedures for recognition ceremonies. Allow cadets to practice.
TRANSITION
(Suggested): Now let’s review reporting procedures.
C. Reporting Procedures
(Explain procedures > POC Demonstration > IMT Practice > Evaluation)
Reporting procedures will be accomplished for both commissioned and enlisted staff members
and Cadet Training Assistant (CTA).
1. For a single cadet ordered into an office, reporting procedures are as follows:
a) Center on the door or cubicle entrance and knock once (loud enough to be heard in an
average size room). Do not knock on the door or cubicle wall if a conversation is taking
place in the office.
b) When given the order, enter, close the door (if you opened it), march using the most
direct route to the staff member, perform the appropriate facing movement, (if on
carpet, do not square corners), center yourself two paces away from the individual,
salute if reporting to an officer and CTA and state: “Sir/Ma’am, Cadet (last name)
reports as ordered.”
c) When reporting to an officer or CTA, the reporting cadet will hold the salute until the
officer or CTA drops their salute and remain at the position of attention until told
otherwise.
d) At the end of a conversation, cadets will stand and assume the position of attention
(if at a different position) and ask, "Will that be all, Sir/Ma'am?"
Objective 23-8
Version 5
If so, take one step backwards, salute (if reporting to officers or CTAs) and render
the proper greeting of the day, perform the appropriate facing movement to leave,
and take the most direct route out of the office or cubicle. (If on carpet, do not square
corners.)
2. When multiple cadets are ordered into an office, reporting procedures are as follows:
a) A selected cadet will center on the door or cubicle entrance and knock once (loud
enough to be heard in an average size room). Do not knock on the door or cubicle wall
if a conversation is taking place in the office.
b) When given the order, enter, close the door (if you opened it or are directed to do so),
march using the most direct route to the staff member, perform the appropriate facing
movement, (if on carpet, do not square corners), all cadets will center two paces away
from the individual with a selected cadet standing on the right, and salute (if officer or
CTA). This cadet will state on behalf of the others, “Sir/Ma’am, Cadets (give last names
of the whole party) report as ordered.”
c) All cadets will hold the salute (if officer or CTA) until the officer drops their salute
and remain at the position of attention until told otherwise.
d. At the end of the conversation, all will stand and assume the position of attention (if
at a different position) and the selected cadet will ask, “Will that be all, Sir/Ma’am?” If
so, all cadets will take one step backwards, salute (if reporting to officers or CTAs) and
the selected cadet will render the proper greeting of the day. All cadets will perform the
appropriate facing movement to leave, and take
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: After you explain the procedures, have an observing POC cadet
demonstrate the steps. Then, allow IMT cadets time to practice and then evaluate their
performance.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Next, let’s take a few minutes to discuss some basic information regarding places
of honor.
D. Places of honor
1. Common rules
(a) First place - on the right (remember by phrase "rank to the right").
2. Exceptions: Just as there are exceptions to the rules of courtesy and conduct, and the
same holds true for places of honor. Two common exceptions:
Objective 23-9
Version 5
(a) Aircraft—unless instructed otherwise, you should be aboard in a designated seat
before the senior arrives at the aircraft. You should remain in your seat until the senior
officer leaves the aircraft at its destination.
(b) Autos/boats—when entering an auto or a small boat, the senior officer is the last to
enter and the first to leave. If the driver cannot open or close the door, it is proper for a
junior passenger to assume the driver’s duties.
(c) Courtesy when dining—when entering a dining room and before joining a senior at a
table, you should request permission to do so. If, however, you have been invited to dine
by the senior, requesting permission is not required. The senior should order first, be
served first, and should start eating first.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) The last part of this formal lesson will be a discussion concerning the proper
courtesies to observe during informal and formal activities.
(a) A formal affair is one at which you are expected to wear formal clothes and is
characterized by certain established procedures. It is conducted according to rules; in
short, the formal affair is relatively ceremonious...
(b) In contrast, the informal function is quite different. The clothes you wear will depend
on the occasion and the plans of the host/hostess. As a guest, you conduct yourself with
proper decorum, but the atmosphere is relaxed and there is no ceremony. However, you
will still be courteous, still using "Sir/Ma'am" when conversing with senior officers.
Also, remember, your conduct is always on display. If alcoholic beverages are served,
you must be of legal drinking age, drink responsibly if you partake and never drink and
drive.
Objective 23-10
Version 5
TRANSITION: (Suggested) Now that you are armed with everything you ever wanted to know
about Air Force Customs and Courtesies, it is time for a quiz.
F. Quiz (if time permits) – See Attachment 1, Customs and Courtesies Quiz
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Customs and Courtesies – A Review
B. Saluting – A Review
C. Reporting Procedures
D. Places of Honor
E. Proper Courtesies during Informal and Formal Activities
F. Quiz (if time permits)
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) If you know and follow these guidelines, you will do well. In situations not
specifically covered here, let common sense and consideration for others guide you. Habits of
thoughtful, considerate behavior are the foundations for the conduct of truly civilized people.
Start developing these habits today.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Here at the detachment, you may not fully grasp how vital applying these customs
and courtesies are. After all, if you don't follow them, you will be corrected. The worst that will
happen is you may get demerits when you're at LEAD. Let me leave you with this anecdote to
show you how vital these customs and courtesies may be to your career. A lieutenant colonel
was looking for a Lieutenant to fill a slot in his unit. After reviewing the packages of several
second lieutenants who expressed an interest in the job, it was clear that one particular second
lieutenant was the best applicant for the job. The colonel was excited and so directed his support
staff to set up an interview. When the lieutenant arrived, the admin staff noticed how sharp the
lieutenant looked in dress and grooming. Finally, the colonel brought the lieutenant in for the
interview. Ten minutes later, they emerged from the colonel’s office, shook hands, and the
lieutenant departed. A member of the admin staff asked, "Sir, should I bother setting up any
more interviews?" Expecting him to say no, the staff member was surprised when he said "Yes,
and you can send that lieutenant package back." When asked why the lieutenant wasn't selected,
the colonel answered, "He said 'yeah' instead of yes, Sir." That was the only reason.
Remember, in the military, a good impression is often going to depend on how well you apply
your customs and courtesies.
Objective 23-11
Version 5
Attachment 1
Customs and Courtesies Quiz
1) You’re in uniform, walking outdoors, and you have a briefcase in each hand. A junior
ranking service member approaches and salutes you. What do you do?
Answer: If you cannot shift both briefcases to your left hand, you’re unable to salute. You
should give a verbal greeting, thus acknowledging the salute.
Answer: The Airman should continue working uninterrupted. The detail leader should come to
attention and salute for the detail.
You’re in uniform, standing under a porch roof. You’re wearing your hat. An Airman salutes
you while passing by. What action should you take?
Answer: You should return the salute and give a verbal greeting. Remember, a salute should
always be returned (if physically possible).
You’re working at your desk when a major approaches. What should you do?
What should an Air Force enlisted person in the pay grade of E-6 be addressed as in oral
communication?
Answer: Sergeant or Technical Sergeant (Last Name). The rank is technical sergeant, but Air
Force NCOs except E-9s can be properly addressed as sergeant. AF E-9s are addressed as Chief,
Chief (Last Name).
The Navy grade of lieutenant is the same as what Air Force grade?
The Navy grade of captain is the same as what Air Force grade?
Answer: Colonel. Air Force captains are discouraged from calling Navy bases and simply
saying, "this is Capt so-and-so..." If you must call a Navy base, let them know you are Air Force
Captain so-and-so. This will alleviate any confusion for both parties.
Objective 23-12
Version 5
ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES
1. Create scenarios involving new cadets—have two new cadets stand a short distance apart
outdoors in front of the cadet audience; have them put enlarged officer, enlisted or cadet rank on
their shoulders (print from rank power point slides); then, direct them to walk towards each other
and render the proper customs and courtesies.
2. Challenge the cadet public affairs officer to create a cadet home video of do’s and don’ts of
customs and courtesies.
3. Create knowledge questions from this lesson and include them on a GMC examination.
4. Pass out LLAB surveys at the end of each LLAB asking for feedback on how to improve
LLAB. As part of the survey, include a knowledge question on this lesson. The flights that get
the question correct earn points towards Honor Flight.
5. Cadets may wish to come up with their own tailored activity. This must be coordinated with
the OFC prior to execution. Safety must be paramount in any outdoor physical activity.
Objective 23-13
Version 4
Objective 24
Overview: This lesson is designed to ensure that cadets know proper Air Force customs and
courtesies. This is a follow-up lesson to an AS 100 academic class, which discusses the dress
and grooming standards. Use the lab to demonstrate the proper wear of the uniform and proper
grooming habits. You may have cadets identify errors in uniform wear or grooming, and then
complete the lesson with an Open Ranks Inspection.
Objective 24-1
Version 4
Objective 24-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember proper Air Force dress and grooming standards.
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of utilizing proper Air Force dress and
grooming standards.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively participate and practice proper Air Force dress and
grooming.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson should be given as early in the first semester as possible. The IMT/AS100
cadets also receive instruction on this in their academic class. This lesson plan supplements that
lesson. You should coordinate with your AS100 academic instructor to see what areas were
covered in class. While the academic class helps them know what the standards are; you'll want
to start the students in identifying errors, i.e. applying what they learned in class. So a lecture
during LLAB would not be sufficient to meet this objective. If possible you may attempt to have
the classes in the same week and go from the classroom into this LLAB lesson.
Recommend using the allotted 1 hour of LLAB time by completing the lesson plan with a
'uniform fashion show.' Then do the visual quiz and/or another one of the activities listed. Then
inspect each IMT cadet's uniform. Since they don't know Open Ranks Inspection procedures,
just have them stand at attention while flight commanders inspect their flight members, giving
them feedback on what to do to get up to par with dress and grooming standards. Other
Objective 24-3
Version 4
Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets should assist with these in-depth inspections to make
sure all IMT cadets get feedback. Emphasize that except for cadet rank and insignia, it’s the
same uniform worn as those on active duty. Be sure to emphasize the grooming standards.
Although this lesson is written to be taught to the entire IMT/AS100 population, large corps may
wish to revise for presentation by flight commanders. It’s important that cadre, POC and AS 200
cadets continue to make spot corrections on uniform standards (immediately) to ensure cadets
understand all requirements.
You should review AFI 36-2903, Dress and Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, prior
to teaching this class. Also, bring a copy of this instruction to the LLAB session and let the
cadets know where the detachment copy is so they can access it any time. All cadets need to
know the dress and appearance policy.
ICL/SCL CADETS
While there are no minimum recommended time requirements for the other cadets, they are still
obligated by this objective to demonstrate they are in compliance with dress and grooming
standards. POC cadets are responsible for planning events that allow them to evaluate the corps'
dress and grooming standards. Consider having Open Ranks Inspections for all cadets, even the
POC, and/or documenting non-compliance in MFRs and/or feedback/evaluation reports.
Lesson Outline:
A. History and Purpose of Uniforms
B. Proper Wear of the AFROTC Cadet Uniform
C. AFROTC Grooming Standards
D. Question/Answer Time
E. Additional Activity or Informal Inspection
F. Airman Battle Uniform (ABU)
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 24-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Have two cadets come into the classroom; one slovenly and clearly out of uniform
and grooming standards according to the instructions and the other dressed properly. Ask the
following: Which one of these cadets do you want to look like? Based on appearance, which
one do you want to work for? Which one do you want to work with?
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Appearance really says a lot about you. When people think of someone in military
service, the first image likely to flash into their minds is a person in uniform. The uniform is the
public symbol of the nation's defense forces. It represents a long and honorable tradition of
devotion to duty in the service of one's country. Thus, the uniform is something more than
wearing apparel, it should be worn proudly and—equally important—it should be worn properly.
OVERVIEW
A. History and Purpose of Uniforms
B. Proper Wear of the AFROTC Cadet Uniform
1. AFROTC Cadet Uniform Details
2. Appropriate Wear of the Uniform
3. Placement of Various Cadet Insignia and Badges
4. Fitting Requirements
5. Other
C. AFROTC Grooming Standards
D. Question/Answer Time
E. Additional Activity or Informal Inspection
F. Airman Battle Uniform (ABU)
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's talk about the history of the uniform.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. In an effort to place the cadet uniform and its wear in the proper frame of reference, let's
examine the evolution of the military uniform. The English word "uniform" is derived from
a combination of two Latin words, unus and forma, the literal meaning of the combination
being "one form." The word "uniform" thus suggests a distinctive mode of dress. In ancient
times, the Roman togas provided a distinctive mode of dress.
Objective 24-5
Version 4
2. Military dress in ancient times acquired a certain degree of uniformity but in a much
different sense from modern military uniforms. The Athenian and Spartan soldiers dressed
according to their position in military formations during the Peloponnesian War in the fifth
century B.C. The Greek heavy infantryman wore a helmet, breastplate, armor covering his
legs below the knee, and carried a shield and sword. The light-foot soldier had only a
lighter-built shield and a spear. These were military uniforms in the sense that all the
combatants looked alike. To this extent, therefore, we assign the origin of the military
uniform to an early date in western civilization.
3. During the latter half of the seventeenth century, the armies of serfs and freemen had no
distinctive dress and no standardization in their weapons of warfare. The use of colors and
standards came to be the means for identification of units. Troops serving under individuals
having personal fortunes were dressed by their wealthy leaders in distinctive and colorful
uniforms.
4. During the Great Rebellion (1642-1646), the English Parliament decided to raise and
support an army. National armies, with standardized uniforms, thereby became a reality.
The English uniform, red in color but with different colored facings to distinguish regiments,
acquired national significance. These regiments were named by their facings colors: blue,
red, orange, etc. The uniform styles were really an adaptation of civilian dress and featured
an ample coat, waistcoat, breeches, stockings, and shoes or, in the case of cavalry, boots.
5. From these beginnings, the military uniform evolved. During the slow process, the
uniform ranged from the extreme of ornamentation to the opposite extreme of drabness. It
has been claimed that when the uniform of the soldier was the most colorful, he was also a
most uncomfortably dressed man. High, tight collars, tight breeches, and boots, which
restricted knee action, were striking in appearance, but not functional.
6. As I mentioned earlier, the uniform worn by AFROTC cadets is, with certain exceptions,
the same as that worn by active duty Air Force personnel. The cadet uniform is worn to
Leadership Laboratory each week and at such other times as prescribed by the Professor of
Aerospace Studies.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now let's talk about the AFROTC cadet uniform.
4. Fitting Requirements
Objective 24-6
Version 4
5. Other
Uniforms must also be worn when flying on military aircraft and when serving as a member
of a color guard or drill team. The uniform will not be worn with other clothing or by
anyone who is not a member of the AFROTC program. Now, we'll take a look at what the
AFROTC insignia and badges look like and where to place them on the uniform.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Enough of the preliminaries – let’s get on with the show!
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Have male and female cadets come up to model as you discuss the
following cadet uniform combinations:
1) The service dress uniform
2) The light blue long-sleeve/short sleeve with epaulets (men and women)
3) The Airman Battle Uniform
4) The mess dress and semiformal uniforms (if available)
Suggest contrasting correct wear with incorrect wear simultaneously.
While the cadets are modeling the uniforms, have them explain the following:
• Military haircuts/styles
• The gig line
• Trousers and slacks pant-leg bottom lengths
• Flight cap placement
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Using attachments from the current regulation as overheads, point out
the following:
1) Common AFROTC insignia and badges
2) Placement of insignia and badges, both for men and women
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let's take a few minutes to discuss grooming standards for both men and women.
The following guidelines will ensure maintenance of proper personal appearance. If there's any
doubt concerning grooming standards, refer to AFI 36-2903 or current AFROTC guidance.
Objective 24-7
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Remember, since this is LLAB, this should not just be a verbal
lecture. As much as possible, demonstrate. For example, in academic class they learn
they're supposed to keep a shine on their shoes. During LLAB, you should be giving them
advice and/or showing them how to shine their shoes.
1. General Review
a. Clean: If stained, you can't wear anymore. So when eating, take major precautions.
Always keep another uniform prepared and accessible in case you stain the one you're
wearing and need to quickly change into an unstained one.
c. Pressed: Instructor should show where the creases in the uniform should be (example:
sleeves) and emphasize that cadets should be diligent to have a single crease, not
multiple ones. Tip: during the day while you're wearing blues, pull the back of your
shirt down and tight before you sit down; this decreases wrinkling while sitting.
d. Wear the cap when outdoors; remove it when indoors. Going inside, you should take
the cap off as you cross the threshold. Don't wait until your several paces inside or
outside of the building to follow this protocol! Even if your car is parked only a short
distance away from the building, the custom is to wear the hat even while outside
walking that short distance.
e. Keep hands out of pockets, buttons buttoned and don’t fill pockets with bulky items.
f. Keep shoes shined, including the heels and the edge of the soles.
g. Keep all metal uniform devices such as belt buckles, badges or insignia clean and
polished as applicable. Check throughout day, wiping smudges and fingerprints off.
Saying "I shined it this morning" isn’t a good reason for it being dirty later in the day.
h. If the uniform does not fit properly, see unit personnel to help you correct the
problem. Do not wait until someone else calls attention to it.
i. The hair for both genders will not be worn in an extreme or fad style and, if dyed, will
look natural. If in doubt, your OFC will provide guidance.
Question: Why does everyone here need to know these standards, even the standards for the
opposite gender?
Answer: You will probably have subordinates of both genders so you need to be
knowledgeable to detect dress and grooming errors and make corrections.
Objective 24-8
Version 4
2. Male Requirements
a. Hair: Keep hair clean, neat, and trimmed. It should present a groomed, tapered
appearance. The bulk (no more than 1 and 1/4”) and length of the hair must not
interfere with the proper wear of any Air Force headgear. Hair must not touch the ears
or the collar, be visible below the front band of the headgear, or touch your eyebrows.
b. Sideburns are permitted but must be neatly trimmed and tapered, form a clean-
shaven, horizontal line at the base, and not flare. Sideburns may not extend below the
lowest part of the exterior ear opening.
c. Beards are not permitted; you must be clean-shaven at all times when in uniform. If
you have a medical condition preventing you from shaving regularly, you must first get
a medical diagnosis from a doctor. You must then present this to the commander; only
with this medical diagnosis can the commander authorize a shaving waiver. Even with
the shaving waiver, your beard must not exceed ¼ inch in length.
3. Female Requirements
a. Hair: Wear the hair no longer than the bottom of the collar edge at the back of the
neck. It should be styled to permit proper wear of the headgear. Bulk must not exceed
3 inches. This means that the hair should not be excessively full or high on the head. A
ponytail longer than 3 inches is not permitted. Hair may be visible from the front of the
women’s flight cap but should not touch the eyebrows.
b. Wigs or wigletts worn should conform to the regulations that apply to natural
hairstyles.
c. Hair accessories can be worn for the purpose of keeping hair in place, not for
decoration; it must be plain, conservative and match the color of the hair. Hair
accessories may not include hair ornaments such as ribbons or jeweled pins.
d. Skirt: The skirt should fit smoothly. The skirt length may not vary beyond the top
and bottom of the kneecap.
e. Jewelry: Rings (no more than three total; worn at the base of the fingers and not on
the thumbs), wristwatches, identification bracelets and small conservative gold, pearl, or
silver spherical earrings are the only jewelry permitted to be worn while in uniform.
f. Nail polish: Nail polish will be conservative, single color, and in good taste.
Objective 24-9
Version 4
g. Male cadets are not authorized to wear cosmetics. Female cadets may wear
cosmetics; however if worn, they will be conservative (moderate, being with reasonable
limits; not excessive or extreme) and in good taste. Cosmetics will not be worn during
field conditions.
b. Watch - conservative
c. Bracelet - conservative, no wider than one inch, and not present a safety hazard
d. Earrings - males may not wear earrings on military installations at any time whether
in or out of uniform or on or off duty; female may only wear one earring per earlobe
g. Pencils and pens - concealed (exception when stowed in the pen pocket on the ABU
sleeve).
h. Hand-held electronic devices – One (plain black, silver, dark blue or gray) device
may be attached to a belt/waistband on either side, clipped to a purse or carried in left
hand.
a. Body piercing and tattoos should not detract from a professional image. Excessive
and offensive tattoos are prohibited and the member at their own expense will remove
them. Members are prohibited from attaching objects, articles, or jewelry to any body
part (such as ear, nose, tongue, or any exposed body part except the female earring) in
uniform, in civilian attire on official duty, and in civilian attire off duty on a military
installation. Review AFI 36-2903 for specific guidelines regarding body piercing and
tattoos.
Objective 24-10
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: At this time, pass out a copy of AFI 36-2903, Chapter 3, Grooming
and Appearance Standards, paragraphs 3.4 (Tattoos, Brands, Body Markings), 3.5 (Body
Piercing/Ornamentation), and 3.6 (Body Alteration/Modification). Have all cadets initial that
they have read it.
D. Question/Answer Time
1. Allow time to field questions from the new cadets. Realize, at this point in their training,
many cadets are seeing the uniform for the first time. Take enough time to carefully answer
their questions. What may seem obvious to you (such as teeth filing looking unprofessional
in uniform) may not be obvious to someone who thinks of such things as the norm.
2. Do you have any questions concerning the AFROTC uniform or grooming standards? If
you have future questions or concerns, ask your cadet supervisor, look in the current
AFROTC guidance and AFI 36-2903, or ask your academic instructor.
ACTIVITIES
1. Hold a uniform fashion show. As you describe each type of uniform and the
specifications for each, have a POC cadet come in modeling that uniform. Show all uniform
combinations including ABU’s, skirt, mess dress, etc.
a. Get several POC cadets to help you. In advance, tell each POC cadet what should be
wrong with their uniform using list below (and any other errors you can think of).
Recommend each model only have one thing wrong. Then, during the quiz, each POC
cadet comes forward.
b. Divide the GMC in the audience into teams. Then they will take turns trying to
figure out what's the matter with the cadet's dress and grooming. They get a point for
each one they get right.
Objective 24-11
Version 4
3. POC panel on dress and grooming. Have each discuss different things they they've seen
cadets get wrong in inspections. Also have them give tips they've learned. Below is list to
use to prepare panel. Can add other topics and tips. Have panel members bring materials to
demonstrate when possible.
1. The following undergarments will be worn with the battle dress uniform:
Objective 24-12
Version 4
c. T-Shirt - Desert Sand colored (Tan). A desert sand (tan), short or long sleeved t-shirt
will be worn under the ABU coat. Exception: Squadron commanders may authorize
Airmen to wear a standardized color undershirt on Friday (only one color per squadron;
individual purchase only, not unit-funded).
c. The first occupational badge is centered ½ inch above the “US Air Force” name tape.
e. Third and/or fourth qualification badges may be worn on the right pocket or above
the nametape (as appropriate).
(1) Rank will be centered 1 inch from the bottom of the collar.
3. ABU Trousers
a. The trouser waistband will rest on the cadet’s waist. Pockets will be secured and
items stowed in pockets will not be visible except pens stowed in pen pocket.
b. Tucking the ABU trouser into the boot is optional. Whether tucked in or bloused,
the trouser must be evenly bloused (gathered in and draped loosely) over the top of the
combat boot and must present a bloused appearance.
c. You must wear a blue cotton web or elastic belt with a black metal buckle and tip.
The belt will face to the left when worn. Females have the option of which way the belt
tip faces.
d. Always wear boots with your ABUs and ensure that they are clean and in good
repair.
Objective 24-13
Version 4
e. Wear your ABU cap whenever you are outdoors. Wear the cap squarely on your
head, and make sure that none of your hair is showing under the front of the cap.
f. Outer garments/cold weather accessories. Outer garments (i.e. light weight blue
jacket, All Purpose Environmental Clothing System (APECS), Improved Rain Suit
(IRS), and sage green fleece) will only be worn outdoors. Cold weather accessories (i.e.
sage green or black gloves, black scarf, black earmuffs) will only be worn when
wearing authorized outer garments (Exception: gloves may be worn solely with ABUs).
Cold weather accessories are only worn outside.
g. You may wear your ABUs off-base for short convenience stops or when eating at
restaurants where people wear comparable civilian attire (work clothing).
h. You may not wear ABUs off-base for extended dining, shopping, socializing, taking
part in entertainment, or going to establishments that operate primarily to serve alcohol.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Have your POC cadets mingle with the new cadets and assist them with
adjustment/correction of uniform wear. All GMC uniforms should be inspected at least
informally before this session is over.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. History and Purpose of Uniforms
B. Proper Wear of the AFROTC Cadet Uniform
1. AFROTC Cadet Uniform Details
2. Appropriate Wear of the Uniform
3. Placement of Various Cadet Insignia and Badges
4. Fitting Requirements
5. Other
C. AFROTC Grooming Standards
D. Question/Answer Time
E. Additional Activity or Informal Inspection
F. Airman Battle Uniform (ABU)
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) With practice and attention to detail, all the "dos" and "don'ts" about proper wear
and care of the uniform and personal appearance/grooming will soon become almost automatic.
A smart appearance is important not only for drill, but in performing all the other duties in the
corps and attending military functions.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Remember--how you look DOES matter. You may be the most competent hard
worker in the world. But if someone perceives you differently because you have an
unprofessional appearance, you'll never get to prove how competent and hardworking you are
because they'll never give you the chance.
Objective 24-14
Version 4
Objective 25
Overview: This lesson details the procedures expected at the dining in/out, and should be
presented a week or two before the event. Review the procedures and rules of the dining in/out
using information from this lesson plan, plus any unique requirements or procedures required at
your specific event. Be sure to adequately prepare for any questions that may arise, and cover
the uniform requirements for the event, the dress code for civilian guests and the conduct
expected from guests. For detailed information on the dining-in, reference the T-1626, USAF
ROTC Dining-In/Dining-Out Guide
Objective 25-1
Version 4
Objective 25-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Remember the proper procedures and history behind the Air
Force Dining-In/Out.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively participate in learning about the Air Force Dining-
In/Out.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson should be presented to all cadets approximately one week prior to
attending a dining-in/out to ensure they maintain proper military decorum during the event.
Review information concerning the history behind, and reasons why, we have the dining-in/out.
Then go into the rules and protocol behind what we do. Although you may think some of the
rules are silly (e.g. not bringing drinks into the mess from the lounge), these are tradition and you
will be required to follow these rules on active duty. Go over the rules of the mess and the grog
bowl. Make sure to leave time for questions or break into flights for question/answer time. It
may be necessary to have a couple of students demonstrate interaction between the President
and/or Vice President of the Mess and an audience member—especially the rhymes for the grog
bowl. You may wish to have a male and female student model the mess dress and/or the
modified mess dress. Additionally, address things like civilian attire for guests, how to make
introductions, etc.
Objective 25-3
Version 4
Lesson Outline:
A. History and Purpose of the Air Force Dining-In/Out
B. Rules and Protocol of the Dining-In/Out
C. Rules of the Mess
D. The Grog Bowl
E. Question/Answer Time
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 25-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) If I told you we are going to have a wingding, what would you think? Some of you
may not like the idea of having to dress up for a fancy, formal event. Well we are! But don’t
worry. Although it’s a formal event with a lot of rules, a dining-in is by no means a stiff, dull
event or just a formal sit-down dinner.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) A wing-ding is an historic term for the Air Force Dining-In/Out. You need to learn
the history and rules for this important social activity during this lesson, so you’ll act
appropriately not only here but also when you get on active duty. The dining-in is a formal
dinner for members of a military organization or unit. We're going to specifically focus on how
we do a Dining-In for AFROTC.
OVERVIEW
A. History and Purpose of the Air Force Dining-In/Out
B. Rules and Protocol of the Dining-In/Out
C. Rules of the Mess
D. The Grog Bowl
E. Question/Answer Time
TRANSITION
(Suggested) First let's discuss the history and purpose for the Air Force Dining-In/Out.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. The present Dining-In format has its beginnings in the Air Corps when General Henry H.
"Hap" Arnold held his famous "wing-dings." During World War II, the association between
US Army Air Corps personnel and the British (and their dining-in) gave additional impetus
for its growth in the USAF. It is now recognized that the dining-in is an occasion where
ceremony, tradition, and good fellowship play an important part in the life of an Air Force
unit.
2. Specifically, this ceremony provides an occasion for officers to meet socially at a formal
military function. It is also accepted as an excellent means of saying farewell to departing
personnel, welcoming new ones, and providing an opportunity to recognize individual and
unit achievements. All of these are effective in building and maintaining high morale and
esprit de corps. The only significant difference between a dining-in and a dining-out is that
spouses and guests are invited to attend the dining-out.
Objective 25-5
Version 4
3. The two people who are essentially responsible for running the dining-in. The first
person is the President of the mess and the second person is the vice.
a. The President of the mess is usually the cadet wing commander or the
commander of the unit holding the dining-in and sets the standards for
members of the mess. The President is the sole judge regarding toasts,
requests, infractions and appropriate punishment for infractions, and he/she
retains the authority to control rowdy, boisterous or improper behavior.
b. The second person is the vice. The Vice President serves as the President’s
principal assistant and plays the role of interpreter between the President and
members of the mess. It is essential that Mister/Madam Vice be totally familiar
with the customs and traditions of the mess. This is an extremely demanding
position, and the President should take care in choosing an articulate and bright
cadet officer for these duties. The success of the dining-in hinges largely on the
imagination and humor of this individual. Essentially Mister/Madam Vice keeps
the program moving and stimulates table conversion through keen wit and
impromptu speaking.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now let's focus on the rules and protocol that will allow you to participate in and
enjoy our coming dining-in/out.
1. Level of Formality
a. All social activities can be classified by type, either formal or informal. A formal
affair is one at which you are expected to wear formal clothes and is characterized by
certain established procedures. It is conducted according to rules; in short, the formal
affair is relatively ceremonious and stylized.
c. If alcoholic beverages are served, drink responsibly if you partake. While you should
enjoy this occasion, you do not want to drink beyond a level where your behavior is out
of control. Also, if you drink you should arrange for a driver in advance.
d. Note that we stress the enjoyment of dining-in, but we must also emphasize the
formal behavior expected. You should still act like a professional, though in a social
setting. This is NOT the military equivalent of a fraternity party. It would be more the
equivalent of a banquet. You should act accordingly.
2. Taboos. In the past, students have not understood this, so today let me give you a few
examples of what you would NOT do at a dining-in:
Objective 25-6
Version 4
a. Run inside while in mess dress. You may run smack into a general officer attending
the event!
b. Throw food. While you may have heard that food fights occur, don't get confused!
That may happen at a COMBAT dining-in where attendees wear ABUs. Remember,
you will be wearing mess dress at a formal dining-in so this would not be appropriate!
No food fights during a formal event! Don't even toss something on a flightmate sitting
beside you as this may start an irreversible food fight! If someone, no matter who
throws food at you, do NOT respond likewise!
c. Walk in a comical fashion. While this may be okay in a small group setting,
remember that 200+ other people may see you and while they may not hear the joke
you're making to accompany the movement, they see your odd behavior, which
wouldn't be appropriate at a formal event.
d. Wear clothes in a comical fashion. Anything you do that others can SEE but not hear
or understand why you're doing it would be inappropriate unless you are participating in
a skit or part of the planned entertainment for the evening. Remember the Mess Dress is
a uniform, wear it properly.
e. Talk to staff/head table members in too comfortable a manner. Though it's a social
occasion, it is not necessarily casual. You don't want to go up to the wife of the guest
speaker and begin teasing her in a familiar way if you don't know her personally. The
same goes with other members of the head table including AFROTC leadership.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Just keep in mind you are socializing in a professional atmosphere and you should
be fine. Now that you understand the appropriate behavior expected at a formal dining-in, let's
look at how the evening will progress.
3. Arrival
a. Each “member of the mess” should arrive in the lounge within 10 minutes of opening
time to meet the guests before dinner is served. When the signal is given to enter the
dining room, members should enter and stand behind their chairs until the members of
the head table enter the room and the president of the mess directs the members of the
mess to sit. While you're waiting for the head table to enter, take a quick look at the
agenda in the program to familiarize yourself with the sequence of events for the
evening.
Objective 25-7
Version 4
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Take a few minutes to walk your cadets through the sequence of
events for the evening. There is a sample agenda at Attachment 2 in the T-1626, USAF ROTC
Dining-In/Dining-Out Guide.
b. Do not take drinks into the dining room. In years past, many active duty members
smoked at affairs such as these. The proper procedures were no smoking from the time
the members enter until the president of the mess indicates the smoking lamp is lit,
usually during or after the serving of dessert. At our Dining-In, there will be no
smoking lamp so the smoking lamp won't be lit at all during the function.
4. Toasting
a. The custom of toasting is universal. Toasting is a simple courtesy to the person being
honored. It is not necessary or proper to drain the glass at the completion of each toast.
Toasts should be proposed in sequence and at intervals during the evening.
b. When you get to the tables, the list of toasts and appropriate responses will be
included in the program on your table. Be sure to open it to the correct page when the
toasts begin. People doing the toast have already been identified; so don't take it upon
yourself to initiate any toasts. This makes sense because impromptu toasting can make
for a long evening, causing you to run behind schedule and dampening the enthusiasm
of the members of the mess.
5. Departure
a. During the convening of the dining-in/out, all members should try to pay their
respects to the guest of honor and/or guest speaker.
b. After the mess is adjourned, members should remain in the dining room, standing at
their chairs, until the members of the head table have left.
6. Receiving Line
b. The procedures for passing through a receiving line are simple. Introduce yourself
and your guest to the aide who is assisting the host. It is important, even if the aide is
your best friend, that you say your name and your guest's name clearly and distinctly so
that you can be introduced to the guest of honor. Cadets should go before their guests
as they move down the line. You will proceed down the line, being introduced by each
member of the receiving line to the next. Do not hesitate to mention your name to
anyone who may have missed it.
Objective 25-8
Version 4
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you know the sequence of events, you need to understand what rules to
follow as those events are happening. Let's check out the Rules of the Mess.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Refer students to the “Rules of the Mess” at Attachment 7 in the
T-1626, USAF ROTC Dining-In/Dining-Out Guide.
1. General Information. The rules of the mess are designed to conform to tradition and
promote levity.
a. At most dining-ins, violators of the Mess’ rules are subject to punishment. All
penalties will be carried out before the membership. Punishment might include singing
a song, telling a joke, being sent to the grog bowl or other activities decided on by the
president.
b. For your dining-in/out, Rules of the Mess will be listed in the program at your table.
An infraction of these rules may be noted at any time. However, you must wait until
the President opens the Grog Bowl before you may snitch on someone who violated a
rule.
c. When the President announces you are permitted to publicize violations, members
may bring infractions to the attention of the president through Mr./Madam Vice by
raising a point of order. However, you must present the violation with a rhyme. The
president then makes the final decision on whether the person you're accusing of
violating a rule is guilty or not.
2. Generally Violated Rules. Point out and explain the rules that are commonly violated at
your dining-in.
3. Points of Order. Now give the following example of a point of order given in rhyme
form:
Objective 25-9
Version 4
1. The grog bowl is not a necessary part of the dining-in and is not normally a part of the
dining-out. The use of the grog bowl is a custom that varies greatly among organizations.
The bowl is usually located on Mister/Madam Vice's table. When the president directs a
violator to the grog bowl, the individual proceeds to the bowl promptly, squaring all corners
in a military fashion.
2. Upon arriving at the grog bowl, the violator executes the following steps (in order):
NOTE: With the exception of the toast “To the Mess”, the violator is not permitted to
speak during this process.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: Have an experienced student demonstrate the grog bowl procedure or
direct all the students to stand up and practice as you read the rules aloud.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) At this time, we will answer your questions concerning the dining-in/out.
E. Question/Answer Time
Allow time so cadets can ask questions. Address any other Det specific issues, civilian attire,
etc. at this time.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. History and Purpose of the Air Force Dining-In/Out
B. Rules and Protocol of the Dining-In/Out
C. Rules of the Mess
D. The Grog Bowl
E. Question/Answer Time
Objective 25-10
Version 4
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) You now have been exposed to the history and rules of the mess. I encourage you
to continue studying them and preparing for the dining in to prevent yourself from taking too
many trips to the grog bowl.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Remember the dining-in/out provides experience and training in a traditional Air
Force social activity. It is important for the success of the dining-in/out that members enjoy the
festivities and the ceremony is done in a tasteful and dignified manner. Have a great time!
Objective 25-11
Version 4
Objective 26
Overview: Cadets are required to participate in a reveille ceremony, a retreat ceremony and a
formal parade. This lesson builds on Objective 17, which dealt with key personnel parade
procedures for the LEAD Preparation (LEADP) cadets, and provides the basics for the three
ceremonies. Detailed information and procedures are found in AFMAN 36-2203, Drill and
Ceremonies. All cadets are expected to participate in these events. Typically, the Professional
Officer Course (POC) cadets are responsible for planning and participating in the event, and may
fill key personnel positions as needed. The LEADP cadets should be used as color guard,
guidon bearers and as many key personnel positions as possible, providing maximum
practice before LEAD. The Initial Military Training (IMT) cadets will be standing in
formation and following commands.
Objective 26-1
Version 4
Objective 26-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply all functions associated with the reveille ceremony, retreat
ceremony, and parade.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the importance of reveille, retreat and parade ceremonies.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Commit with interest and follow guidelines for reveille, retreat
and parade ceremonies.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is designed to give the cadets the opportunity to practice, plan and execute
a reveille (flag-raising) ceremony, a retreat ceremony and a parade. This lesson plan contains
material to teach proper procedures for reveille and retreat. Consider having POC cadets do the
reveille and retreat informally and very slowly. While General Military Course (GMC) cadets
watch, the instructor will narrate to them what the POC cadets are doing as they do it. Then
allow GMCs to practice what they saw.
Refer to lesson plan for Objective 17, perform key personnel parade procedures, to teach,
practice, plan and conduct parade.
This lesson plan utilizes the entire corps. POC cadets will be responsible for planning, attending,
and executing the event. Typically, LEADP/AS200 cadets should be used for color
guard/flag detail, guidon bearer positions; IMT/AS100 cadets will be standing in formation
and following commands.
Objective 26-3
Version 4
As an alternative, consider having POC participation consist of the planning and execution while
LEADP/AS200 cadets can perform the key personnel positions to help meet objective 18.
For small detachments, consider making arrangements with nearby ROTC detachments (Air
Force, Army, Navy) for the parade. Other detachments will be able to provide scripts and
guidance on how to conduct joint parades.
Cadets are expected to know the reveille/retreat ceremony/parade procedures well enough to
participate in all of them. Try to ensure all cadets have a basic understanding of what to expect.
The procedures are outlined in AFMAN 36-2203. The regulation provides good background
information cadets should read before they're shown the flag-raising/retreat ceremony procedures
at the flagstaff. Suggest using at least a half-hour for practice and a half-hour for each of the
ceremonies. Estimate taking 1.5 hours for parade practice and 30 minutes for the actual parade.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: This lesson plan only covers reveille and retreat portions of the lesson
Lesson Outline:
A. Execution of all functions associated with the reveille and retreat ceremonies
B. Commands and movements while performing reveille and retreat ceremonies
C. Plan and Execute a Retreat/Reveille Ceremony
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 26-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Show a video clip of something meaningful regarding the flag. Examples might
include: Mel Gibson in the Patriot, taking the flag and thus inspiring the men to continue
fighting; Samuel Jackson returning under fire to secure the embassy flag while under attack in
Rules of Engagement, etc.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) The flag is a symbol of the freedom and democracy we enjoy in our great country.
Many have come before us and given their lives in its defense. It is our responsibility to show
the proper reverence and respect due to the flag and ceremonies associated with it. Reveille and
retreat occur every duty day on every Air Force base throughout the world. As an Air Force
professional, we should be familiar with our customs and courtesies. This lesson will look at the
procedures used by the flag detail and commander during a reveille or retreat ceremony.
OVERVIEW
A. Execution of all functions associated with the reveille and retreat ceremonies
B. Commands and movements while performing reveille and retreat ceremonies
C. Plan and Execute a Retreat/Reveille Ceremony
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now, let's begin with reveille.
A. Execution of all functions associated with the reveille and retreat ceremonies
1. Reveille
a. Reveille is the signal for the start of the official duty day. If more than the flag detail
is present for the raising of the flag, those members will face towards the flagstaff in
formation. The commander in charge of the formation will command “Parade Rest”
followed by the command “Sound Reveille.”
b. The flag detail assumes the position of attention, moves to the flagstaff, and attaches
the flag to the halyards. After reveille has been played, the commander commands
“Attention” (pronounced “tench hut”) and “Present Arms,” then faces the flagstaff, and
executes present arms. At this time, the National Anthem or To the Colors is sounded.
On the first note, the flag detail begins to raise the flag briskly. The senior member of
the detail holds the flag to keep it from touching the ground.
c. The commander holds the salute until the last note of the music is played. Then he or
she executes order arms, about faces, and commands “Order Arms.” The formation will
remain at attention until the flag is secured and the flag detail has departed. The
formation is then dismissed.
Objective 26-5
Version 4
d. The flag detail should consist of three individuals. The detail is formed in line with
the senior member carrying the flag in the center. The detail is marched to the flagstaff
and halted, and the flag is attached to the halyards. The two other members of the detail
attend the halyards, taking a position facing the staff to hoist the flag without entangling
the halyards. The senior member continues to hold the flag until it is hoisted clear of
the grasp, taking particular care that no portion of the flag touches the ground. When
the flag is clear of the grasp, the senior member comes to attention and executes
presents arms. On the last note of the music or after the flag has been hoisted to the
staff head, all members of the detail execute order arms on command of the senior
member. The halyards are then secured to the cleat of the staff or, if appropriate, the
flag is lowered to half-staff and the halyard secured. The detail re-forms and marched
to the dismissal area.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now let’s discuss how the retreat ceremony is conducted.
2. Retreat
a. The retreat ceremony serves a twofold purpose. It signals the end of the official duty
day and serves as a ceremony for paying respect to the flag.
b. If the wing is formed for retreat at the flagstaff, the commander commands “Parade
Rest,” then faces the flagstaff, assumes the position of the formation, and waits for the
specified time for retreat.
c. At the specified time, the commander comes to attention and commands “Sound
Retreat.” During the playing of retreat, junior members of the flag detail assume the
position of attention and move to the flagstaff to arrange the halyards for proper
lowering of the flag. Once the halyards are arranged, the junior members of the flag
detail execute parade rest in unison.
d. After retreat finishes playing, the commander faces about and commands “Group
(Squadron, etc.) Attention.” The commander then commands “Present Arms.” As soon
as the formation executes present arms, the commander faces to the front and also
assumes present arms. The members of the flag detail execute present arms on
command of the commander.
e. At this time the National Anthem is played. On the first note of the National Anthem,
the members of the flag detail not lowering the flag execute present arms. The junior
members of the flag detail lower the flag slowly and with dignity. The lowering of the
flag is coordinated with the playing of the music so the two are completed at the same
time. The senior member of the flag detail commands the detail “Order Arms” when
the flag is low enough to be received. If at half-staff, the flag is hoisted briskly to the
staff head while retreat is sounded and then lowered on the first note of the National
Anthem.
Objective 26-6
Version 4
f. The commander executes order arms when the last note of the music is played and the
flag has been securely grasped. The commander about faces, gives the formation
“Order Arms,” and then faces to the front.
g. The flag detail folds the flag. When the flag is folded, the flag detail with the senior
member on the right and flag bearer in the center, marches to a position three paces
from the commander. The senior member salutes and reports, “Sir/Ma’am, the flag is
secured.” The commander returns the salute and the flag detail marches away. The
formation is then marched to a dismissal area or dismissed there.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) You should have a firm grasp of the reveille and retreat ceremonies. Now is the
time for you to practice these procedures.
C. Plan and Execute a Retreat/Reveille Ceremony. The cadet wing should plan and execute a
retreat or reveille ceremony. Many detachments do this ceremony in conjunction with other
ceremonies, for example, after the awards ceremony, after the parade, or as part of a Veteran's
Day ceremony.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Execution of all functions associated with the reveille (flag raising) and retreat ceremonies
B. Commands and movements while performing reveille (flag raising) and retreat ceremonies
C. Plan and Execute a Retreat/Reveille Ceremony
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) There is a lot more to reveille and retreat ceremonies than raising and lowering the
flag. It is a tradition, to honor the flag, this Nation and all who have honorably served the United
States of America.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) So next time you are standing in formation or performing flag detail, don’t just go
through the motions. Take the time to reflect on what the flag means to you and this nation.
Objective 26-7
Version 4
Objective 27
Overview: Cadets are required to participate in a formal unit awards ceremony. This lesson
provides a sample script for an awards ceremony. You will need to tailor the script as needed for
your detachment. AFROTCI 36-2011, Cadet Operations, provides a detailed listing of cadet
awards and decorations. The lesson is designed for one ceremony per semester. The entire cadet
corps will attend and participate in the awards ceremony.
Objective 27-1
Version 4
Objective 27-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply the purpose of the AFROTC Awards and Decorations
program to a formal awards ceremony.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the importance of conducting formal awards ceremonies.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively participate in the planning and execution phase of a
formal awards ceremony.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to allow cadets an opportunity to observe a unit formal
awards ceremony. This lesson objective utilizes the entire corps. All cadets will be in
attendance and witness the ceremony. All cadets need to be briefed on the proper way to receive
an award "take--shake--salute." 1.5 hours is allotted for this objective. This lends itself to one
ceremony per semester. If one ceremony doesn’t last 45 minutes, that’s fine as long as your
detachment conducts a formal awards ceremony including a script and formal presentation of
awards.
Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets will be responsible for planning and executing the
event. Time spent other than attending the ceremony will be credited towards lesson objective
29.
Consider enhancing the ceremony. Examples are awards luncheon or jazzing the ceremony up
with skits, power point slides with detachment photos from the semester, or an intricate routine
by the color guard/drill team, etc.
A sample awards ceremony script is provided on the next pages, using a joint, awards luncheon
format. This was contributed by University of Connecticut.
Objective 27-3
Version 4
Lt Snuffy: “Good morning, ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the annual Army/Air Force
ROTC Awards Ceremony. Thank you all for coming. I am First Lieutenant Snuffy, your emcee
for the first half of today’s events. Please rise for the National Anthem and the posting of the
colors by members of Air Force ROTC Detachment XXX.
1105 – Invocation
Lt Snuffy: “Chaplain Smith, will you please come forward and give the invocation.”
1110 – Introductions
Lt Snuffy: Before we begin, I’d like to recognize some of the distinguished guests we have with
us here today:
• Dr. John Q. Smith , Executive Vice President of Eastern Connecticut State University
• Dr. Jane M. Doe, Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the
University of Connecticut
• Major General (Retired) James Jackson, AUSA Connecticut Chapter, Vice President,
Legal Affairs
Lt Snuffy: Ladies and gentlemen, at this time the wait staff will direct individual tables to the
buffet.
LUNCH
Lt Snuffy: “Lt Col Smalls, Professor of Military Science, will now provide some opening
remarks.
Lt Snuffy: “Ladies and Gentlemen, please continue to enjoy your meal as we begin the awards
portion of today’s ceremony. As I announce each award, I ask that the presenters please come
forward on to the stage. As the presenter or presenters make their way to the stage, I will
Objective 27-4
Version 4
describe the award and announce the recipient or recipients. If you are named as an award
recipient, please come forward to accept your award.”
Cadet Martin is a senior majoring in finance & computer information systems, Quinnipiac Univ.
Cadet Smith is a freshman majoring in bioscience at the University of Connecticut.
Objective 27-5
Version 4
Cadet Bassos is a sophomore majoring in civil engineering at the University of New Haven.
Lt Snuffy: “Ladies and Gentlemen, please rise for the retiring of the colors.”
Lt Snuffy: “Once again, thank you all for attending our annual awards ceremony. Without the
kind generosity of all donors, this worthwhile event wouldn’t be possible. We look forward to
seeing you all again next year. This concludes the ceremony.”
Objective 27-6
Version 4
Objective 28
Required for: Intermediate Cadet Leader (ICL) and Senior Cadet Leader (SCL) cadets
Overview: Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets are required to demonstrate their
leadership and management skills in supervising and leading the cadet corps or through
advanced leadership experiences. This lesson provides a broad overview of this requirement—
it’s not a formal lesson plan.
Objective 28 - 1
Version 4
Objective 28 - 2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply leadership and management skills in supervising the cadet
corps or through advanced leadership experiences.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the role of leadership in the Air Force and ROTC.
PART IB
Strategy: The suggested hours indicate that POC cadets should be spending LLAB working on
planning and conducting LLAB. When POC cadets are not mentoring, conducting feedback or
attending other mandatory LLAB duties, they should be performing duties related to this lesson
objective or assisting fellow POC cadets with their duties. SCL/AS400 and Extended Cadet
Leader (ECL)/AS700 cadets aren't expected to spend as much time accomplishing this lesson
objective since they will be using some LLAB time receiving instruction for objective 31 to
prepare to enter active duty.
Objective 28 - 3
Version 4
PART II
ACTIVITIES
POC cadets are leaders and managers of the cadet corps. Almost all of their time during LLAB
is dedicated to managing the cadet corps and ensuring the GMC are being trained. Like active
duty officers, POC cadets are assigned positions with leadership responsibility in the cadet corps.
They must design and conduct the LLAB program, guided by the Mission Directive and the
LLAB lesson plans. LLAB provides an environment where cadets can apply principles, skills
and techniques learned in the academic classroom. POC cadets may identify corps problems,
procedures or activities and apply quality principles to improve the program.
These activities may be useful at detachments that have a large amount of cadets but limited
leadership positions in the chain of command.
Besides traditional command and staff positions within the cadet corps, there are a number of
other worthwhile activities that may be used as "leadership experiences." Some of these include
small-group activities that enable POC cadets to participate as leaders in officer-like functions.
Activities of this nature may include recruiting, developing informational activities, planning
base visits, serving as a liaison to coordinate activities with Army/Navy ROTC units, running the
cadet mentoring program, running the cadet feedback/evaluation programs or other similar
functions.
Another option is to break away from the traditional Operations Group arrangement. Instead, put
groups of cadets in charge of planning various LLAB activities. For example, look at the sample
schedule in the preface. You can task one group to plan and execute a 2-hour activity to meet
objective 20 for LLAB 5 of the first semester. Task another group to plan and execute LLAB 8,
second semester, to include a 1.5 hour activity to meet objective 20 for IMT/AS100 cadets, 1.5
hour for objective 13 for LEADP/AS200 cadets and coordinate with Detachment Commander for
SCL/AS400 cadets to do 1.5 hour towards objective 31. You can easily e-mail them the lesson
plan for the corresponding objective so they'll use it to develop their LLAB activity. If you
assign the entire semester of LLAB activities in this way from the very start of the semester, they
will have time to plan for it. In this way, the cadet wing staff is still planning the strategy and
supervising the activities, but the actual creativity and logistics get delegated. A group, for
example, can consist of four POC cadets--three POC cadets and one POC cadet to be the team
leader. This option has the advantage of reducing the burden on the few Operations Group
personnel and increases the quality of the activities since the same people aren’t planning every
activity all semester long. It can also increase the quality through competition; groups will see
who can plan and direct the best, smoothest activity. This could even become the basis for a new
award by having GMC cadets rate LLAB and vote on the best LLAB. It also gives more cadets
more opportunities to manage an activity and supervise some people.
Objective 28 - 4
Version 4
Another option is for cadets to hold leadership positions outside the detachment and request that
it counts towards leadership management skills. This would be in lieu of spending time in a
leadership position in the cadet corps. Examples include resident advisors, highly active student
government positions, campus publication editors, campus organization presidents, etc.
Generally, you should be in charge of other people for this to count.
More than likely, detachment cadre will not come to you asking if you’ve done anything to get
leadership credit. Cadets wishing to fulfill the leadership position requirement in this way will
have to go to the Operations Flight Commander (OFC) BEFORE starting that position. They
will need to request credit for it, discuss what they will have to do in that position to get credit
and how to document that they are performing well.
Recommend documentation consists of having the cadet's supervisor outside the detachment fill
out the POC Initial Feedback Form, POC Midterm Feedback Form and POC Evaluation Report.
The cadet will turn these to the OFC. The cadet should document number of hours worked in
that position, describe what was done during that time and whom he/she supervised. The cadet
should also be able to brief the OFC on examples of how he/she exhibited these skills in the
leadership position outside the detachment: problem solving, planning, organizing, coordinating,
directing, and controlling. Finally, the cadet should brief the OFC on leadership lessons learned
on the job and on successes and rewards occurring as a result of his/her leadership.
Hotwash
If your wing staff does not already do this, the cadet wing commander should consider
incorporating a hotwash after every LLAB session. A hotwash basically means getting together
after performing a task or activity, looking at things to see what went right, what went wrong,
what caused them to go right or wrong, then deciding how to prevent bad things from happening
again as well as how to fix any problems or improve.
It can be a simple meeting where the cadet wing commander goes around the table asking for
input on the good and bad.
It can be a meeting that basically fills in the blanks for this format:
Objective 28 - 5
Version 4
Another option is to use the LLAB Feedback and Debrief Form (attached to this document,
contributed by UMASS--Lowell) after every LLAB.
Regardless of the format, the Cadet Wing Commander should consider running a 5-minute
hotwash with cadet wing staff members who attended the LLAB activities after each LLAB.
The key to the hotwash is using it as a tool for cadets to evaluate themselves and become self-
correcting. The hotwash is best used when it is kept to no more than 15 minutes and with policy
of non-attribution so information can be freely exchanged in a manner that will bring the
maximum improvement to LLABs. Lastly, whoever leads the hotwash should be more of an
observer/coach that refocuses efforts and collects information rather than being the key speaker.
Objective 28 - 6
Version 4
Date
LLAB#
Was there any "dead time" between presentations or activities? If yes, list when dead time took
place.
Was the cadet area and any facilities used cleaned after LLAB?
Suggestions and/or feedback for the Cadet Operations Group Commander or Cadet Wing
Commander?
Give an overall rating for this LAB on a 1 - 10 scale with 10 being the best.
Name of Evaluator:
Objective 28 - 7
Version 4
Objective 29
Required for: Initial Cadet Leader (ICL), Senior Cadet Leader (ICL) and Extended Cadet Leader
(ECL) cadets
Overview: All detachments are required to establish a formal performance feedback and
evaluation system. This lesson is designed to teach the importance of performance feedback and
acquaint the cadets on the proper way to apply feedback and evaluation in the Air Force. The
lesson plan provides information on the importance of feedback, how a feedback session is
conducted and provides examples of the forms used to provide feedback. All Initial Military
Training (IMT) and LEAD Preparation (LEADP) cadets will receive official feedback. All
Professional Officer Course (POC) cadets will give feedback to subordinates and receive
feedback from superiors.
Version 4
Objective 29-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Apply proper feedback and performance evaluation skills.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the role of feedback and performance evaluation skills.
PART IB
Strategy: The purpose of this lesson is to teach cadets the importance of performance feedback
and evaluation and allow POC cadets the chance to practice giving feedback. All detachments
are required to establish a formal performance feedback and evaluation system. Within this
system, IMT/LEADP cadets will receive official feedback. POC cadets will give feedback
to subordinates and receive it from superiors.
POC cadets are the trainers, leaders, and managers of the cadet corps. Almost all of their time
during LLAB is dedicated to training and managing the cadet corp. Like active duty officers,
POC cadets are assigned positions with leadership responsibility in the cadet corps. One of the
main responsibilities we have as leaders is to provide feedback to our subordinates on their
performance. Feedback is required on active duty, so this lesson objective serves to acquaint
cadets with the process and allow them to apply feedback and evaluation skills by practicing
these skills on their subordinates at the detachment.
Objective 29-3
Version 4
POC cadets will spend approximately 5 hours during one academic year on this objective. This
time can be spent as follows: 30 minutes being taught the content of the lesson plan; POC cadets
will give and receive initial and midterm feedback and final evaluation every semester. Time
will also be spent providing IMT/LEADP subordinates with feedback. No time is set for how
much time GMC will spend in this objective; however, Operations Flight Commander
(OFC) will ensure feedback is thorough. Note the feedback sessions are to be done during
LLAB time. The sample schedule in the preface gives you an example of how to incorporate
feedback sessions into LLAB time.
Your detachment is required to put together a program that provides all cadets with performance
feedback and evaluation. At a minimum all IMT/LEADP cadets will be given the following
performance feedback and evaluation each academic year: an initial feedback session, a midterm
feedback session and a performance evaluation report. At a minimum, all POC cadets will be
given the following performance feedback and evaluation each semester: an initial feedback
session, a midterm feedback session and a performance evaluation report. Your immediate
supervisor should conduct performance feedback and evaluation.
Suggested Timeline:
Objective 29-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Have you ever taken a class and the teacher was really poor at grading your
assignments and letting you know the grade in a timely fashion? It’s not a good feeling, not
being sure if you’re doing ok, much less knowing if you should be doing something different or
not. Now imagine you didn’t get any grades all semester long. You work hard and plug along
and assume that since you haven’t heard one way or another, you’re doing all right. Then at the
end of the semester, you find out you failed the class. It’s somewhat shocking and unfair. That’s
what it’s like for a subordinate who doesn’t get feedback.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) In the AFROTC academic classes, you will at some point learn about the officer
and enlisted feedback and evaluation systems. You’ll learn what the forms—Officer
Performance Reports (OPR) and Enlisted Performance Reports (EPR)—look like, and you'll
learn how to fill them out. However, we don’t want you to go on active duty with only
knowledge about performance evaluation. So we will use LLAB to practice giving feedback
AND evaluation. We’ll start with this lesson. You’ll also be part of the cadet wing performance
and evaluation system, both as a subordinate who receives feedback and as superior who gives
feedback and evaluates subordinates.
OVERVIEW
A. Importance of performance feedback and evaluation
B. How to conduct a performance feedback session
C. Providing performance feedback and evaluation
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you know what we're going to cover in this lesson, let's get started
in learning how to give feedback.
BODY
PRESENTATION
Objective 29-5
Version 4
what grade you'll get in the end. Think about how you calculate what grade you need to
make on a test, or multiple tests, throughout the semester to get an 'A' in a course.
Therefore, feedback is a way of helping your troop(s) calculate what they need to do to get
an 'A' on their evaluation.
2. The purpose of the performance evaluation is to document the performance of a cadet over
a specified time period. The performance evaluation serves as a permanent record of the
cadet’s performance over time. Care must be taken to ensure you evaluate the cadet’s
performance versus the standard and not against the other cadets. Also, ensure you are
honest in your assessment of your subordinates’ performance. If your subordinate is not
meeting standards, and you tell them they are, their understanding of the situation is that they
are meeting standards. The training environment at your detachment is the perfect place for
you to work on your evaluation and counseling skills, so when you come on active duty you
know how to get results.
a. Observe Performance and Keep Notes. The most important factor in preparing
for a feedback session is to routinely observe the performance of the ratee. You
cannot expect to comment on strong and weak areas, trends and any degree of
improvement without routinely watching performance. Routinely take notes about
behavior and the impact of that behavior. Information should be collected over time
and in a variety of circumstances to foster a solid evaluation.
b. Schedule the Time and Place. Schedule the feedback session far enough in
advance so the rater and ratee have sufficient time to prepare for it. Set aside
enough time to ensure that everything on the agenda is covered. Select a room that
allows for privacy, face-to-face discussion, has proper lighting and ventilation, and
prevents outside distractions or interruptions to ensure that both parties are
comfortable.
c. Setting the Agenda. For initial feedback sessions, include ratee’s duty
description and responsibilities, expectations and targets to hit in order to meet
those expectations, and a brief synopsis of the mission of the unit. These items will
lay the groundwork for an effective, productive working relationship between the
rater and the ratee by providing the motivation to achieve the highest levels of
performance. For follow-on sessions, establish an agenda that reviews the last
feedback session, covers observed behaviors since the last feedback session, what
was done well, what could have been done better and any additional areas you feel
are necessary.
Objective 29-6
Version 4
b. Identifying the Purpose and Discussing Topics. Take the time to fully explain
the purpose of the feedback session and to seek input from the ratee. Remember to
focus on the individual's strengths and accomplishments as well as the
recommended improvement areas. Be specific about the observed behavior and the
impact it had on others. Give your full attention to the individual, both mentally
and physically; they know when you are not being sincere.
d. Miscellaneous Tips:
(1) Perceptions and opinions should be presented as such and not as facts
(2) Feedback is pointless unless a ratee benefits from it. Praise for the sake of
praise has no value. It should motivate, build self-confidence, or reinforce top
performance.
(3) Listen carefully, paraphrase what is heard to check perceptions, and ask
questions for clarification.
Objective 29-7
Version 4
(4) Avoid “loaded” terms that produce emotional reactions and heighten
defenses.
a. Summarizing. Take a few minutes to review the key items discussed and
reinforce the goals for the next observation period. Be sure to end on a positive,
encouraging, and forward-looking note. And don’t forget to sign the PFW, make a
copy to file, and give the original to the ratee.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: At this time, explain your detachment's feedback and evaluation program to
the cadets. In addition, you should brief supervisors on the dates of when they can conduct their
feedback sessions. They will need to know what documentation they will be responsible for, how to
complete the documentation, and how the detachment will handle the documentation once it is
completed.
Objective 29-8
Version 2
Objective 30
Overview: This lesson has been designed to ensure that the cadets are able to evaluate bullet
statements and determine which are acceptable and which are not acceptable. This lesson builds
on two foundational lessons previously covered in the academic year (Bullet Statements and
Bullet Statement Practicum). There is a great deal of flexibility for delivering this lesson
objective.
Objective 30-1
Version 2
Objective 30-2
Version 2
PART I
PART IA
Cognitive Lesson Objective: Understand the process for evaluating bullet statements.
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the importance of writing and properly evaluating bullet
statements.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Accept and contribute to the bullet statement evaluation exercise.
PART IB
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The time for this lesson can be divided up easily into blocks that
meet your schedule. Follow the notes in the strategy to better understand the parts of this
lesson. We highly recommend a faculty member who has experience writing and evaluating
bullet statements oversee this exercise such as senior captain, detachment commander, or one
of your NCOs if they have the experience. The faculty member should also be familiar with
the Bullet Statement lesson and Bullet Writing Practicum presented earlier in the course.
Strategy: This lesson has both cognitive and affective objectives. Students will be objectively
tested on the cognitive samples. The affective objective and sample of behavior are included to
provide indications that the students not only understand, but also value the information presented
surrounding the objective. You should consciously strive to reach the affective domain as you
deliver your lecture/guide your discussions. To assess whether you are meeting the objective,
observe student participation in the class to ensure positive and active participation from each
student.
Earlier in the course students received the Bullet Statement lesson as well as a Bullet Statement
Practicum exercise. This lesson builds on those two foundational lessons by looking at what can
happen to those bullet statements – they become a part of an award nomination package.
Objective 30-3
Version 2
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: If you are accessing this lesson objective from the LLAB disc you
received from the Holm Center Academic Affairs Directorate, all of the associated handouts
for this lesson can be found by navigating to the 2017-2018 LLAB Lesson Objective
Interrelated Information, then Supplemental Lesson Objective Material and finally to the
Lesson Objective 30 Bullet Statement Handouts. If you will be accessing this objective from
the Holmcenter.com site, you will notice the handouts are listed immediately below the lesson
objective.
Handout #1 can be used as a PowerPoint presentation and as a handout given to the students.
Handout #1 briefly reviews the elements of a good bullet statement and provides some examples
and non-examples. This handout also provides a sample scoring process the students will use to
score the award packages in Handouts 2A through 2F.
Handouts 2A – 2F are actual AF Form 1206s for various awards. The names have been changed
for privacy reasons, but the students should know that these were actual packages submitted for
the indicated award.
Each group evaluates six award packages: Airman, NCO, SNCO, CGO, FGO, and Team. This
helps the group understand the types of achievements at the various levels. For example,
something that might be a significant achievement for a Senior Airman might not be that
significant for a Senior NCO or officer.
This lesson is scheduled to run for 4 hours but can be broken into blocks to meet your scheduling
needs. If you don’t use 4 consecutive hours and divide the lesson up, keep the flow shown in the
lesson outline below in mind and try to allow enough time for students to complete each segment
before breaking.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: There are two award packages with a fairly common problem. One
has only a single line for “Significant Self-Improvement” and an extra third line for “Base or
Community Involvement.” The other just has an extra line under “Community or Base
Involvement.” As part of the Segment Three discussion be sure to address how the groups
dealt with these issues. Did they score the extra line? Did they count the third “Community”
line as a “Self-Improvement”?
Lesson Outline:
a. Provide students the overall objective of this exercise (they will work in small
teams simulating a squadron awards package scoring committee to effectively
score award packages).
b. Students meet and are put into small groups of 3 to 4 students per group (smaller
detachments will need to adjust as appropriate).
Objective 30-4
Version 2
B. Second Segment (~1.5 to 2 hours) (larger groups will take more time)
a. The small groups reassemble and compare their scoring with the other small
groups.
b. Try to discuss and resolve any significant differences (group one scores a package
an 11 while group two scored that same package 19 for example).
c. Be sure to discuss how the groups dealt with the two packages that didn’t exactly
conform to the standard “6 lines, 2 lines, and 2 lines” format.
d. Close the lesson by emphasizing the importance of bullet statements and the value
in being able to effectively write and evaluate bullet statements.
Objective 30-5
Version 4
Objective 31
Overview: ECL cadets are still active members of the detachment and should still be assigned
duties that will be challenging and continue to prepare them for active duty. This lesson
provides several possible projects or positions for ECL cadets to hold during the year. These are
only suggestions—the Detachment Commander or OFC, based on the needs of the detachment,
makes the decision on how to best utilize these cadets.
Objective 31-1
Version 4
Objective 31-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Respond to the importance of leadership and management in the Air
Force and AFROTC.
PART IB
Strategy: The suggested hours indicate that ECL cadets should be spending LLAB working on
special projects or positions directed by the Det CC or OFC. When ECL cadets are not
mentoring, conducting feedback or attending other mandatory LLAB duties, they should be
performing duties related to this lesson objective or assisting fellow ICL and SCL cadets with
their duties.
Objective 31-3
Version 4
PART II
ACTIVITIES
There are many times the detachment would like to do a special project within the community
and ECL students are the perfect choice for this duty. Many new lieutenants are required to run
additional duty programs and this job will help them prepare for that time.
One valuable experience for any young officer (or soon to be officer) is the position of executive
officer. This cadet can be utilized in assisting the Detachment Commander or Operations Flight
Commander with administrative functions.
Excellence in all we do is not just a motto—it should be a driving force to help us excel with
precision. A Quality Task Force officer or team can help the detachment become both efficient
and effective in developing the officers of tomorrow. This person/team should report directly to
the Detachment Commander or Operations Flight Commander.
Standardization/Evaluation Section
ECL students (especially those who have been in the cadet corps for 3-4 years) have a good idea
of what has and has not worked during LLAB in the past. Use these cadets as a way to help
standardize and evaluate ICL and SCLs running the LLAB program. This person/team should
report directly to the Operations Flight Commander.
ICL and SCL cadets are leaders and managers of the cadet corps. Almost all of their time during
LLAB is dedicated to managing the cadet corps and ensuring the IMT and LEADP cadets are
being trained. Like active duty officers, ICLs and SCLs are assigned positions with leadership
responsibility in the cadet corps. Sometimes, depending on detachment size or a need for further
leadership development, it will be essential for an ECL to hold a position within the cadet corp.
If this happens, they should refer back to Lesson 28.
Other
These are only a few of the many ways an ECL student can be utilized in the LLAB
environment. The Detachment Commander or Operations Flight Commander may have other
ideas on how to utilize these cadets. These duties should be challenging and have military
training or active duty preparation value.
Objective 31-4
Version 3
Objective 32
Know issues and topics in a Commander’s Call environment.
Overview: This lesson serves to acquaint cadets with the Commander’s Call concept while also
providing mandatory training required annually for all cadets. The following mandatory topics
must be covered at beginning of the academic year: suicide prevention, religious respect,
academic freedom, sexual harassment, and sexual assault. The material presented herein is
generic in nature and has been developed as a guide. Personalize the material as you deem
appropriate to present these topics.
Objective 32-1
Version 3
Objective 32-2
Version 3
The purpose of this lesson is to acquaint cadets with the Commander’s Call concept while also getting
mandatory ancillary-type training accomplished. This time during LLAB may be used to cover many
different areas of importance to the cadet wing, give out special awards or recognition, or use it as a
hail and farewell time for staff members or cadets.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The following five topics must be covered by the Detachment Commander at
the beginning of the academic year:
AETC/A1 has tasked the Holm Center Academic Affairs Directorate to get the word spread about a
new web- based tool (“Wingman Toolkit”) developed for Airmen, their family members, and their
friends.
The Wingman Toolkit offers quick access to resources and information pertaining to Comprehensive
Airman Fitness (CAF) and Resilience skills development. It includes ideas and tools to help
increase/develop physical, social, spiritual, and/or mental domains in individuals, and should also be
shared with others/Wingmen.
In addition, AFRC developed a FREE mobile phone app that is available at the iTunes App Store and
Google Play. Similar to the Toolkit website, the app provides Airmen with a personal tool to practice
their resilience skills at all times!
Objective 32-3
Version 3
"American Airmen are agile, innovative, and always accomplish the mission! To do this, we
overcome obstacles every day, both professionally and personally. I urge you to guard and
strengthen that resilience. Take care of yourself, your family and fellow Airmen. If you see
someone in need, help them. If you're the one struggling, make the right choice and seek help
from a friend, a supervisor, or a professional. The strongest, most capable warriors I know fully
understand their limitations and embrace the fact that their mission success, and their resilience,
rely on the team around them. Take care of yourself...and take care of each other."
1. Facts we know:
Objective 32-4
Version 3
4. Bottom line: Awareness by understanding the signs and contributors to suicide can lead to
intervention and save the life of the person next to you!
Objective 32-5
Version 3
a) The 1st Amendment to the US Constitution states “Congress shall make no law respecting
an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof…”
b) The Joint Ethics Regulation makes it clear that personnel will not use their position in a
way that could reasonably be construed to imply that his or her agency or the government
sanctions or endorses his or her personal activities or those of another. This could possibly
happen if individuals in authority state their religious beliefs in a manner that leaves their
listener believing these are the feelings or beliefs of the Air Force, squadron, or unit.
d) Air Force Instruction 36-2707: Nondiscrimination. Para 1.3: The Air Force will conduct
its affairs free from unlawful discrimination. It provides equal opportunity for all members
irrespective of age, color, national origin, race, religion, sex, and disability except as
prescribed by statute or policy. Para 1.4: Whenever unlawful discrimination practices are
found, the Air Force will immediately take action to address inequalities or inconsistencies,
which adversely affect people, and ensure channels are available to air complaints without
fear of reprisal.
e) Air Force Instruction 52-1 Chaplain Service: Spiritual health is fundamental to Air Force
personnel Commanders accommodate religious needs to enhance operational readiness
Objective 32-6
Version 3
include, but are not limited to, age, race, ethnicity, gender, philosophical/spiritual
perspectives, educational background, etc.
- All team members play a vital role in the success of the team; leaders cannot allow
differences among the team to divide the team and disturb good order and discipline.
b) They should be approved unless approval would have a real, not hypothetical, adverse
impact on military readiness, unit cohesion, standards, or discipline. Avoidance of
scheduling conflicts between official activities and religious observances can enhance unit
effectives and demonstrate mutual respect. Basic guidance for religious accommodation in
many areas, including worship services, holy days, Sabbath observances, dietary
requirements, medical issues, and apparel, is included in DoD Directive 1300.17. This
guidance is implemented through AF instructions.
d) Leadership at every level. Leaders at every level bear a special responsibility to ensure
their words and actions cannot reasonably be construed to be an official endorsement nor
disapproval of any faith, belief, or absence of belief. In official circumstances or when
superior/subordinate relationships are involved, superiors need to be sensitive to the
potential that personal expressions may appear to be official, or have undue influence on
their subordinates. Subject to these sensitivities, superiors enjoy the same free exercise
rights as all other Airmen.
Objective 32-7
Version 3
f) Public Prayer. Public prayer should not imply government endorsement of religion and
should not usually be a part of routine official business. Mutual respect and common sense
should always be applied, including consideration of unusual circumstances and the needs of
the command. Further, non-denominational, inclusive prayer or a moment of silence may be
appropriate for military ceremonies or events of special importance when its primary
purpose is not the advancement of religious beliefs. Military chaplains are trained in these
matters.
h) Good order and Discipline. These guidelines are consistent with the responsibility of
commanders to maintain good order and discipline, and are consistent with the Core Values
of the Air Force: Integrity First; Service Before Self; and Excellence in All We Do.
a) Respecting the beliefs and non-beliefs of others does not mean that you’re condoning or
condemning their beliefs, just that you are respecting their rights to have those beliefs and
non-beliefs
b) Self-control and self-discipline will allow Air Force members to refrain from
demonstrating intolerance for the beliefs or non-beliefs of others.
c) Tolerance will not allow unlawful discrimination, intimidation, or unfair treatment of any
AF member because of beliefs or non-beliefs
Objective 32-8
Version 3
1. Air University Instruction (AUI) 36-2608, Academic Freedom. This instruction establishes
Air University policy on academic freedom. It applies to all Air University schools and colleges,
all activities in the Air University educational forum, Air University- sponsored events as well as
publications.
NOTE: Per AUI 36-2608, Academic Freedom is defined according to an amended form of the
American Association of University Professors (AAUP) definition of academic freedom, as
follows:
Teachers are entitled to full freedom in research and in the publication of the results, subject to
the adequate performance of their other academic duties; but research for pecuniary return
should be based upon an understanding with the authorities of the institution.
Teachers are entitled to freedom in the classroom in discussing their subject, but should be
careful not to introduce into their teaching controversial matter that has no relation to their
subject.
College and university teachers are citizens, members of a learned profession, and officers of
an educational institution. When they speak or write as citizens, they should be free from
institutional censorship or discipline, but their special position in the community imposes
certain obligations. As scholars and educational officers, they should remember that the public
may judge their profession and their institution by their utterances. Hence they should at all
times be accurate, should exercise appropriate restraint, should show respect for the opinions of
others, and should make every effort to indicate that they are not speaking for the institution.
All laws and standing regulations concerning the conduct of government employees (both
military and civilian) apply to Air University faculty members as employees of the U.S.
government.
2. Air University faculty, students, and staff are members of a learned profession, and members
of their respective educational organizations. The free exchange of opinions and ideas is essential
to the educational process and, to the greatest extent possible, faculty, students, and staff are
encouraged to speak and write freely. Even in this academic setting, however, the importance of
the University’s military mission requires limits on some types of expression.
Objective 32-9
Version 3
b) Article 89 – Disrespect toward superior commissioned officer. Any military member who
behaves with disrespect toward superior commissioned officer
NOTE: While AFROTC cadets are not covered by the laws and regulations listed herein, they
should attempt to adhere to the rules and regulations that will apply to them during their
military career.
c) In any public forum, Air University faculty and students should make every effort to
indicate clearly that the opinions they express are personal to the member, and do not
represent the official views of their organization, Air University, the United States Air
Force, the U.S. government, or any other government or academic community.
4. AUI 36-2609, Academic Integrity. This instruction contains Air University guidance and
directives on academic integrity. It applies to all Air University organizations and faculty,
whether they are permanently assigned or serve in a temporary duty (TDY) or other temporary
capacity. This instruction addresses academic integrity of military and civilian personnel—
faculty, staff, and students—of Air University schools/Centers.
a) AUI 36-2609, paragraph 1.6.1. Plagiarism. The act of appropriating the literary
composition of another, parts or passages of their writings, or the ideas or language of the
same, and intending to pass them off as the product of one’s own mind. An example is
copying verbatim without quotation marks with the intent to claim that material as one’s
own work is plagiarism, as is the intentional use, without credit, of a source’s sentence
structure and style with only minor word changes. Intent is established based on
consideration of all circumstances and evidence presented. The correct method for giving
credit to a source in written work is to use quotation marks and an accompanying footnote
when quoting directly and a footnote when paraphrasing. In the case of oral presentations,
credit must be given for direct or paraphrasing of direct quotes.
b) AUI 36-2609, paragraph 1.6.2. Cheating. The act of giving or receiving improper
assistance such as, but not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to faculty materials that
have not been released for student use; copying answers from another’s examination; using
texts, notes, issue materials, or other references not authorized for examinations or other
assigned work; using previously written research papers, briefings, or other types of student
work normally assigned by the school, provided by former students of the course;
knowingly permitting another student to copy one’s writing assignments, speech or briefing
materials, or answers from an examination paper; and collaborating with other persons on
individual assignments except as specifically authorized by the school.
is misleading or deceiving and meant to be so; for example, false reporting. Students
enrolled in a course who previously took the same course (or a variant of it; for example, a
on resident version of the same course) and attempt to resubmit research papers or other
work in fulfillment of a current school assignment, while disguising the fact that it is a
resubmission, would be guilty of misrepresentation.
e) AUI 36-2609, paragraph 2.1. All students and permanent-party personnel must adhere to
the highest standards of academic integrity. They are prohibited from engaging in
plagiarism, cheating, misrepresentation, unprofessional relationships, or any other act
constituting a lack of academic integrity. Failure on the part of any individual to practice
academic integrity reflects discredit both on the Air Force and on the individual and is not
condoned by Air University. All individuals who violate this instruction are subject to
adverse administrative action including disenrollment from school, disciplinary action, and
discharge from the service. Individuals subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice may
be prosecuted under the UCMJ. Violations by civilian employees may result in
administrative disciplinary action without regard to otherwise applicable criminal or civil
sanctions for violations of related laws.
Objective 32-11
Version 3
1. Department of Defense and Air Force policy on sexual harassment: Zero Tolerance
2. Definition: A form of sex discrimination that involves unwelcome sexual advances, requests
for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:
c) Such conduct has the purpose of effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s
work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
3. The following examples of sexual harassment show how this behavior can be verbal,
nonverbal, or physic al.
a) Verbal sexual harassment: May include inquiries into a person’s intimate or personal
relationships, sexually oriented comments about one’s appearance, or continued pressure for
dates, particularly after refusals.
b) Nonverbal sexual harassment: May include sexually demeaning notes or cartoons, nude
pictures in and around the work area, or ashtrays, coffee mugs, or figurines of a sexual
nature.
c) Physical sexual harassment: May include patting, pinching, hugging, grabbing, rubbing,
massaging, deliberate touching or any other unnecessary physical contact. Blocking a
person’s path, or pinning a person against a wall can also constitute sexual harassment.
a) Confronting the offender – if you feel comfortable (alone or with a friend), let the
offender know how you feel about his/her behavior. Many times the individual may not
realize he/she is being offensive to others and this will stop the offensive behavior. If it does
not, report it immediately to a staff member.
b) Reporting to a staff member – sometimes confrontation does not work or the behavior is
so offensive it is necessary to report it to a staff member. You may approach any staff
member you feel comfortable talking to about the incident.
c) There should never be any retribution against someone for reporting sexual harassment
incidents.
Objective 32-12
Version 3
a) Sexual assault is criminal conduct. It also violates the Air Force Core Values - integrity
first, service before self and excellence in all we do.
c) Consent is words or overt acts indicating a freely given agreement to the sexual conduct
at issue by a competent person. An expression of lack of consent through words or conduct
means there is no consent.
(1) Lack of verbal or physical resistance or submission resulting from the accused's use
of force, threat of force, or placing another person in fear does not constitute consent.
(2) A current or previous dating relationship or the manner of dress of the person
involved with the accused in the sexual conduct at issue shall not constitute consent.
(4) It is a crime to commit a sexual act or sexual contact on a person who is incapable of
consenting due to impairment by alcohol or drugs.
d) Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Many victims of sexual assault (and other
traumas such as combat, accidents, and tragedies) suffer from PTSD. With PTSD, victims
avoid thinking about their trauma because when they think about it; they relive the trauma.
(1) Reliving the trauma occurs like a movie playing in front of the victim’s face. Not
only do the victims see the traumatic event, they re-experience all the emotions (e.g.,
fear, desperation, hopelessness) and physiological responses (e.g., pounding heart,
adrenaline rush, sweating).
(2) Many times the trauma is also relived in nightmares, causing serious sleep problems.
Therefore, “persistent avoidance” of the trauma can be an initial way to cope with the
trauma. This avoidance might be seen as a victim’s efforts to avoid thoughts, feelings
or conversations about the assault, including avoidance of any activities, places, or
people that might trigger memories of the trauma.
(3) Therapeutic discussion of the trauma should only take place with mental health and
counseling professionals. Only properly trained professionals should conduct
Objective 32-13
Version 3
(3) For serious emotional issues, such as PTSD, early treatment means early recovery.
For many victims, it’s important to seek professional counseling that may include
therapy and drugs.
(4) Immediate reporting means critical forensic evidence can be saved. There is
generally a 72-hour window for forensic evidence to be viable, but the sooner the better.
The evidence primarily includes the clothing, hair-blood-body fluid samples, medical
exam, and internal exam.
(5) Finally, no one wants to see a perpetrator harm anyone else or not be held
accountable for their criminal behavior.
(1) Victim safety is a top priority. Get the victim to a safe location immediately!
(2) Seek medical attention for any injuries, the possibility of sexually transmitted
diseases or possible pregnancy. Ask healthcare personnel to conduct a Sexual Assault
Forensic Examination (SAFE). If you suspect you have been drugged, request that a
urine sample be collected.
(3) Preserve all evidence of the assault. Do not bathe, wash your hands or brush your
teeth. Do not clean or straighten up the crime scene.
(4) Write down, tape or record by any other means all the details you can recall about
the assault and your assailant.
(5) So who do you call? Here are the critical phone numbers for our area:
Objective 32-14
Version 3
3. Supporting a victim
a) What are the victim’s immediate needs? Any safety, medical, or emotional concerns? A
victim might not appear emotionally upset; however, you might be observing an initial
phase where the victim feels numb or in shock about what’s happened. Different emotions
can show up later.
b) Be calm. Be a good listener. Your natural inclination might be anger or threats toward
the person who did this terrible thing to someone you care about. However, visible anger—
although directed at the perpetrator—can still make an uncomfortable situation for the
victim even more uncomfortable. If you want to help, appear calm. Listen to the victim
without judgment.
c) The victim may share his/her response to the assault. Don’t question the reaction. Typical
responses to any threat are to fight, freeze or flee from the attacker. We can’t predict how
we might react to such a dangerous situation. Avoid any statements that criticize the victim’s
reaction.
d) Next, let the victim make the decisions about what to do. When an assault happens,
control over the victim’s life was taken away. To give a feeling of control back to the
victims, it’s important to let the victims make decisions about their lives. Opportunities to
give the victim control of their lives— even small ones—promote the healing process for
victims. We can make a BIG difference to victims by providing information, but letting the
victim make informed decisions.
e) As mentioned earlier, we don’t need to know the details of the assault and victims don’t
want to “relive” their assault by talking about it. In addition, it’s been found that
unprofessional interviews of the victims can HINDER the legal and investigative process.
f) Finally, keep in mind that local hot lines have experts who can answer any questions. You
don’t have to have all the answers. It’s okay to call a hotline for your support of a victim. In
addition, trained victim advocates are often available to take over from you.
Objective 32-15
Version 4
Objective 33
Physical Training
Required for: All cadets
Overview: This lesson formalizes the Physical Fitness requirements required of all cadets IAW
AFROTC 36-2010. There is no formal lesson to teach with this objective. However, the Cadre
must brief the AFROTC physical fitness policy to all cadets at the beginning of the year that
clearly spells out the detachment physical training policy. A cadre member must supervise any
PT activity.
Objective 33 - 1
Version 4
Objective 33 - 2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Affective Lesson Objective: Value the importance of physical training in the Air Force and
AFROTC.
PART IB
Strategy: AFROTC-sponsored PT activities include, but are not limited to, conditioning
exercises, calisthenics, 1.5-mile run, the Physical Fitness Diagnostic (PFD), Fitness Assessment
(FA), Warrior Runs, etc. Participation in the Cadet PT Program is mandatory for all cadets. The
Cadet PT Program is an essential component of Leadership Laboratory. In order to successfully
complete the PT portion of Leadership Laboratory, cadets must meet the attendance
requirements IAW AFROTCI 36-2010, Cadet Training Programs.
The detachment commander or Cadre must brief the detachment Physical Training policy at
LLAB within the first 30 days of the term. The detachment must begin conducting PT activities
approximately 30 days after the start of the term once all the pre-requirements are completed.
ICL, SCL and/or ECLs, under the supervision of qualified cadre, should organize and lead PT
activities whenever possible. Cadets will not supervise PT activities or act as the primary Safety
Observer (SO). Detachment Commanders are responsible to assign a cadre member as
SO/supervisor for any PT activity (to include warrior runs). Safety Observers should be
CPR/AED certified if at all possible.
Objective 33 - 3
Version 4
PT Activity Matrix
General Physical Training Activities Defined by Level of Intensity
Light Activity Moderate Activity Vigorous Activity
< 3.0 METs 3.0 to 6.0 METs > 6.0 METs
(< 3.5 Kcal/min) (3.5 to 7 Kcal/min) (> 7 Kcal/min)
Basketball, non-competitive Aerobic dancing, low impact Aerobic dancing, high impact
Field or rollerblade hockey, Aquatic aerobics Backpacking
noncompetitive
Football, non-competitive Badminton Basketball, competitive
Kickball, non-competitive Baseball Biking, > 9 mph
Lacrosse, non-competitive Basketball, shooting baskets Boxing, competitive
Land navigation Biking, < 9 mph Calisthenics, vigorous
Leadership reaction course Biking, stationary, moderate effort Circuit weight training
Soccer, non-competitive Boxing Field or rollerblade hockey, competitive
Swimming, non-competitive Calisthenics, light Flickerball
Trekking, non-competitive Fencing Football, competitive
Volleyball, non-competitive Frisbee Handball
Walking, slow pace Gymnastics Ice hockey
Hiking Jogging
Paintball Jumping jacks
Race walking, < 5 mph Jumping rope
Note: Light, non-competitive activities assume Rollerblading or skating, leisurely pace Kickball, competitive
participants can self-eliminate or self- Softball Lacrosse, competitive
terminate the activity without recourse. Rest Stair climber, low effort Martial arts
periods are scheduled liberally and provided, as
required. Swimming, recreational Mountain climbing
Table tennis, competitive Race walking, > 5mph
Tennis, doubles Racquetball
Trampoline Rollerblading or skating, moderate pace
Trekking, competitive Rowing machine
Volleyball, competitive Rugby, competitive
Walking, moderate or brisk, flat Running
surface
Water aerobics Soccer, competitive
Yoga Squash
Stair climber, moderate effort
Swimming, competitive
Tennis, singles
Ultimate Frisbee
Source: U. S. Department of Health and Human Se rvices, Public Health Service, Centers Volleyball, sand or beach court
for Disease Control and Prevention, National Ce ter for Chronic Disease Prevention and Walking, moderate or brisk pace,
Health Promotion, Division of Nutrition and Ph ysical Activity. Table adapted from
Ainsworth, BE, Haskell, WL, Leon, AS, et al Co mpendium of physical activities: uneven surface
classification of energy costs of human physical activities. Medicine and Science in Sports Walley Ball
and Exercise, 1993; 25 (1): 71-80. Adapted with p ermission from Dr. Barbara Ainsworth. Water polo
Objective 33 - 4
Version 5
Objective 34
Comprehend the Expeditionary and Leadership
Requirements of LEAD
Required for: LEADP
Overview: This is a two-part lesson to prepare LEADP cadets for the expeditionary and
leadership requirements of LEAD.
*NOTE: Cadets will be tested on the Holm Center T-203, AFROTC LEAD Manual upon
arrival at Maxwell Air Force Base for LEAD.
Objective 34
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson introduces leadership and management fundamentals that cadets can
use at LEAD. This lesson should be presented during orientation day early in training. The
purpose is to get cadets to think about leadership and realize it is much more than giving
orders and expecting immediate compliance. This lesson will give cadets some
straightforward principals they need to consider during their initial experience as cadet
leaders. The concepts will be explored more fully in Professional Officer Course (POC)
academics. The lesson should be taught by the Operations Flight Commander (OFC) in the
auditorium to the entire group of cadets—this will ensure continuity within the subject. A
later class will give them the opportunity to discuss further details with their Flight Training
Officer and individual flights.
Lesson Outline:
A. Definition of leadership
B. Basic Leadership Principles
C. Basic Management Principles
D. LCE
E. FTPR
Objective 34.1 - 1
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) A primary purpose of LEAD is to allow the staff to observe cadets in leadership
positions. At LEAD you will get a chance to practice leadership and to be evaluated on your
ability to lead.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) The LEAD staff will be constantly evaluating your potential to be a member
of the Professional Officer Course (POC) and ultimately an Air Force officer.
Fundamentally, every officer must be a leader. Now is the time to find out your leadership
strengths and weaknesses. You will have the remainder of LEAD and up to two years as a
POC cadet to develop your leadership skills.
OVERVIEW
A. Definition of leadership
B. Basic Leadership Principles
C. Basic Management Principles
D. Leadership Competency Evaluation (LCE)
E. Field Training Performance Report (FTPR)
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s look at some leadership principles that you can apply immediately.
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. Leadership is the art and science of motivating, influencing, and directing Airmen to
understand and accomplish the Air Force mission in joint warfare.
2. This highlights two fundamental elements of leadership: (1) the mission, objective, or
task to be accomplished, and (2) the Airmen who accomplish it.
a. Mission: effectively performing the mission is the primary duty of any military
organization, whether it is an active duty unit, a flight within a squadron, an
AFROTC detachment or a flight within LEAD.
Example of General LeMay: General Curtis Lemay is known for his tough mission
mindset. During World War II, he developed two crucial B-17 bombing tactics that
would be adopted throughout USAAF.
Objective 34.1 - 2
Version 4
The first of these was to require a long, straight bomb run from the initial point, with
no deviations from course or altitude. Secondly, he devised what became known as
the combat box, the arrangement in which the American bombers flew in staggered
formations that optimized the firepower they could bring to bear on German targets.
Using these tactics, bombers could not maneuver or change course to avoid enemy
anti-aircraft fire.
The driving force behind these tactics was mission effectiveness – putting bombs on
target. His bomb group, the 305th, consistently put more bombs on the target than
did other groups. With more bombs on target, less trips to the target were necessary,
and this meant aircrew were in less danger. Taking care of the mission took care of
the people
b. Airmen: You must have Airmen to perform the mission. If this crucial link in the
unit is neglected, the mission cannot and will not be accomplished successfully.
Successful leaders balance the needs of the mission with the needs of their Airmen.
1. Lead by Example
a. Leading by example is absolutely critical. A cadet who gives 100% at fitness will
have an easier time motivating others to work out. A cadet who leaves his bunk a
mess as he/she hurries out will have a hard time motivating his/her teammates to
excel during room inspections
Example of General Benjamin O. Davis, Jr.: General Davis was the first
African-American black Air Force general officer and he commanded the
Tuskegee Airmen of the 99th Fighter Squadron and the 332d Fighter Group. During
World War II, General Davis held himself and his airmen to the highest standards,
instilling competence and discipline among his pilots. During 200 escort missions,
totaling about 10,000 sorties into some of the Third Reich's most heavily defended
areas, the Tuskegee Airmen never lost a bomber to an enemy fighter. It was a tribute
to their skill and to Davis' leadership.
2. Followership
Example: Imagine a grandparent patiently telling his granddaughter that it’s time for
some indoor activities. The granddaughter protests, and says she wants to play
outside in the rain. The grandfather patiently explains that she’ll get wet, and that
she doesn’t have any dry clothes to change into. So he gets out a coloring book, and
he proposes “Why not color in this coloring book.” The granddaughter whines and
Objective 34.1 - 3
Version 4
Objective 34.1 - 4
Version 4
says she wants to go make mud pies in the rain. The grandfather says that she’ll be
too dirty, and that her parents would be furious if she got their new car dirty. He gets
out some crayons, and says “Here, you’ll like coloring once you get started.” The
granddaughter stamps her foot and says, “I want to play outside!” The grandfather is
starting to tire of this conversation and says, “That’s not an option now. You have a
nice coloring book and crayons. How about coloring?” Now the granddaughter is
crying and says, “Why can’t I ever do what I want?” The grandfather has no pity.
He says, “Shut up and color!”
It may sound cruel, but in the military, leaders often don’t have the time to explain
their rationale for their decisions. As followers, you must recognize for yourselves
when it’s time to “Shut up and color!” so you don’t have to be told.
c. Take the initiative; always look for things to do before you are told, and share your
ideas about how to improve processes for everyone’s good.
3. Teamwork
a. Be a team player.
- It’s your team’s diversity that will help you when new ideas are needed.
Diversity is strength as long as it is respected.
Objective 34.1 - 5
Version 4
lowering morale, failing to get the day’s tasks done, or keeping their dorm very
clean. How will your flight work together: synergistically or dysfunctionally?
a. People are your most valuable resource – morale, effectiveness and cohesion all
relate back to treatment of people
b. Well-being – knowing what’s going on with your people can help to resolve
potential problems
5. Communication.
a. Two-way process critical for mission success. There is a message to be sent, with
a sender and a receiver, and a medium for that message. Regardless of the medium,
an officer makes sure that he/she understands the communication and that his/her
subordinates understand the communication as well.
- Always look out for the good ideas (and give credit where it is due)
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Leadership principles deal with the people aspect of leading. To be a well-
rounded leader, you also need to know and employ some basic management principles.
Objective 34.1 - 6
Version 4
1. The term management refers to the process of getting things done, effectively and
efficiently, through and with other people.
a. Efficiency means doing the task correctly and refers to the relationship between
inputs and outputs.
b. Effectiveness means doing the right task that causes an organization to accomplish
a goal or mission.
2. The basic four management activities or functions are planning, organizing, leading,
and controlling.
Objective 34.1 - 7
Version 4
(2) Compare results with the standard – leaders must observe the execution of
their plan or receive accurate reports on its progress.
(3) Apply corrective action – there are two types: actions to ensure that the
objective is gained; and actions to prevent recurrence of problems.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that you know some of the skills and traits needed to be a good leader, let’s
look at how you will be evaluated during LEAD on these basic leadership skills.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: It is highly recommended that you have a copy of the OTS Form 2
(LCE) and the AFROTC Form 27 (FTPR) when you are covering the information in the next two
areas. In addition, you may choose to provide both forms to your cadets so they can follow along
as you discuss each document.
b. On page one of the two page evaluation sheet, there are two sections:
(1) Mission execution process: In this area you will be evaluated on your ability
to develop, plan and execute your mission.
Objective 34.1 - 8
Version 4
(3) Mission completion (on top of page two): If, as leader, you completely fail
to recognize the correct mission or problem and lead your flight astray, you may
get a referral rating on your LCE. In addition, if you abdicate (give away)
command while you are being evaluated, you will receive a referral rating on
your LCE.
(4) Leadership competency score – this area is used to tally your scores with
the mission execution process, leadership competencies, and mission
completion.
(5) Instructor comments: Your Flight Training Officer will write notes about
what they observe during your evaluation. Review this information carefully
as it will help you for your next evaluation and with your leadership skills
overall.
(2) Give formalized feedback to the cadet to help them become a better leader.
(1) Gives cadet a good look at their strengths and weaknesses as a leader.
(2) Allows cadet to practice honing their leadership and getting constructive
feedback to correct problem areas.
(3) Has direct input into the Field Training Performance Report (FTPR) and
therefore your overall LEAD evaluation and stratification.
Objective 34.1 - 9
Version 4
b. Leadership Skills
- Dynamic leadership
- Displays initiative
- Performance of duties
- Sets and enforces standards
- Followership/team player
c. Professional Qualities
- Exhibits loyalty, discipline, dedication, integrity, honesty, and officership
- Accepts personal responsibility
- Attention-to-detail/situational awareness
- Problem solving ability
- Coordination/control and delegating/directing
d. Interpersonal Communication
- Attitude
- Human relations
- Motivates others
- Verbal communication
- Tact/sensitivity
a. It is a permanent part of their cadet record and helps your detachment commander
determine your admission to and or continuation in the Professional Officer Course
and your suitability for commissioning.
Objective 34.1 - 10
Version 4
c. Need certain ratings and comments on FTPR to come back for Cadet Training
Assistant duty next year.
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
A. Definition of leadership
B. Basic Leadership Principles
C. Basic Management Principles
D. Leadership Competency Evaluation (LCE)
E. Field Training Performance Report (FTPR)
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) These next few weeks are a time to really start practicing your leadership skills
to demonstrate your ability to learn and grow as a leader. The evaluation tools being used
here are here to help you on your endeavor from being strictly a follower in the cadet corps to
becoming a leader in your flight here at LEAD and back at your detachment.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) Take advantage of this opportunity to hone your leadership in this unique
environment.
Objective 34.1 - 11
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson is a follow-up to Objective 34.2, Introduction to LEAD Leadership, Part
I in Objective 34.2, the cadets some basic leadership and management principles were
discussed. In addition, the cadets were introduced to the Leadership Competency Evaluation
form and the Field Training Performance Report. This objective is designed for the
Operations Flight Commander and/or Professional Officer Course Cadet to give more specific
guidance on the LCE and FTPR as well as answer questions cadets have for the FC on the
evaluation process and leadership in general.
Lesson Outline:
A. Flight Training Officer Perspective/Expectations
B. LCE
C. FTPR
D. Question/Answer Time
Objective 34.2-1
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) Tell a personal experience story about leadership—good or bad—from your
personal experience.
MOTIVATION
(Suggested) Whether someone is a good or bad leader often depends on the person you ask, the
day you are asking, and the condition of the workplace at the time. Leadership is a very
subjective subject that many, many people have studied for a very long time. Although there are
a lot of different ways to define and evaluate leadership, we in AFROTC, have come up with one
way we will evaluate you as cadets wanting to make it into the POC.
OVERVIEW
A. Flight Training Officer Perspective/Expectations
B. Leadership Competency Evaluation (LCE)
C. Field Training Performance Report (FTPR)
D. Question/Answer
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Let’s begin
BODY
PRESENTATION
1. Share your perspective and expectations on the evaluation process using the LCE.
2. Let the cadets know up front what you focus on or look for while evaluating a leader.
1. The cadets should have received a basic overview of the LCE during Objective 34.2.
Objective 34.2-2
Version 4
1. The cadets should have received a basic overview of the FTPR during Objective 34.2.
D. Question/Answer Time. Open the floor for any questions about leadership, the LCE or the
FTPR.
CONCLUSION
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) Being a good leader is something you will have to work hard at. Everyone must
work to build their leadership skills and you are no different. What sets you apart from the
average college student, is that you are here making this commitment to becoming a better leader
and future officer.
CLOSURE
(Suggested) If you always work hard, follow the Core Values and the Honor Code, and continue
to challenge yourself as a person, your leadership skills will grow. If not, they will stagnate and
fade away. It’s your choice.
Objective 34.2-3
Version 4
Objective 35
Overview: The lesson lays the foundation for the AFEX wargame by beginning with a broad
overview of the wargaming concepts and moving to the fundamentals of AFEX. The discussion
should help the cadets understand why militaries wargame and how the United States Air Force
uses wargaming today. AFEX should serve as an example of such wargaming while reinforcing
concepts cadets have learned in the Air Force Functions, Force Packaging, and Systems
Capabilities lessons. In addition, AFEX will provide another opportunity for cadets to apply
lessons learned on leadership, followership, and teamwork.
Objective 35-1
Version 4
Objective 35-2
Version 4
PART I
PART IA
Activity Statement: Apply air and space power capabilities in a wargame scenario.
Affective Sample of Behavior: Actively participate with interest to the opportunity to build and
execute a war plan.
PART IB
Strategy: This lesson has an activity statement and an affective objective. Of course, the
cognitive content of the lesson is the vehicle you will use to reach the affective domain. Samples
of behavior are included to provide indications that the students not only understand, but also
value the information presented surrounding the objective. You should consciously strive to
reach the affective domain as you deliver your lecture/guide your discussions. To assess whether
you are meeting the objective, ask questions to obtain responses that demonstrate the affective
samples of behavior. To accomplish this, ask how and why questions while recognizing and
“seizing opportunities” to make your own inquiries of students’ attitudes and feelings. Avoid
providing anticipated responses to how and why questions. This will require you to use effective
questioning to get the value based responses you are looking for, but don’t put the “words in
their mouths.” Responses that communicate feelings in line with the objective are the first level
of determining whether you are reaching the affective learning objective with your students.
This lesson will be executed during LLAB time. The lesson lays the foundation for the AFEX
wargame by beginning with a broad overview of wargaming concepts and moving to the
fundamentals of AFEX. The discussion should help students understand why militaries wargame
and how the Air Force uses wargaming today. AFEX should serve as an example of such
wargaming while reinforcing concepts students have learned in their Air Force Functions,
Force Packaging and Systems Capabilities lessons. In addition, AFEX will provide another
opportunity for students to apply lessons learned on leadership, followership, and teamwork.
The entire AFEX block consists of two seminars. This first seminar prepares students for the
exercise by discussing exercise objectives and providing a broad brush of AFEX game
Objective 35-3
Version 4
mechanisms. Encourage students to ask questions during this lesson, because during the actual
AFEX wargame your input should be limited. The second seminar is the application portion of
the exercise, or AFEX execution. As part of the second seminar, the instructor should provide
feedback on student team performance. Three appendices are provided as part of this lesson plan
to assist the instructor with AFEX execution to include wargame set-up, instruction, and
feedback.
Lesson Outline:
A. Purpose of Wargaming
B. AFEX Overview
C. Individual Orientation
D. Mission Prep
E. Working as an AOC
F. Practice
Objective 35-4
Version 4
PART II
INTRODUCTION
ATTENTION
(Suggested) In October 1962, the world watched on edge as a dramatic military confrontation
unfolded in our very own hemisphere. The 13-day stand-off between the Soviet Union and Cuba
on one side, and the United States on the other was one of the major events of the Cold War, and
is today regarded as the moment in which the Cold War came closest to turning into a nuclear
conflict. Today we know this stand-off as the Cuban missile crisis. In the Twenty-first Century,
as Russia, China, and other nations seek out greater influence in the Western Hemisphere, an
international confrontation involving conventional or asymmetric threats is certainly within
the realm of possibility. Furthermore, the idea that overseas state or non-state actors might
supply entities close to our borders with military capabilities is not just a possibility, it’s a reality.
That’s precisely why our military prepares contingency plans for scenarios that might play out
anywhere on the globe to include our hemisphere. In support of such plans, wargames are
conducted annually to enhance military preparedness.
We have spent quite a bit of time talking about airpower systems and capabilities, missions and
functions, and force packaging. Starting today, you’ll have a chance for some “hands on”
application of your knowledge with the AFEX wargame.)
MOTIVATION
Wargames are a valuable tool for the military professional because they aid in historical study,
problem solving, plan development, and significant cost savings over fielded exercises. AFEX is
your first opportunity to put all of these concepts together to plan and execute missions against a
fierce opponent. This gained experience will also continue the process of understanding uses and
advantages of wargames as a future leader of the Air Force.
OVERVIEW
We’ll begin our introduction to AFEX by discussing the purpose of wargaming. How do we
define wargaming, what are the historical origins of wargaming, and how does the Air Force use
wargaming today? Then we’ll dive into AFEX by providing an overview of the software and
giving you a very brief overview of how you can orient yourself to the game individually. Next
we’ll discuss the objectives of AFEX and how you and your team can begin working together as
a mock Air Operations Center.
Finally, I’ll give you some time to practice the basic mechanics, determine individual roles and
team assignments, and begin the process of developing an air campaign.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) As you’ll see later, AFEX has several attributes that are common to wargames.
Let’s take a look at what defines a wargame.
Objective 35-5
Version 4
BODY
PRESENTATION
A. Purpose of Wargaming
We draw these definitions from centuries of wargames that have been used to test military
theory, plan battles, and ultimately seek to obtain an advantage over the enemy. Let’s take a
look at a few historical examples.
Prior to the Franco-Prussian War that spanned 1870 to 1871, Prussia utilized the game
Kriegspiel to train their officers. Kriegspiel is a chess variant in which one can see his or her
own pieces but not the opponent’s, requiring a third party to act as a referee.
In the lead-up to World War II, the Japanese planned their attack on Pearl Harbor using
wargames. As early as 1927, war games at the Japanese Navy War College included an
examination of a carrier raid against Pearl Harbor. Once the war commenced, the Japanese
continued to use wargaming to plan engagements such as the Battle of Midway. Also during
World War II, the Germans used wargame analysis in an attempt to forecast where the
Allies would invade Europe.
More recent military history chronicles wargaming used by our US Air Force. The Vietnam-
era Checkmate Planning Cell was revived with great success under the leadership of Colonel
John Warden in preparation for the air campaign against Saddam Hussein’s forces in 1991.
After Operation DESERT STORM (ODS), Checkmate helped wargame scenarios for
Operations ENDURING FREEDOM (OEF) and IRAQI FREEDOM (OIF).
Established in 1975, RED FLAG is a realistic combat training exercise involving the air
forces of the United States and our allies. Aircraft and personnel that deploy to Nellis Air
Force Base, Nevada for RED FLAG make up the exercise's "Blue" forces. By working
together, these Blue forces are able to use various tactics to attack targets such as mock
airfields, vehicle convoys, tanks, parked aircraft, bunkered defensive positions and missile
sites.
These targets are defended by a variety of simulated "Red" force ground and air threats to
give participant aircrews the most realistic combat training possible.
Objective 35-6
Version 4
BLUE FLAG, held at Hurlburt Field, Florida, is an exercise that trains participants at the
operational level of war. The goal of BLUE FLAG is to train commanders and staff officers
so that, in a war emergency, they can immediately participate in directing an air war and
make smart decisions during the critical first days of an engagement. Training during the
exercises is in five primary areas: command, control, communications, intelligence, and the
relationship of these elements. BLUE FLAG has been credited for improving the Air
Force’s Air Operations Center (AOC) coordination and function.
Finally, Ulchi Freedom Guardian is an excellent example of a wargames carried out against
a known and very real opponent. This largely computer-based exercise is carried out
annually with the Republic of Korea (ROK) to plan and prepare for contingencies against
North Korea. It is designed to improve the alliance's ability to defend the ROK by exercising
senior leaders' decision-making capabilities and by training commanders and staffs from
both nations in planning, command and control, intelligence, logistics, and personnel
procedures.
4. Value of Wargaming
The Air Force continues to emphasize the value of wargames for a variety of reasons. First,
wargaming saves resources in times of fiscal constraint or restraint. Second, wargaming
provides lessons learned without necessarily putting lives at risk in a combat mission.
Finally, wargaming impacts doctrinal development, preventing us from relying entirely on
recent historical combat experience to shape future strategy.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Just as wargames are carried out annually with combat units across the Air Force,
so are they conducted regularly at Air Force academic institutions.
B. AFEX Overview
1. AFEX is one of several scenarios created with Theater Airpower Visualization (TAV)
software in the Modern Airpower suite of wargame applications for use at Air University.
TAV presents air power scenarios that are hypothetical or based on historical events. TAV is
realistic in that it gives players the means to plan an air campaign but also allows them to
adjust their strategy in real time as the scenario plays out.
2. The purpose of AFEX is to test players’ ability to employ airpower against a computer
opponent with an unknown capability. Intelligence on the enemy’s capabilities is
intentionally shielded in AFEX (as was with Prussian Kriegspiel), forcing players to test
their own assumptions and employ all known intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance
(ISR) methods.
3. You’ll have the opportunity to play AFEX at AFROTC. This will require effective
force packaging and a well synchronized and executed air campaign. In addition, you’ll be
required to apply lessons learned on leadership, followership, teambuilding, and problem
solving.
Objective 35-7
Version 4
The AFEX DVD includes TAV software and a concise and easy-to-follow guide,
specifically tailored for AFEX users. (A more comprehensive advanced user guide is also
provided with TAV but is geared for Modern Airpower users at large.) The AFEX guide
instructs users how to set up as an individual, network as a team, and play AFEX.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) The best way to prepare as a team is to first orient individually. Let’s take a look at
some basic skills each player will need to be successful with AFEX.
INSTRUCTOR NOTE: The individual orientation slides are designed to give your cadets an
initial picture of how to open the software and what they will need to practice once they open
the game. You may wish to print a copy of these slides for your cadets as an accompaniment to
the AFEX Guide.
C. Individual Orientation
To initiate AFEX, click on the B-52 map icon in the software folder on your DVD. Note that
it’s recommended for users to save AFEX on their hard drive rather than running the
program directly from the DVD. If this has already been accomplished and a shortcut is
established, simply click on the B-52 icon which may be saved on your desktop.
The B-52 will initiate the Modern Airpower program and display a Fire Selection Dialog.
Ensure the “Normal” mode and “AFEX.scn” options are selected. Then click OK. If you’re
ready to begin the AFEX scenario, you may select a Run Time. 1x is real time.
Then you’ll want to practice navigating the map. To navigate the map, use four zoom levels.
These may be toggled using the 1, 2, 3, and 4 keys or zoomed in and out using your mouse’s
scroll wheel. In addition, you may click anywhere on the jump chart to instantly move to a
desired location on the main chart.
Next, familiarize yourself with information on individual aircraft. This may be achieved by
simply left-clicking on an aircraft. The first thing you may notice is that each aircraft has
range indicators. The more common range indicators are Yellow for on- board radar, Red
for on-board ordnance, and blue for the aircraft’s range of visibility. These ranges will be
impacted by decisions you make in the flight information area.
The flight information area provides the status of selected aircraft and is also your aircraft
control panel.
For example, by clicking on the speed settings of this four-ship of F-22s, you can change the
flight’s rate of speed from minimum to cruise speed. The flight information panel also
provides status of fuel (Bingo), ordnance (Winchester), and altitude. By changing the speed
or altitude, naturally, you’ll impact the rate of fuel loss and range of the aircraft. See the
AFEX guide for additional information on the flight information window.
By selecting a menu on the menu list to the right of the flight information area, submenu
Objective 35-8
Version 4
options will display. For example, selecting the Command Menu will display several options
for manipulating a flight.
However, in many cases, the more efficient means of controlling flights is with your mouse. The
software enables most flight actions to be accomplished simply by left-clicking on the flight you
wish to move and right-clicking on its intended objective. Such actions include flying to a
designated location, escorting another flight, landing at a friendly base, attacking an enemy
target, and rendezvous with a tanker. For example, by simply left-clicking a B-52 and right-
clicking your mouse on a random location elsewhere, your B-52 will be directed to fly to that
new location.
By double-left-clicking on a friendly air base, you’ll reveal an Air Base Dialog that lists
assets parked at the base. You may then highlight aircraft, force package them with other
aircraft and assign orders to a flight path using the orders button. Another way of assigning
orders is simply to right-click on a desired destination on the map after you force package.
Types of missions include attacking SAM sites, targeting bases, airlifting cargo, conducting
noncombatant evacuation operations (NEO), refueling, collecting bomb damage assessment
(BDA), and recovering downed pilots. For example, left-clicking a friendly flight and right-
clicking on an enemy airbase will reveal an Air Base Targeting Dialog, prompting you to
select the specific target for your selected aircraft.
There is much more in the AFEX guide to include helpful commands and ordnance
reference sheets near the back of your guide.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) Now that we’ve provided an overview of how one can orient himself or herself
individually, let’s take a look at what scenario is posed to the entire team).
D. Mission Prep
The AFEX scenario is that the US currently has 600 noncombatants stationed at Guantanamo
Bay Naval Base, Cuba. That nation has threatened attack on the base if the US does not evacuate
within 10 days. Your team is directed by the SECDEF to plan for the possible evacuation of
Guantanamo Bay.
Your Commander’s Mission Statement is as follows: “The Air Task force will conduct
operations to support the aerial evacuation and return to CONUS of noncombatants
currently stationed at Guantanamo.”
In your AFEX Guide, you’ll find an Execution Order (EXORD). This EXORD lists seven
specified functional tasks. Your job is to translate these broad tasks into more specific
S.M.A.R.T. objectives.
TRANSITION
(Suggested) You are charged with working as an air operations center to accomplish this
mission. Given the robust capabilities of your opponent, this will be no easy task.
Objective 35-9
Version 4
E. Working as an AOC
Your AFEX guide provides instruction on breaking into smaller teams based on suggested
call signs, team descriptions, assigned aircraft, and team tasks. These team breakouts are
loosely tied to air power functions. However, as with any air campaign planning, minor
doctrinal deviation may require your commander’s approval depending on the needs of the
mission.
Pictured is a sample air operations center layout for AFEX. The team will organize under
the leadership of a student AOC commander and deputy. The AOC commander will drive
the host computer, following instructions for Team Network Play as contained in the AFEX
guide. The AOC commander and deputy are responsible for overall campaign planning and
direction. In support are six substations. These 2 or 3-person teams should consist of an
operator along with assistant planners. They will need to help the AOC commander develop
S.M.A.R.T. objectives in support of specified functional tasks.
Think of AFEX as the OODA Loop broken down in eight problem-solving steps. Initially,
you’ll need to “Observe” by understanding the game mechanics and your team’s capabilities
while also ascertaining your vulnerabilities. Then you’ll need to “Orient” by brainstorming
S.M.A.R.T. objectives for each team. Next you’ll have to “Decide” on a strategy by
finalizing an air campaign. Finally, it will be time to “Act” by executing your air campaign,
briefing the results to your instructor, and taking away lessons learned.
F. Practice
CONCLUSION
SUMMARY
(Suggested) Today, we’ve given you a very brief survey of the history and purpose of
wargaming. Now you also have an overview and orientation to your very own wargame –
AFEX. This is your opportunity to mission plan by working as an air operations center.
REMOTIVATION
(Suggested) You can see that militaries have learned the utility and value of wargaming. As you
work together, bear in mind also that wargames are designed to stir debate and discussion,
sometimes heated, about how we conduct air operations. The real victory is not determined by
who downs the most enemy aircraft, but by who generates the most honest and thorough
discussion of air and space power and employment.
Objective 35-10
Version 4
CLOSURE
(Suggested) You’ve been given the keys to put all of the pieces of what you’ve learned about air
and space power together. You have learned about the Air Force resources available to you and
how to employ those resources. With this information, you now have the opportunity to
successfully plan and execute an air operation. Best of luck as you fly, flight, and win!
Biography
1. Air Force Fact Sheets. http://www.nellis.af.mil/library/factsheets/factsheet.asp?
id=19160. 414th Combat Training Squadron “Red Flag” (accessed 21 July 2013.)
Objective 35-11